UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 6-K

 

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN ISSUER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the month of March, 2016

Commission file number: 1-10110

 

 

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

BANK BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

Calle Azul, 4

28050 Madrid

Spain

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F:

 

Form 20-F  x            Form 40-F  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):

 

Yes  ¨            No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):

 

Yes  ¨            No  x

 

 

 


LOGO   

 

 

 

LOGO

 

“Information of Prudential Relevance”

 

Basel Accord Pillar III

 

2015


LOGO

 

Executive Summary

The Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Group (the “Group” or “BBVA Group”) is an internationally diversified financial group with a significant presence in traditional retail banking, asset management and wholesale banking.

In addition to the operations it carries out directly, the Bank heads a group of subsidiaries, jointly-controlled businesses and associate institutions which perform a wide range of activities and which, together with the Bank, constitute BBVA Group. This allows BBVA Group to achieve a high level of geographical diversification, which is one of the levers of sustainable growth and organic generation of highly satisfactory earnings.

We are facing a new environment that poses a significant challenge for the financial industry. Technological and consumer preference changes are transforming society and the way of doing business, affecting the banking industry as has already happened in other sectors.

Moreover, the sector’s return is under pressure due to: the sluggish growth in activity and the pressure to attain margins, increased regulatory pressure and capital requirements, widespread distrust of traditional banking and the emergence of new competitors.

In this context, BBVA has a vantage point because it has a large customer base, a great deal of information, presence in attractive markets, significant know-how in risk management and a sound corporate governance model.

These strengths are the starting point of our transformation strategy, that places the customers at the core to offer them the best solutions that help them manage their money and make the best financial decisions, with the aim of having more customers, more satisfied, more loyal and more profitable.

To this end, the Group’s organizational structure was changed in May 2015 to adapt it to this new strategy, accelerate the transformation process and promote the growth of earnings of our franchises.

The Group has also defined 6 strategic priorities to guide this transformation:

 

  To offer the best customer experience.

 

  To make progress in this area it is essential for customers to go digital, so we want to boost digital sales.

 

  The third priority is to create, associate with or acquire new digital business models, businesses with new ways of providing financial services using different approaches and with innovative value propositions.

 

  The fourth priority refers to optimizing capital allocation. This priority is focused on maximizing the return on available capital in a sustainable manner over time.

 

  The fifth priority is adapting the model, the processes and the structures to achieve the highest level of efficiency.

 

  The last priority is associated with the Group’s talent and culture. We want to develop, retain and motivate the best team.

In 2015, earnings were influenced by the incorporation, since April 24, of Catalunya Banc (CX) and, since the third quarter of 2015, the purchase of an additional 14.89% stake in Garanti.

 

Page 1


LOGO

 

Apart from these operations, 2015 closed with positive growth in different performance areas, on both the cost management side and generation of income. As a result, the solvency position in the market was improved.

As regards liquidity, the good situation in the wholesale funding markets and constant access by BBVA and its franchises to the market were maintained, and in 2015 the liquidity and funding conditions have remained comfortable across BBVA’s global footprint.

In general, the financial soundness of the Group’s banks is based on the funding of lending activity, basically through customer funds, so the adequate trend in the weight of retail deposits continues to strengthen the Group’s liquidity position and to improve the funding structure, maintaining very favorable liquidity ratios in terms of LTD (Loan-to-Deposits) and LCR (Liquidity Coverage Ratio).

The Group’s performance in relation to managing credit risk has been favorable, reducing the NPL ratio and increasing the coverage ratio, thus strengthening the entity’s adequate position in terms of credit risk.

In solvency, BBVA ended 2015 with capital levels above the minimum levels required, in terms of phased-in and fully-loaded capital, and reached a leverage ratio that continues to compare very favorably with its peer group. In addition, the Group has waived the so-called “sovereign filter” in anticipation of the bill proposed by the European Central Bank (ECB) on the exercise of the options and powers offered by European Union law (November 2015), which is expected to come into effect in March 2016.

As regards regulation, BBVA has published its prudential capital requirements applicable to the Entity following the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP), which establishes that BBVA should maintain a phased-in core capital ratio of 9.5% at both individual and consolidated levels. This will all be described in greater detail throughout this report.

 

Page 2


LOGO

 

Introduction

Regulatory environment in 2015

Legal changes in the Community area

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision proposed a set of reforms to reinforce the international capital and liquidity standards applicable to credit institutions, which make up the Basel III framework.

Within the framework of Basel III, the European Union has implemented, among others, Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council, dated June 26, 2013, relating to the activity of credit institutions and prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms (“Directive CRD IV”), which has been transposed to the different Member States, and Regulation (UE) 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council, dated June 26, 2013, on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms (“CRR” and jointly with Directive CRD IV, “CRD IV”), which applies directly in all Member States.

As a Spanish credit institution, BBVA is subject to compliance with CRD IV and CRR. CRD IV has been transposed to Spanish law through: (i) Royal Decree-Law 14/2013, dated November 29, on urgent measures for adapting Spanish law to European Union regulations on supervision and solvency of financial institutions; (ii) Act 10/2014, dated June 26, on the regulation, supervision and solvency of credit institutions; (iii) Royal Decree 84/2015, dated February 13, which implements Act 10/2014; and (iv) Bank of Spain Circulars 2/2014 and 2/2016.

The new regulations require institutions to have a higher and better quality capital level, increase capital deductions and review the requirements associated with certain assets. Unlike the previous framework, the minimum capital requirements are complemented with requirements for capital buffers and others relating to liquidity and leverage.

The capital base under the CRD IV primarily comprises the following elements (in line and with the same lettered scale as the one described in section 2.1 herein):

 

Page 3


LOGO

 

TABLE 1: Calculation of the Capital Base according to CRD IV

 

Total Eligible Capital

      a)    Capital and share premium

      b)    Retained earnings

      c)    Other accumulated earnings (and reserves)

      d)    Minority interests

      e)    Net attrib. profit and interim and final Group dividends

Ordinary Tier 1 Capital before other reglamentary adjustments

      f)     Additional value adjustments

      g)    Intangible assets

      h)    Deferred tax assets

      i)     Expected losses in equity

      j)     Profit or losses on liabilities measured at fair value

      k)    Direct and indirect holdings of own instruments

      l)     Securitizations tranches at 1250%

      m)   Temporary CET1 adjustments

      n)    Admisible CET1 deductions

Total Common Equity Tier 1 regulatory adjustments

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

      o)    Equity instruments and share premium classified as liabilities

      p)    Items referred in Article 484 (4) of the CRR

Additional Tier 1 before reglamentary adjustments

      q)    Temporary adjustments Tier 1

Total reglamentary adjustments of Additional Tier 1
Additional Tier 1 (AT1)

Tier 1 (Common Equity Tier 1+Additional Tier 1)

      r)    Equity instruments and share premium

      s)    Amount of the admissible items, pursuant to Article 484

      t)    Admissible shareholders’ funds instruments included in consolidated Tier 2 issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties

-Of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to ex-subsidiary stage

      u)    Credit risk adjustments

Tier 2 before reglamentary adjustments
Tier 2 reglamentary adjustments
Tier 2
Total Capital (Total capital = Tier 1 + Tier 2)

The most relevant aspects affecting the elements making up common equity and risk-weighted assets will be detailed in greater depth in section 2.1 of this document.

In this regard, article 92 of CRR establishes that credit institutions must maintain at all times, at both individual and consolidated level, a total capital ratio of 8% of their risk-weighted assets (commonly referred to as the Pillar 1 requirement). At least 6% of the total capital ratio must comprise Tier 1 capital, of which 4.5% must in any case comprise common Tier 1 capital (CET1), and the remaining 2% may be completed with Tier 2 capital instruments.

Notwithstanding the application of the Pillar 1 requirement, CRD IV contemplates the possibility that competent authorities may require that credit institutions maintain more capital than the requirements set out in the Pillar 1 to cover risks other than those already covered by the Pillar 2 requirement (this power of the competent authority is commonly known as Pillar 2).

In addition, since January 1, 2016 and in accordance with CRD IV, credit institutions must comply at all times with the combined requirement of capital buffers, which must be covered with CET1 in addition to that established for complying with the requirements of Pillar 1 and Pillar 2.

The combined requirement of capital buffers consists of: (i) a capital conservation buffer; (ii) a specific anticyclical capital buffer; (iii) a buffer for global systemically important financial institutions (the “G-SIB buffer”); (iv) a buffer for other systemically important financial institutions (the “D-SIB buffer”); and (v) a buffer against systemic risks.

 

Page 4


LOGO

 

The combination of (i) the capital conservation buffer, (ii) the specific anticyclical capital buffer and (iii) the greater of (a) the buffer for systemic risks, (b) the G-SIB buffer and (c) the D-SIB buffer (in each case as applicable to each institution)1, comprise an institution’s combined requirement for capital buffers.

As regards BBVA, the European Central Bank (ECB), following the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP) conducted in 2015, has required that BBVA maintain a CET1 phased-in ratio of 9.5% at both individual and consolidated level.

The ECB’s decision establishes that the required CET1 ratio of 9.5% includes: (i) the minimum CET1 ratio required by Pillar 1 (4.5%), (ii) the ratio required by Pillar 2 and (iii) the capital conservation buffer (which is 0.625% in phased-in terms and 2.5% in fully-loaded terms).

Additionally, and given that BBVA was included in 2015 on the list of global systemically important financial institutions, in 2016 BBVA will apply, at consolidated level, a G-SIB buffer of 0.25%, with the total minimum requirement for phased-in CET1 in 2016 at the consolidated level being established at 9.75%.

However, since BBVA has been excluded from the list of global systemically important financial institutions in 2016 (which is updated every year by the Financial Stability Board (FSB)), as of January 1, 2017, the G-SIB buffer will only apply to BBVA in 2016 (notwithstanding the possibility that the FSB or the supervisor may in the future include BBVA on that list).

Moreover, the supervisor has informed BBVA that it is included on the list of other systemically important financial institutions, and a D-SIB buffer of 0.5% of the fully-loaded ratio applies at the consolidated level (it will be implemented gradually from January 1, 2016 to January 1, 2019). However, BBVA will not have to meet the D-SIB buffer in 2016, since the capital requirement for 2016 under the G-SIB buffer is greater than that for the D-SIB buffer. The D-SIB buffer shall therefore only apply starting in January 1, 2017.

As of December 31, 2015, the fully-loaded CET1 ratio stood at 10.3%, strengthening the Group’s capital position. The phased-in CET1 ratio according to the new CRD-IV rules stood at 12.1% as of December 31, 2015.

In order to provide the financial system with a metric that serves as a backstop to capital levels, irrespective of the credit risk, a measure complementing all the other capital indicators has been incorporated into Basel III and transposed to the Solvency Regulations. This measure, the leverage ratio, can be used to estimate the percentage of the assets financed with Tier 1 capital.

Although the book value of the assets used in this ratio is adjusted to reflect the bank’s current or potential leverage with a given balance-sheet position, the leverage ratio is intended to be an objective measure that may be reconciled with the financial statements.

 

 

1  When the buffer for systemic risks only applies to local exposures, it is added to the greater of the G-SIB or D-SIB buffer.

 

Page 5


LOGO

 

1. General informational requirements

1.1. Company name and differences in the consolidable group for the purposes of the solvency regulations and accounting criteria

 

1.1.1. Corporate name and scope of application

 

1.1.2. Differences in the consolidable group for the purposes of the solvency regulations and accounting criteria

 

1.1.3. Reconciliation of the Public Balance Sheet from the accounting perimeter to the regulatory perimeter

 

1.1.4. Main changes in the Group’s scope of consolidation in 2015

 

1.2. Identification of dependent institutions with capital resources below the minimum requirement. Possible impediments for transferring capital.

 

1.3. Exemptions from capital requirements at the individual or sub-consolidated level

1.1. Company name and differences in the consolidable group for the purposes of the solvency regulations and accounting criteria

 

1.1.1. Corporate name and scope of application

Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. (hereinafter, “the Bank” or “BBVA”) is a private-law entity subject to the rules and regulations governing banking institutions operating in Spain.

The Bylaws and other public information about the Bank are available for consultation at its registered address (Plaza San Nicolás, 4 Bilbao) and on the corporate website www.bbva.com.

The Solvency Regulations are applicable at the consolidated level for the whole Group.

 

1.1.2. Differences in the consolidable group for the purposes of the solvency regulations and accounting criteria

The Group’s consolidated financial statements are drawn up in accordance with what is laid down in the International Financial Reporting Standards adopted by the European Union (hereinafter, “EU-IFRS”).

The EU-IFRS were adapted to the sector of Spanish credit institutions by Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004 of December 22, as well as its successive amendments.

Bank of Spain Circulars 5/2013 of October 30, 2013 on public and restricted financial reporting rules and 5/2011 of November 30, 2011 on financial statement models also apply.

 

Page 6


LOGO

 

On the basis of accounting criteria, companies are considered to form part of a consolidated group when the controlling institution holds or can hold, directly or indirectly, control of them. An institution is understood to control another entity when it is exposed, or is entitled to variable returns as a result of its involvement in the subsidiary and has the capacity to influence those returns through the power it exercises on the subsidiary. For such control to exist, the following aspects must be fulfilled:

a) Power: An investor has power over a subsidiary when it has current rights that provide it with the capacity to direct its relevant activities, i.e. those that significantly affect the returns of the subsidiary.

b) Returns: An investor is exposed, or is entitled to variable returns as a result of its involvement in the subsidiary when the returns obtained by the investor for such involvement may vary based on the economic performance of the subsidiary. Investor returns may be positive only, negative only or both positive and negative.

c) Relationship between power and returns: An investor has control over a subsidiary when it not only has power over the subsidiary and is exposed, or is entitled to variable returns for its involvement in the subsidiary, but also has the capacity to use its power to influence the returns it obtains due to its involvement in the subsidiary.

Therefore, in drawing up the Group’s consolidated Financial Statements, all dependent companies and consolidated structured entities have been consolidated by applying the full consolidation method.

Jointly-controlled entities, as well as joint ventures (those over which joint control arrangements are in place), are valued using the equity method.

The list of all the companies forming part of the BBVA Group is included in the appendices to the Group’s Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.

For the purposes of the Solvency Regulations, as set out in Spanish Law 36/2007, heading two, section 3.4, the consolidated group comprises the following subsidiaries:

 

    Credit institutions.

 

    Investment services companies.

 

    Open-end funds.

 

    Companies managing mutual funds, together with companies managing pension funds, whose sole purpose is the administration and management of the aforementioned funds.

 

    Companies managing mortgage securitization funds and asset securitization funds.

 

    Venture capital companies and venture capital fund managers.

 

    Institutions whose main activity is holding shares or investments, unless they are mixed-portfolio financial corporations supervised at the financial conglomerate level.

Likewise, the special-purpose entities whose main activity implies a prolongation of the business of any of the institutions included in the consolidation, or includes the rendering of back-office services to these, will also form part of the consolidated group.

However, according to the provisions of this law, insurance entities and some service firms do not form part of consolidated groups of credit institutions.

Therefore, for the purposes of calculating solvency requirements, and hence the drawing up of this Information of Prudential Relevance, the scope of consolidated institutions is different from the scope defined for the purposes of drawing up the Group’s Financial Statements.

 

Page 7


LOGO

 

The effect of the difference between the two regulations is basically due to:

 

    The difference between the balance contributed by entities (largely real-estate, insurance and service companies) that are consolidated in the Group’s Financial Statements by the full consolidation method and consolidated for the purposes of Solvency by applying the equity method. The details of these companies are available in Annexes I and II to these documents, mainly the companies BBVA Seguros and Pensiones Bancomer.

 

    The entry of the balance from institutions (mainly financial) that are not consolidated at the accounting level but for purposes of solvency. The detail on these companies is contained in Annex IV of this document and has significantly decreased in the present year by the acquisition of 14.89% in Garanti, a company that has become to consolidate at the accounting and solvency levels.

 

1.1.3. Reconciliation of the Public Balance Sheet from the accounting perimeter to the regulatory perimeter

This section includes an exercise in transparency aimed at offering a clear view of the process of reconciliation between the book balances reported in the Public Balance Sheet (attached to the Group’s Annual Consolidated Financial Statements) and the book balances this report uses (regulatory scope), revealing the main differences between both scopes.

TABLE 2: Reconciliation of the Public Balance Sheet from the accounting perimeter to the regulatory perimeter

 

Public Balance Sheet Headings

   Public Balance Sheet      Insurance companies and
real-estate finance
companies (1)
     Jointly-controlled entities
and other

adjustments (2)
     Regulatory balance
sheet
 

Cash and Balances at Central Banks

     43,467         (1      20         43,486   

Trading Book

     78,326         (913      2,358         79,771   

Asset at fair value through P/L (FVTPL)

     2,311         (2,249      —           62   

AFS financial assets

     113,426         (20,024      25         93,427   

Loans and receivables

     457,644         (1,462      1,968         458,150   

Held-to-maturity investments

     —           —           —           —     

Adjustments to financial assets for portfolio hedges

     45         —           —           45   

Hedging derivatives

     3,538         (118      —           3,420   

Non-current assets held for sale

     3,369         (26      (37      3,306   

Investments

     879         4,433         (202      5,110   

Other

     47,073         (2,182      1,510         46,401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

     750,078         (22,542      5,642         733,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Balances corresponding to the companies not consolidated for solvency purposes (see Annex I, II)
(2) Corresponds to the balances contributed by developers and other intra-group removals (see Annex IV), guarantees excluded.

Below is a table summarizing the main sources of the differences between the amount of exposure in regulatory terms (Exposure) and the book balances according to the Financial Statements:

 

Page 8


LOGO

 

TABLE 3: Main sources of the differences between original exposure and the book balance

 

                             12/31/2015  
     Total     Amount subject to:  
(Million euros)          Credit risk
framework
    Securitization
framework
    Counterparty
credit risk
framework
    Market
risk
framework
 

Amount corresponding to the asset’s book balance in the regulatory consolidation scope

     733,178        628,365        5,269        63,142        36,402   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amount corresponding to the liability’s book value in the regulatory consolidation scope (Repo)

     35,143        —          —          35,143        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net amount in the regulatory consolidation scope

     132,725        187,863        (917     (17,820     (36,402
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amount of off-balance-sheet losses (risks and contingent commitments)

     184,951        184,951        —          —          —     

Counterparty risk in derivatives (includes the add-on)

     31,731        —          —          31,731        —     

Accounting provisions*

     16,615        16,615        —          —          —     

Non-eligibility of the Trading Book

     (79,771     —          —          (43,369     (36,402

Non-eligibility of the balances corresponding to accounting hedges (derivatives)

     (3,420     —          —          (3,420     —     

Non-eligibility of the balances corresponding to accounting hedges (adjustments for micro-hedging/portfolio hedges)

     (1,365     (1,365     —          —          —     

Non-eligibility of tax assets

     (7,217     (7,217     —          —          —     

Non-eligibility of other financial assets (mainly balances of guarantees provided in cash)

     (5,766     (5,766     —          —          —     

Non-eligibility of accounts without loan book risk (premiums, transaction costs)

     (481     (481     —          —          —     

Non-eligibility of underlying assets of securitizations

     (917     —          (917     —          —     

Other (1)

     (1,635     1,126        —          (2,762     —     
     901,047        816,228        4,352        80,465        —     

Non-eligibility of intangible assets

     (10,037     (10,037      

Non-eligibility of insurance contracts linked to pensions

     (2,151     (2,151      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amount of exposures for regulatory purposes

     888,859        804,040        4,352        80,465        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Excluding the generic provision eligible as capital.
(1) Includes, among others, certain asset accrual accounts, as well as other accounts without risk.
** Deducted from de capital base

This shows the headings of the Public Balance Sheet by EO, EAD and RWAs, which are the risk concepts on which this document is based.

TABLE 4: Opening of the headings of the Public Balance Sheet for EO, EAD and RWAs

 

                   12/31/2015  
     Credit Risk  

Public Balance Sheet Headings

   Original exposure      EAD      RWAs  

Cash and Balances at Central Banks

     43,489         43,514         9,106   

Trading Book

     31,731         28,948         9,534   

Financial assets designated at fair value through Profit or Loss

     62         62         38   

Available-for-sale financial assets

     93,342         93,065         24,238   

Loans and receivables

     650,550         521,081         257,506   

Non-current assets held for sale

     3,309         3,309         3,262   

Investments

     4,856         4,856         11,808   

Tangible assets

     9,292         9,292         9,143   

Other assets

     7,549         7,549         5,673   

Tax assets

     9,536         9,536         16,565   

Assets sold under repurchase agreements

     35,143         26,652         618   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets + Liabilities

     888,859         747,865         347,491   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1.1.4. Main changes in the Group’s scope of consolidation in 2015

As detailed in Note 3 of the Group’s Annual Consolidated Financial Statements, during fiscal year 2015 the Group took over control of the Garanti Group (third quarter) and the acquisition of the Catalunya Banc Group (during the second quarter), these transactions affected the comparative against the previous year in all items of the consolidated balance and consolidated earnings.

Investments

Acquisition of an additional 14.89% in Garanti

On November 19, 2014, the Group concluded a new agreement with Dogus Holding S.A., Ferit Faik Sahenk, Dianne Sahenk and Defne Sahenk (hereinafter “Dogus”) on matters including the acquisition of 62,538,000,000 additional shares in Garanti (equivalent to 14.89% of the entity’s share capital) for a total maximum payment of 8.90 Turkish lira per lot (Garanti trades in lots of 100 shares each).

The same agreement included the stipulation that if Dogus was paid a dividend against 2014 earnings, the amount would be deducted from the amount payable by BBVA. As of April 27, 2015, Dogus received the divided paid to Garanti shareholders of 0.135 Turkish lira per lot.

 

Page 9


LOGO

 

The Group concluded the purchase on July 27, 2015; once all the necessary regulatory authorizations had been obtained. Following the acquisition of the new shares, the Group’s stake in Garanti stands at 39.9%.

The total price actually paid by BBVA is 8.765 Turkish lira per share (approximately 5,481 million Turkish lira or €1,857 million, applying an exchange rate of 2.9571 Turkish lira to the euro).

In accordance with the IFRS-EU, as a result of the coming into effect of the new agreement, BBVA Group valued the 25.01% stake held previously in Garanti (currently considered as a joint venture and appraised by the equity method) at fair value and consolidate the financial statements of Garanti into the BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements starting on the date of effective control.

The aforementioned valuation at fair value has had a non-recurring negative impact on the “Gains (losses) on derecognized assets not classified as non-current assets held for sale” (See Note 48 of the Group’s Annual Consolidated Financial Statements) of the BBVA Group’s consolidated income statements for 2015, resulting in a negative net impact on the “Net income attributed to parent company” heading on the consolidated income statement of BBVA Group for 2015 of approximately €1,840 million. The recognition of this accounting impact has not entailed any additional cash divestment for BBVA. Most of this impact consisted of conversion differences due to the depreciation of the Turkish lira against the euro in the period from the initial acquisition by BBVA of 25.01% of Garanti to the takeover. These conversion differences were already registered practically in full as valuation adjustments, lowering BBVA Group’s consolidated equity on that date.

The aforementioned agreements with the Dogus group include an arrangement for the management of the bank and the appointment of most of the members of its Board of Directors by the BBVA Group (7 out of 10). The 39.9% holding in Garanti was consolidated in the BBVA Group because of the cited management agreements.

As of December 31, 2015, Garanti contributed to the consolidated Group with a volume of assets of approximately €90,000 million, of which approximately €55,000 million correspond to “Loans and advances to customers”, and a volume of “Financial liabilities at amortized cost” of approximately €75,000 million.

Garanti’s contribution to the consolidated income statement corresponding to 2015 without considering the valuation at fair value of the holding on the aforementioned date of effective control was €371 million.

The amount contributed by Garanti to the net attributable profit of the Group if said business combination had been made at the beginning of 2015, would be €539 million, excluding the aforementioned valuation at fair value.

While these consolidated annual financial statements were drawn up, the calculation had not concluded to determine, in accordance with IFRS-3, the existence or not of goodwill related to this acquisition, though the Group expects no significant changes in the asset and liability appraisals related to this acquisition.

The Group’s estimate as of December 31, 2015, according to the acquisition method, which compares the fair values assigned to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of Garanti, together with the identified intangible assets, and the payment in cash made by the Group as consideration for the operation, generated a difference of €622 million, which is entered in the chapter “Intangible Assets – Goodwill” in the consolidated balance as of December 31, 2015 (attached hereto), though, as mentioned above, this estimate is merely temporary. In accordance with IFRS-3, the term to complete the necessary adjustments on the initial acquisition calculation is one year.

 

Page 10


LOGO

 

Acquisition of Catalunya Banc

On July 21, 2014, the Governing Board of the Fund for Orderly Bank Restructuring (FROB) awarded BBVA, under a competitive bid process, the acquisition of Catalunya Banc, S.A. (“Catalunya Banc”).

On April 24, 2015, after securing the mandatory regulatory authorizations from the competent authorities, the purchase of 1,947,166,809 shares of Catalunya Banc, S.A. (representing approximately 98.4% of its share capital) was formalized at a price of approximately €1,165 million.

As of December 31, 2015, Catalunya Banc contributed to the consolidated Group with a volume of assets of approximately €40,000 million, of which approximately €19,000 million correspond to “Loans and advances to customers”, and a volume of “Financial liabilities at amortized cost” of approximately €36,000 million.

The amount contributed by Catalunya Banc to the consolidated profit of the Group if said business combination had been made at the beginning of 2015 is not representative.

As of December 31, 2015, according to the acquisition method, the comparison between the fair values assigned at the time of the purchase to the assets and liabilities acquired from Catalunya Banc, together with the identified intangible assets, and the payment in cash made by the Group to FROB as consideration for the operation, generated a difference of €26 million, which is entered in the chapter “Negative goodwill” of the Consolidated Income Statement for 2015. In accordance with IFRS-3, the term to complete the necessary adjustments on the initial acquisition calculation is one year (See Note 18.1 of the Group’s Annual Consolidated Financial Statements).

Divestments

Partial sale of China CITIC Bank Corporation Limited (CNCB)

On January 23, 2015, the BBVA Group announced it had signed an agreement to sell 4.9% of the share capital of China CITIC Bank Corporation Limited (CNCB) to UBS AG, London Branch (UBS); which, in turn signed a number of agreements, according to which the CNCB shares would be transferred to a third party and the final economic beneficiary of the ownership of these shares shall be Xinhu Zhongbao Co. Ltd. (Xinhu).

On March 12, 2015, after securing the mandatory regulatory authorizations from the competent authorities, the purchase was formalized.

The sale price paid by UBS was HKD 5.73 per share, and the total amount was HKD 13,136 million, equivalent to €1,555 million (calculated at the exchange rate of EUR/HK$= 8.45 valid at the close of the operation).

In addition to the 4.9% and until completing 6.34%, different in-market sales were made during 2015. The total impact of said sales on the BBVA Group’s consolidated financial statements is of a net gain of around €705 million. The gross tax gain entered under “Gains (losses) on non-current assets held-for-sale not classified as discontinued transactions” of the attached Consolidated Income Statement for 2015 (See Note 49 of the Group’s Annual Consolidated Financial Statements).

As of December, 31 2015, the book value of the stake held in CNCB rose to €910 million, equivalent to a stake of 3.26%, which is entered in the chapter “Available-for-sale financial asset” of the consolidated balance on said date.

 

Page 11


LOGO

 

Sale of the stake in Citic International Financial Holdings Limited (CIFH)

On December 23, 2014, the Group signed an agreement to sell its 29.68% stake in Citic International Financial Holdings Limited (CIFH), the unlisted subsidiary of CNCB headquartered in Hong Kong, to China CITIC Bank Corporation Limited. The sale price of this stake was set at HKD 8,162 million.

On August 27, 2015 the sale of said stake was completed with no significant impact on the consolidated earnings of the Group.

 

1.2. Identification of dependent institutions with capital resources below the minimum requirement. Possible impediments for transferring capital.

There is no institution in the Group not included in the consolidated Group for the purpose of the solvency regulations whose capital are below the regulatory minimum requirement.

The Group operates in Spain, Mexico, the United States and 30 other countries, largely in Europe and Latin America. The Group’s banking subsidiaries around the world are subject to supervision and regulation (with respect to issues such as compliance with a minimum level of regulatory capital) by a number of regulatory bodies.

The obligation to comply with these capital requirements may affect the capacity of these banking subsidiaries to transfer funds to the parent company via dividends or other means.

In some jurisdictions in which the Group operates, the law lays down that dividends may only be paid with the funds legally available for this purpose.

 

1.3. Exemptions from capital requirements at the individual or sub-consolidated level

In accordance with the exemption from capital requirements compliance for Spanish credit institutions belonging to a consolidated group (at individual or subconsolidated level) established in the CRR, the Group obtained exemption from the supervisor on December 30, 2009 for the following companies (this exemption was ratified through ECB decision 1024/2013):

 

    Banco Industrial de Bilbao, S.A.

 

    Banco de Promoción de Negocios, S.A.

 

    BBVA Banco de Financiación, S.A.

 

    Banco Occidental, S.A.

 

Page 12


LOGO

 

2. Capital resources

2.1. Characteristics of the eligible capital

2.2. Amount of capital

2.3. Bank risk profile

2.4. A breakdown of minimum capital requirements by risk type

2.5. Procedure employed in the internal capital adequacy assessment process

 

Page 13


LOGO

 

2.1. Characteristics of the eligible capital resources

Considered for the purpose of calculating the minimum capital requirements, under the solvency regulations, are the elements and instruments corresponding to Tier 1 capital, which is defined as the sum of ordinary Tier 1 capital (CET1) and additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) as defined in Part Two, Title I, Chapters I to III of the CRR, as well as their corresponding deductions, in accordance with articles 36 and 56, respectively.

Also considered are the elements of Tier 2 capital defined in Part Two of Chapter IV, section I of the CRR. In addition, it considers the deductions to be those defined as such in section II of the same Chapter.

In line with the stipulations of the solvency regulation, the level of ordinary Tier 1 capital essentially comprises the following elements:

 

  a) Capital and share premium: this includes the elements described in article 26 section 1, articles 27, 28 and 29 of the CRR and the EBA list referred to in article 26 section 3 of the CRR.

 

  b) Accumulated gains: In accordance with article 26, section 1, letter c), the gains that may be used immediately and with no restriction to cover any risks or losses are included.

 

  c) Other accumulated income and other reserves: The reserves of consolidated companies (including the associated exchange-rate differences), the valuation adjustments associated with the available-for-sale portfolio and the balance of the equity account that contains remunerations based on capital instruments will be classified mainly under this heading.

 

  d) Minority shareholdings: The holdings representing minority interests and corresponding to ordinary shares in the companies belonging to the consolidated group are included for the part that has actually been fully paid up, based on the limits established in the CRR.

 

  e) Temporary benefits: the net income referring to the perimeter of credit institutions, deducting the amount corresponding to interim and final dividend payments, is included, as set out in article 26, section 2 of the CRR.

Capital is, moreover, adjusted mainly through the following deductions:

 

  f) Additional value adjustments: The adjustments originated by the prudent valuation of the positions at fair value are included, as set out in article 105 of the CRR.

 

  g) Intangible assets: these are included net of the corresponding liabilities for taxes, as set out in article 36, section 1, letter b) and article 37 of the CRR.

 

  h) Deferred tax assets: these are assets for deferred taxes that depend on future returns, excluding those deriving from temporary differences (net of the corresponding liabilities for taxes when the conditions established in article 38, section 3 of the CRR are met), as per article 36, section 1, letter c) and article 38 of the CRR.

 

  i) Expected losses in equity instruments: the losses arising from the calculation of risk-weighted exposures through the method based on internal ratings are included, as set out in article 36, section 1, letter d) of the CRR.

 

  j) Profit or losses for liabilities valued at fair value: those derived from changes in asset quality, in accordance with article 33, letter b) of the CRR.

 

Page 14


LOGO

 

  k) Direct and indirect holdings of own instruments: the shares and other securities booked as own funds that are held by any of the Group’s consolidated institutions are considered, together with those held by non-consolidated institutions belonging to the economic group, as set out in article 33, section 1, letter f) and article 42 of the CRR.

 

  l) Securitization: securitizations that receive a risk weighting of 1.250% are included, as set out in article 36, section 1, letter k), subsection ii) of the CRR.

 

  m) Temporary adjustments of ordinary Tier 1 capital: this includes unrealized profit and losses valued at fair value, as set out in article 467 and 468 of the CRR.

 

  n) Qualifying deductions of ordinary Tier 1 capital: this includes the deductions that exceed the additional Tier 1 capital, as described in article 36, section 1, letter b) of the CRR.

The application of some of the above deductions (mainly intangible assets and LCFs) shall be carried out gradually over a transition period of 5 years in general (phased in), as set out in the current regulation.

Other deductions that may be applicable could comprise significant stakes in financial institutions and assets for deferred taxes arising from temporary differences that exceed the 10% limit of the CET1, and the deduction for exceeding the overall 17.65% limit of the fully loaded CET1 according to article 48, section 2 of the CRR.

In addition, the Group includes as total eligible capital the additional Tier 1 capital instruments defined in articles 51 and 484 of the CRR, including the corresponding adjustments, in accordance with article 472 of the CRR:

 

  o) Equity instruments and issue premiums classified as liabilities: This heading includes the perpetual contingent convertible securities that meet the conditions set out in article 52, section 1 of the CRR.

 

  p) Elements referred to in article 484, section 4 of the CRR: This section includes the preferred securities issued by the Group.

 

  q) Temporary adjustments of additional Tier 1 capital: This includes the adjustments considered in article 472 of the CRR as measures established for gradual adoption of the new capital ratios.

Lastly, the entity also includes in its capital resources the eligible Tier 2 capital. This is largely made up of the following elements:

 

  r) Subordinated debt received by the Group: understood as that which, for credit seniority purposes, comes behind all the common creditors. The issues, moreover, have to fulfill a number of conditions which are laid out in article 63 of the CRR.

 

  s) Instruments and elements issued or considered acceptable as capital before December 31, 2011: Tier 2 capital includes the subordinated debt received by the Group that does not meet the conditions set out in article 63 of the CRR, but is acceptable in the transitional regulatory capital under article 484 of the CRR.

 

  t) Qualifying capital instruments included in the consolidated Tier 2 capital, issued by affiliates and held by third parties: these instruments are included as set out in articles 87 and 88 of the CRR.

 

  u) Surplus resulting between value adjustments for asset impairment plus allowances for losses calculated as per the IRB method on the losses they are expected to incur: the aforementioned surplus includes the part that is below 0.6% of the risk-weighted exposures calculated according to the IRB method.

 

Page 15


LOGO

 

It will also include the book balances of generic allowances referring to securitized exposures which have been excluded from the risk-weighted exposures calculation under the IRB method, for the part not exceeding 0.6% of the risk-weighted exposures that would have corresponded to these securitized exposures, had they not been excluded. There is no treatment defined for the surplus of allowances over expected loss in portfolios assessed under the IRB approach above the 0.6% limit.

The book balance for generic allowances for losses reached in keeping with the accounting regulations and which corresponds to those portfolios to which the standardized approach is applied, for an amount up to 1.25% of the weighted risks that have been the basis for the coverage calculation, is also considered as eligible additional capital.

Generic allowances for losses for those securitized assets that have been excluded from the risk-weighted exposures under the standardized approach are also eligible up to a limit of 1.25% of the weighted risks that would have corresponded to them, had they not been excluded. The surplus over the 1.25% limit is deducted from exposure.

Annex VI to this report presents the Group’s issues of perpetual contingent convertible securities and issues of preference shares, which as explained above, form part of additional Tier 1 capital:

This annex also details the Group’s issues of subordinated debt as of December 31, 2015, calculated as Tier 2 capital:

2.2. Amount of capital

The accompanying table shows the amount of eligible capital, net of deductions, of the different elements comprising the capital base:

 

Page 16


LOGO

 

TABLE 5: Amount of capital

 

(Millions of euros)

Eligible capital resources

   12/31/2015     12/31/2014  

a) Capital and share premium

     27,112        27,016   

b) Retained earnings

     21,022        18,813   

c) Other accumulated earnings (and reserves)

     (1,904     (1,272

d) Minority interests

     7,143        1,886   

e) Net attrib. profit and interim and final Group dividends

     1,456        1,871   

Ordinary Tier 1 Capital before other reglamentary adjustments

     54,829        48,314   

f) Additional value adjustments

     (195     (340

g) Intangible assets

     (3,901     (1,747

h) Deferred tax assets

     (75     (28

i) Expected losses in equity

     (31     (44

j) Profit or losses on liabilities measured at fair value

     (136     (67

k) Direct and indirect holdings of own instruments

     (511     (588

l) Securitizations tranches at 1250%

     (89     (158

m) Temporary CET1 adjustments

     (788     (724

n) Admisible CET1 deductions

     (549     (2,786
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Common Equity Tier 1 regulatory adjustments

     (6,275     (6,482
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

     48,554        41,832   

o) Equity instruments and share premium classified as liabilities

     4,439        2,735   

p) Items referred in Article 484 (4) of the CRR

     862        1,470   

Additional Tier 1 before reglamentary adjustments

     5,302        4,205   

q) Temporary adjustments Tier 1

     (5,302     (4,205
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reglamentary adjustments of Additional Tier 1

     (5,302     (4,205
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 (AT1)

     —          —     

Tier 1 (Common Equity Tier 1+Additional Tier 1)

     48,554        41,832   

r) Equity instruments and share premium

     2,006        2,223   

s) Amount of the admissible items, pursuant to Article 484

     429        604   

t) Admissible shareholders’ funds instruments included in consolidated Tier 2 issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties

     5,716        5,366   

-Of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to ex-subsidiary stage

     (99     1,051   

u) Credit risk adjustments

     3,496        2,793   

Tier 2 before reglamentary adjustments

     11,646        10,986   

Tier 2 reglamentary adjustments

     —          —     

Tier 2

     11,646        10,986   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Capital (Total capital = Tier 1 + Tier 2)

     60,200        52,818   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total RWA’s

     401,285        350,802   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CET 1 (phased-in)

     12.1     11.9

CET 1 (fully-loaded)

     10.3     10.4

Tier 1 (phased-in)

     12.1     11.9

Tier 1 (fully-loaded)

     11.6     11.1

Total Capital (phased-in)

     15.0     15.1

Total Capital (fully-loaded)

     14.4     14.2

The process followed is shown below, according to the recommendations issued by the EBA and in line with the exercise of transparency conducted by the Bank. Based on the shareholders’ equity reported in the Group’s Annual Consolidated Financial Statements and by applying the deductions and adjustments shown in the table below, the regulatory capital figure for solvency purposes is arrived at:

 

Page 17


LOGO

 

TABLE 6: Reconciliation of the Public Balance Sheet from the accounting perimeter to the regulatory perimeter

 

     12/31/2015      12/31/2014  

(Millons of euros)

Elegible capital

   Reconciliation of the
Public Balance Sheet
from the accounting
perimeter to the
regulatory perimeter
 

Total shareholders’s funds (public balance sheet)

     50,640         49,447   

Capital

     3,120         3,024   

Share premium

     23,992         23,993   

Reserves

     22,512         20,936   

Other equity instruments

     35         67   

Own shares in portfolio

     (309      (350

Attributed net income

     2,642         2,618   

Attributed dividend

     (1,352      (841
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity (public balance sheet)

     55,440         51,610   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation adjustments

     (3,349      (348

Minority interests

     8,149         2,511   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares and other eligible preferred securities

     5,302         4,205   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deductions

     (4,411      (1,872
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

     (3,901      (1,748

Fin. treasury stock

     (95      (124

Indirect treasury stock

     (415   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity not eligible at solvency level

     (828      (3,707
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation adjustments not eligible as basic capital

     (788      (3,567
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital gains from the Sovereign AFS fixed-income portfolio

     (796      (2,713

Capital gains from the AFS equity portfolio

     8         (854

Valuation adjustments not eligible as basic capital (minority)

     —           (140

Minority interests valuation adjustments

     —           (14

Remuneration of the Aditional Level 1 equity instruments

     —           (126

Perimeter differences

     (40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other adjustments and deductions

     (1,647      (1,414
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tier 1 (before deductions)

     53,856         48,822   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(-) Tier 1 deductions

     (5,302      (6,990
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tier 1

     48,554         41,832   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2.3. Bank risk profile

BBVA Group has a General Risk Control and Management Model (hereinafter, “the Model”) adapted to its business model, organization and the geographical areas in which it operates. It allows it to operate within the framework of the control and risk management strategy defined by the Bank’s company bodies and adapt to an economic and regulatory environment, addressing management globally and adapted to the circumstances at any particular time. The Model establishes a system of risk management that is adapted to the entity’s risk profile and strategy.

The risks inherent in the business that make up the risk profile of BBVA Group are as follows:

 

    Credit risk: Credit risk arises from the probability that one party to a financial instrument will fail to meet its contractual obligations for reasons of insolvency or inability to pay and cause a financial loss for the other party. This includes counterparty risk, issuer credit risk, liquidation risk and country risk.

 

    Counterparty risk: Counterparty risk originates in the possibility of losses derived from positions in derivatives and repos.

 

    Market risk: Market risk originates in the possibility that there may be losses in the value of positions held due to movements in the market variables that affect the valuation of financial products and assets in trading activity.

 

Page 18


LOGO

 

    Operational risk: Operational risk is defined as the one that could potentially cause losses due to human errors, inadequate or faulty internal processes, system failures or external events. This definition includes legal risk, but excludes strategic and/or business risk and reputational risk.

 

    Structural risks: These are divided into structural interest-rate risk (movements in interest rates that cause alterations in an entity’s net interest income and book value) and structural currency risk (exposure to variations in exchange rates originating in BBVA Group’s foreign companies and in the provision of funds to foreign branches financed in a different currency to that of the investment).

 

    Liquidity risk: risk of an entity having difficulties in duly meeting its payment commitments, and where it does not have to resort to funding under burdensome terms which may harm the bank’s image or reputation.

The chart below shows the total risk-weighted assets broken down by type of risk as of December 31, 2015:

CHART 1: RWAs distribution by risk type

 

LOGO    LOGO

2.4. A breakdown of minimum capital requirements by risk type

In accordance with article 92 of the CRR, the entities must at all times comply with the following capital requirements:

 

  a. Ordinary Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%, obtained as the level of ordinary Tier 1 capital expressed as a percentage on the total amount of risk-weighted assets.

 

  b. Ordinary Tier 1 capital ratio of 6%, obtained as the level of ordinary Tier 1 capital expressed as a percentage on the total amount of risk-weighted assets.

 

  c. Total capital ratio of 8%, obtained as the capital expressed as a percentage on the total amount of risk-weighted assets.

Regardless of article 92 of the CRR, after the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP), the minimum ordinary Tier 1 capital level should be 9.5%.

 

Page 19


LOGO

 

The total amount of capital requirements is made up mainly of the following items:

 

    Credit and dilution risk

Credit risk is the possible loss assumed by an economic agent as a result of failure to comply with the contractual obligations of the counterparties with which it interacts. When calculating the risk-weighted exposures, the credit institutions may apply the standard method or the method based on internal ratings, when allowed by the competent authorities.

 

    Counterparty risk

Counterparty risk-weighted exposures corresponding to repo and derivative operations (section 5.3. of the present document).

 

    Market risk

Market risk arises from losses in the value of an asset associated with the fluctuation of its price on the market.

 

    Exchange-rate risk

Exchange-rate risk arises when an economic agent places part of its assets in a currency or financial instrument denominated in a currency different from the one used by that agent for its day-to-day transactions.

 

    Credit valuation adjustment risk

The capital requirements with respect to the credit valuation adjustment risk resulting from OTC derivative instruments that are not credit derivatives recognized for the purpose of reducing the amount of credit risk-weighted exposures.

 

    Operational risk

The capital requirements determined in accordance with title III of the CRR, with respect to operational risk.

In addition, as stated in the introductory section of the present document, Basel III, unlike the previous framework, introduces capital buffers as a complement to the minimum capital requirements. A transition period ending in 2019 has been established to facilitate the adaptation of financial institutions to the minimum capital requirements.

The third part of the CRR sets out the capital requirements, in accordance with the new Basel III framework, as well the techniques for calculating the different minimum regulatory capital ratios.

Below is the total capital requirements broken down by type of risk as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. The total amount for credit risk includes the positions in securitizations (standardized and advanced measurement approaches) and the holding in equities.

 

Page 20


LOGO

 

TABLE 7: Capital requirements by risk type

 

Exposure categories and risk types

   Capital
Amount
dic-15
     Capital
Amount
dic-14
     RWA’s (1) 
dic-15
     RWA’s (1)
dic-14
 

Credit risk

     18,299         14,194         228,737         177,424   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Central governments or central banks

     2,814         2,388         35,174         29,850   

Regional governments or local authorities

     240         264         2,996         3,300   

Public sector entities

     108         107         1,349         1,338   

Multilateral Development Banks

     2         2         25         25   

Institutions

     458         211         5,730         2,638   

Corporates

     8,096         5,314         101,195         66,397   

Retail

     2,954         2,458         36,929         30,725   

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     1,640         1,581         20,497         19,763   

Exposures in default

     376         436         4,706         5,450   

Items associated with particularly high risk

     11         12         143         150   

Covered bonds

     31         10         393         125   

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

     58         34         727         425   

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

     5         1         67         13   

Other exposures

     1,504         1,378         18,806         17,225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securitized positions

     84         85         1,049         1,063   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securitized positions

     84         85         1,049         1,063   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK BY THE STANDARDIZED APPROACH

     18,383         14,279         229,787         178,487   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Credit risk

     7,827         7,589         97,837         94,858   

Central governments or central banks

     18         30         224         376   

Institutions

     866         994         10,826         12,425   

Corporates

     5,089         4,880         63,607         60,998   

Of which: SME

     999         887         12,487         11,084   

Of which: Specialised lending

     813         842         10,165         10,520   

Of which: Other

     3,276         3,151         40,954         39,394   

Retail

     1,854         1,685         23,180         21,059   

Of which: Secured by real estate collateral, SME

     35         26         441         321   

Of which: Secured by real estate collateral, non-SME

     958         808         11,970         10,099   

Of which: Qualifying revolving retail

     594         576         7,420         7,203   

Of which: Other retail assets, SME

     118         77         1,475         965   

Of which: Other retail assets, non–  SME

     150         198         1,874         2,471   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity

     1,562         1,749         19,522         21,865   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

By method:

           –        

Of which: Simple Method

     959         787         11,993         9,840   

Of which: PD/LGD Method

     498         833         6,230         10,417   

Of which: Internal Models

     104         129         1,299         1,609   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

By nature:

           –        

Of which: Exchange-traded equity instruments

     1,133         822         14,157         10,280   

Of which: Non-trading equity instruments in sufficiently diversified portfolios

     429         927         5,365         11,585   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securitized positions

     28         57         345         712   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securitized positions

     28         57         345         712   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK BY THE ADVANCED MEASUREMENT APPROACH

     9,416         9,395         117,704         117,435   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ECC’S DEFAULT GUARANTEE FUND CONTRIBUTION

     41         –           511         –     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK

     27,840         23,674         348,002         295,922   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Standardized:

     224         234         2,801         2,925   

Of which: Price Risk from fixed-income positions

     189         202         2,368         2,525   

Of which: Price risk for securitizations

     2         2         26         25   

Of which: Correlation price risk

     6         6         76         75   

Of which: Price Risk from equity portfolios

     22         24         271         300   

Of which: Commodities risk

     5         –           59         –     

Advanced: Market Risk

     748         712         9,355         8,900   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL TRADING-BOOK ACTIVITY RISK

     972         946         12,156         11,825   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EXCHANGE RATE RISK (STANDARDIZED APPROACH)

     320         732         4,003         9,150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

RISK DUE TO CVA ADJUSTMENT

     307         360         3,833         4,498   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

OPERATIONAL RISK

     2,663         2,352         33,291         29,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

     32,103         28,064         401,285         350,802   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Corresponding temporary Risk Weighted Assets (phased-in)
(*) Calculated as 8% RWAs
(**) Under CET 1 requirements (9,5%) after the supervisory evaluation process (SREP), total requirements are 38.122 millons of euros

2.5. Procedure employed in the internal capital adequacy assessment process

To comply with the requirement of Pillar II of the Basel Accord, BBVA carries out the internal capital adequacy assessment process in accordance with the supervisor’s guidelines.

The Group’s budgeting process is where it makes the calculations both for economic capital at risk allocated by the different business areas and for the regulatory capital base.

Economic capital is calculated by internal models that collect the historical data existing in the Group and calculate the capital necessary for pursuit of the activity adjusted for risks inherent to it. These calculations include additional risks to those contemplated in regulatory Pillar I.

The following points are assessed within the internal capital adequacy assessment process:

 

    Systems of risk governance, management and control: Review of the corporate risk management culture, Internal Audit and capital governance. The BBVA Group has developed a system of corporate governance that is in line with the best international practices and adapted it to the requirements of the regulators in the country in which its different units operate.

 

Page 21


LOGO

 

    The Group’s risk profile: Measurement of the risks (including credit, operational, market, liquidity and other asset and liability risks) and quantification of the capital necessary to cover them. The analysis and valuation of the Bank’s risk profile is supported by a description of the current situation and projections by type of risk described. The valuation is supported by both quantitative data and qualitative factors.

 

    Capital resources target: Capital distribution between the Group’s companies and the targets set for it. The capital management policies designed to comply with these objectives include: regular estimates of capital needs; continuous management of the capital structure; and concentration of the capital surpluses in the Group’s parent.

 

    Capital planning: A projection is made of the Group’s capital base and that of the parent company and its main subsidiaries for the next three years and capital sufficiency is analyzed in accordance with the regulatory requirements and objectives set by the Bank at the end of the period.

Furthermore, a stress test is performed using a scenario in which macroeconomic values are estimated for an environment of greater economic downturn than the one budgeted, as determined by BBVA Research, and the consequences of this on the Group’s activity (increased NPA, lower activity levels, higher volatility in the financial markets, falls in the stock market, operating losses, liquidity crises, etc.) and its impact on the capital base (earnings, reserves, capacity to issue equity instruments, allowances, risk-weighted assets, etc.).

Estimations are also made on the possible cyclical nature of the models used. The stress scenarios cover recession situations in sufficiently long periods (20-30 years). Finally, backtesting is carried out on the data presented for the previous year.

 

    Future action program: If the conclusions of the report so require, corrective actions are programmed that enable the Bank’s equity situation to be optimized in view of the risks analyzed. The main programs for future action are focused on models of: credit risk, operational risk, market risk, real-estate risk and integration in management.

This process concludes with a document which is made available to the supervisor every year, for supervision of the targets and the action plan presented, enabling a dialog to be set up between the Supervisor and the Group concerning capital and solvency.

 

Page 22


LOGO

 

3. Risks

 

3.1. General risk control and management model
3.1.1.   Governance and organization
3.1.2.   Risk Appetite
3.1.3.   Decisions and processes
3.1.4.   Evaluation, monitoring and reporting
3.1.5.   Infrastructure
3.1.6.   Risk culture
3.2. Credit and counterparty risk
3.2.1.   Scope and nature of the credit risk measurement and reporting systems
3.2.2.   Definitions and accounting methodologies
3.2.3.   Information on credit risks
3.2.4.   Information on the standardized approach
3.2.5.   Information on the IRB method
3.2.6.   Information on counterparty risk
3.2.7.   Information on securitizations
3.2.8.   Information on credit risk mitigation techniques
3.2.9.   RWA density by geographical area

 

Page 23


LOGO

 

3.3. Market risk
3.3.1.    Scope and nature of the market risk measurement and reporting systems
3.3.2.    Differences in the trading book for the purposes of applying the solvency regulations and accounting criteria
3.3.3.    Standardized approach
3.3.4.    Internal models
3.4. Structural risk in the equity portfolio
3.4.1.    Scope and nature of the structural risk in the equity portfolio measurement and reporting systems
3.4.2.    Differentiation between portfolios held for sale and those held for strategic purposes
3.4.3.    Accounting policies and instrument valuation
3.4.4.    Value of equity investments
3.4.5.    Exposure in equity investments and capital instruments
3.5. Structural exchange-rate risk
3.5.1.    Scope and nature of the exchange-rate risk measurement and reporting systems
3.6. Interest-rate risk
3.6.1.    *****Scope and nature of the interest-rate risk measurement and reporting systems
3.6.2.    Nature of interest-rate risk and key hypotheses
3.6.3.    Variations in interest rates
3.7. Liquidity Risk
3.7.1.    Scope and nature of the liquidity risk measurement and reporting systems
3.7.2.    Governance and monitoring
3.7.3.    Liquidity and funding performance in 2015
3.7.4.    Liquidity and funding prospects
3.7.5.    Assets committed in finance transactions
3.8. Operational risk
3.8.1.    Scope and nature of the operational risk measurement and reporting systems
3.8.2.    Operational Risk definition
3.8.3.    Operational Risk methodology
3.8.4.    Model based on 3 lines of defense
3.8.5.    Principles of BBVA’s Operational Risk management model
3.8.6.    Methods employed
3.8.7.    The Group’s operational risk profile
3.8.8.    Main variations in the period

 

Page 24


LOGO

 

3.1. General risk control and management model

BBVA Group has a General Risk Control and Management Model (hereinafter, “the Model”) adapted to its business model, organization and the geographical areas in which it operates. It allows it to operate within the framework of the control and risk management strategy defined by the Bank’s company bodies and adapt to an economic and regulatory environment, addressing management globally and adapted to the circumstances at any particular time. The Model establishes a system of risk management that is adapted to the entity’s risk profile and strategy.

This Model is applied comprehensively in the Group and is made up of the basic elements set out below:

 

    Governance and organization

 

    Risk Appetite

 

    Decisions and processes

 

    Evaluation, monitoring and reporting

 

    Infrastructure

 

    Risk culture

The Group promotes the development of a risk culture that ensures the consistent application of the risk control and management Model within the Group and guarantees that the risk function is understood and permeates throughout all the levels of the organization.

3.1.1. Governance and organization

The risk governance model in BBVA is characterized by the strong involvement of its corporate bodies, both in establishing the risk strategy and in the continuous monitoring and supervising of its implementation.

Thus, as explained below, it is the corporate bodies that approve the risk strategy and the corporate policies for the different types of risks. The risk function is responsible within the scope of its management for implementing and developing the risk strategy, being answerable for it to the corporate bodies.

The responsibility for the day-to-day management of risks corresponds to the businesses, which engage in their business following the policies, rules, procedures, infrastructures and controls that are based on the framework set by the company bodies and defined by the risk function.

To carry out this work adequately, the risk function in the BBVA Group has been set up as a single, global function that is independent of the commercial areas.

3.1.1.1. Corporate governance layout

The BBVA Group has developed a system of corporate governance that is in line with the best international practices and adapted it to the requirements of the regulators in the country in which its different units operate.

 

Page 25


LOGO

 

The Board of Directors (hereinafter “the Board) approves the risk strategy and supervises the internal control and management systems. Specifically, the strategy approved by the Board includes at least the statement of the Group’s Risk Appetite, the fundamental metrics and the basic structure of limits by geographical areas, risk types and asset classes, as well as the bases of the risk control and management Model. The Board also ensures that the budget is aligned with the approved Risk Appetite.

On the basis established by the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee approves the specific corporate policies for each type of risk. In addition, this committee approves the Group’s risk limits and monitors them. It is informed both of the overruns of the limits and of any appropriate corrective measures that have been taken.

Finally, the Board of Directors has created a specialized committee for risks, the Risks Committee (RC). This committee analyzes and monitors risk periodically in the area of the attributions of the corporate bodies, and assists the Board of Directors and the Executive Committee in determining and monitoring the risk strategy and corporate policy strategy, respectively. Among its most important work is detailed control and monitoring of the risks affecting the Group overall, which allows it to ensure that the risk strategy is effectively integrated into management and the corporate policies approved by the corporate bodies are applied.

The head of the risk function in the executive line, the Corporate Risk Officer (CRO) carries out his work with the independence, authority, rank and resources required. He is appointed by the Bank’s Board of Directors, as a member of its senior management, and has direct access to its corporate bodies (the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee and the Risks Committee), to which he reports regularly on the risk situation in the Group.

To perform his functions better, the CRO is supported by a structure made up of cross-cutting risk units in the corporate area and specific risk units in the Group’s geographical and/or business areas. Each of these units has its own Risk Manager in charge of the geographical and/or business areas, who within the scope of his competence, carries out the functions of risk management and control and is responsible for applying the corporate policies and rules approved at Group level consistently, while adapting them if necessary to local requirements and reporting these matters to the local corporate bodies.

The Risk Managers of the geographical and/or business areas answer to both the CRO and the head of the geographical and/or business area. This system of co-dependence aims to ensure the interdependence of the local risk function from the operational functions, and allows them to be aligned with the Group’s corporate policies and objectives with respect to risks.

3.1.1.2. Organizational and committee structure

As mentioned above, the risk function comprises the corporate area risk units, which carry out cross-cutting functions, and the risk units of the geographical and/or business areas.

 

    The corporate area risk units develop and submit to the Corporate Risk Officer (CRO) the proposal for the Group’s Risk Appetite, the corporate policies, rules, procedures and global infrastructures within the framework of action approved by the corporate bodies; they ensure their correct application and report directly or through the CRO to the Bank’s corporate bodies. Among their functions are:

 

    Management of the different types of risks at Group level, in accordance with the strategy defined by the corporate bodies.

 

    Planning of risks in line with the Risk Appetite principles defined by the Group.

 

    Monitoring and control of the Group’s risk profile in relation to the Risk Appetite approved by the Bank’s corporate bodies, providing precise and reliable information with the frequency and in the format required.

 

Page 26


LOGO

 

    Carrying out prospective analyses that can evaluate compliance with the Risk Appetite in stress scenarios and analyze the mechanisms for mitigating the effect.

 

    Management of the technological and methodological developments required for development of the Model in the Group.

 

    Articulating Group’s Internal Risk Control model and defining the methodology, corporate criteria and procedures to identify and prioritize the risk inherent to each unit’s activities and processes.

 

    Validation of the models used and the results obtained by them to verify whether they are appropriate to the different uses to which they are applied.

 

    The risks units in the business areas develop and submit to the Risk Manager of the geographical and/or business area the proposed Risk Appetite applicable in each geographical and/or business area, with autonomy and always within the Group’s Risk Appetite.

At the same time, they ensure that the approved corporate policies and rules are applied consistently at Group level, adapting them where appropriate to local requirements; they are provided with the adequate infrastructures for the control and management of their risks and report, where appropriate, to the corporate bodies and senior management.

Thus the local risk units work with the corporate risk units with the aim of adapting to the risk strategy at Group level and pooling all the information necessary to monitor changes in risks.

The risk function’s decision-making process is based on a committee structure. The Global Risk Management Committee (GRMC) is the main committee in the risk function. It proposes, checks, and approves, where appropriate, items such as the internal regulatory framework for risks, the procedures and infrastructures needed to identify, evaluate, measure and manage the risks faced by the Group in carrying out its business, and the admission of the operations with the most relevant risks.

The members of this Committee are the CRO and the heads of the risk units of the corporate area and the most representative geographical and/or business areas.

The Global Risk Management Committee (GRMC) operates through various support committees, including the following:

 

    Global Technical Operations Committee: Its aim is to take decisions related to wholesale credit risk admission from certain customer segments.

 

    Information, Monitoring & Reporting Committee: Guarantees the existence and proper development of the aspects relating to information management, risk tracking and reporting with a comprehensive and cross-cutting approach.

 

    Asset Allocation Committee: An executive body for analysis and decision-making on all those issues related to credit risks that are linked to the processes designed to obtain a balance between risk and profitability in accordance with the Group’s Risk Appetite.

 

    Technology and Methodologies Committee: Its aim is to determine the need for new models and infrastructures, and to guarantee decision-making related to the development and implementation of the tools required to manage all the risks to which the Group is exposed.

 

    Corporate Technological Risks and Operational Control Committee: The aim is to approve the Technological Risk Management and Operational Control Frameworks, in accordance with the General Risk Model, and monitor the metrics, risk profiles and operational loss events.

 

Page 27


LOGO

 

    Global Market Risk Unit Committee: The aim is to formalize, supervise and communicate the monitoring of trading risk in all the Global Markets business units.

 

    Corporate Operational Risk Admission and Outsourcing Committee: its purpose entails the identification, evaluation and analysis of the operational risks of new businesses, new products and services and outsourcing initiatives.

The following chart illustrates the risk management-related functions of each Committee at the BBVA Group:

CHART 2: BBVA Group’s risk management government and organization

 

LOGO

Each geographical and/or business area has its own risk management committee (or committees), with objectives and content similar to those of the corporate area, which develop their functions consistently and in line with the corporate policies and regulations on risks.

Within this organizational scheme, the risk function ensures the integration and application across the whole Group of a consistent risk strategy, regulatory framework, infrastructures and risk controls, while benefiting from customer insight and the proximity of each geographical and/or business area and transmitting the corporate culture on this matter to the Group’s different organizational levels.

3.1.1.3. Internal Risk Control and Internal Validation

The Group has a specific Internal Risk Control unit. Its main function is to ensure there is a sufficient internal regulatory framework, a process and measures defined for each type of risk identified in the Group (and for those other types of risk for which the Group may be potentially affected). It controls their application and operation, as well as ensuring the integration of the risk strategy into the Group’s management.

The Internal Risk Control unit is independent of the units that develop the risk models, manage processes and execute controls. Its scope of action is global, from the geographical point of view and the type of risks.

 

Page 28


LOGO

 

The Group’s Internal Risk Control Director is responsible for the function; he reports its activities and informs the CRO and the Board’s Risks Committee of its work plans, as well as assisting the Board on such matters as it requires.

For these purposes the Risks area also has a Technical Secretary’s Office, which is also independent of the units that develop the risk models, manage the processes and execute the controls. The Technical Secretary’s Office offers the Committee the technical support it needs to perform its duties better.

The unit has a structure of teams at both corporate level and in the most relevant geographical areas in which the Group operates. As in the case of the Corporate Area, local units are independent of the business areas that execute the processes, and of the units that execute the controls, and report functionally to the Internal Risk Control unit. This unit’s lines of action are established at Group level, and it is responsible for adapting and executing them locally, as well as for reporting the most relevant aspects.

In addition, the Group has an Internal Validation unit, which is also independent of the units that develop the risk models and of those that use them in management. Its functions include revision and independent validation at internal level of the models used for the control and management of risks in the Group.

3.1.2. Risk appetite

The Group’s Risk Appetite as approved by the Board of Directors determines the risks and their level that the Group is prepared to assume to achieve its business objectives. These risks are expressed in terms of capital, financial structure, profitability, recurring revenue, cost of risk and other metrics. The determination of Risk Appetite has the following objectives:

 

    Make explicit the Group’s strategy and the maximum levels of risk that the Group is prepared to assume, both at Group level and at geographical and/or business level.

 

    Establish guidelines for action and a management framework for the medium-long term that prevents actions (both at Group and geographical and/or business level) that may compromise the Group’s future viability.

 

    Establish a framework for relating with the geographical and/or business areas, that preserves their decision-making autonomy while ensuring their consistent performance and preventing divergent behavior.

 

    Establish a common language across the whole organization and develop a risk culture geared toward compliance with it.

 

    Alignment with the new regulatory requirements, making communication with regulators, investors and other stakeholders easier, thanks to an integrated and stable risk management framework.

Risk Appetite is manifested through the following elements:

 

    The Risk Appetite Statement: it includes the general principles of the Group’s risk strategy and the target risk profile.

BBVA’s risk policy is aimed at maintaining the risk profile made explicit in the Group’s Risk Appetite Statement, which is manifested in a series of metrics that approximate it (Fundamental Metrics and Limits).

 

    Fundamental Metrics: they set out in quantitative terms the principles and target risk profile included in the Risk Appetite statement.

 

Page 29


LOGO

 

    Limits: they provide a structure for the Risk Appetite at the level of the geographical and/or business areas, legal entities, risk types, or any others that are considered appropriate, allowing them to be integrated into management.

The corporate risks area works with the different geographical and/or business areas to define their Risk Appetite so that it is coordinated across the group and to ensure that the profile is in line with the definition.

The BBVA Group assumes a certain level of risk in order to provide financial services and products for its customers and obtain attractive levels of return for shareholders. The organization has to understand, manage and control the risks it assumes.

The aim of the organization is not to eliminate all risks, but to assume a prudent level of risks that allows it to generate returns while maintaining acceptable capital and fund levels and generating recurrent earnings.

BBVA’s Risk Appetite expresses the levels and types of risk that the Bank is prepared to assume to carry out its strategic plan without significant deviations, even in situations of tension. The Risk Appetite is integrated into management and determines the basic lines of the Group’s activity, as it establishes the framework within which the budgeting process is developed.

CHART 3: Risk Appetite

 

LOGO

3.1.2.1. Fundamental Metrics

These are the metrics that characterize the entity’s objective behavior (defined in the statement), allowing an expression of the risk culture at all levels in a systematic and comprehensible way. They synthesize the entity’s objectives and so they are useful for communicating with the stakeholders.

The fundamental metrics are strategic, propagated across the whole Group, comprehensible and easy to calculate, objectifiable at the business/geographical area level and subject to future projections. Examples of said metrics are detailed in the chart above (core metrics).

3.1.2.2. Limits

Metrics that determine the strategic positioning of the entity for the different risk types: credit, ALM (Asset & Liability Management), liquidity, markets, operational, etc. The following aspects differentiate these metrics from Fundamental Metrics:

 

Page 30


LOGO

 

  1. They are levers for achieving the result: They are a management tool that responds to a strategic positioning and that must be aimed at allowing compliance with the Fundamental Metrics, even under adverse scenarios.

 

  2. Risk metrics: A greater level of specialization. They do not necessarily have to be used across the whole Group.

 

  3. Independent of the cycle: May include metrics with a limited correlation with the economic cycle, allowing comparability that is isolated from the specific macroeconomic situation.

They are therefore levers for remaining within the thresholds defined in the fundamental metrics and used to manage day-to-day risk. They include tolerance limits, sublimits and alerts established at the business/geographical, portfolio and product level.

During 2015, Risk Appetite metrics trended consistently with the profile established according to the operating limits set or marked by the different areas in the organization.

3.1.3. Decisions and processes

The transfer of Risk Appetite to ordinary management is supported by three basic aspects:

 

    A standard body of regulations

 

    Risk planning

 

    Integrated risk management throughout their life cycle

3.1.3.1. A uniform body of regulations

The corporate GRM area is responsible for defining and developing corporate policies, specific regulations, procedures and schemes for delegation according to which the risk decisions have to be adopted within the Group

This process aims for the following objectives:

 

    Hierarchy and structure: information that is well structured through a clear and simple hierarchy that allows dependent documents to be related to each other.

 

    Simplicity: adequate and sufficient number of documents.

 

    Uniformity: uniform number and content of documents.

 

    Accessibility: easy search and access to documentation through the Corporate Risk Management Library.

The approval of corporate policies for all kinds of risks corresponds to the Bank’s corporate bodies, while the corporate risk area approves the rest of the regulations.

The risk units of the geographical and/or business areas comply with this body of regulations and, where necessary, adapt it to local requirements, in order to have a decision-making process that is appropriate to the local level and in line with the Group’s policies.

If such adaptation is necessary, the local risks area must inform the corporate GRM area, which has to ensure consistency in the body of regulations at Group level. Where appropriate, it must thus give its prior approval to the modifications proposed by the local risk areas.

 

Page 31


LOGO

 

3.1.3.2. Risk planning

Risk planning ensures integration in Risk Appetite management through a cascade process of establishing limits, where the function of corporate area and geographical and/or business area risk units is to guarantee this process is aligned with the Group’s Risk Appetite.

It is equipped with tools for aligning and tracking the Risk Appetite defined at the aggregated level by business areas, legal entities, risk types, concentrations and any other level considered necessary.

The process of risk planning is present within the rest of the Group’s planning framework to ensure the coherence of all the other processes.

3.1.3.3. Day-to-day risk management

All risks must be managed in an integrated fashion during their life cycle, based on differentiated treatment according to their type.

The risk management cycle is made up of 5 elements:

 

    Planning: its aim is to ensure the Group’s activities are consistent with the objective risk profile and to guarantee solvency in carrying out the strategy.

 

    Evaluation: process focused on identifying all the risks inherent in the activities carried out by the Group.

 

    Formalization: includes the phases of origination, approval and formalization of the risk.

 

    Monitoring and Reporting: continuous and structured risk monitoring, and preparation of reports for internal and/or external consumption (market, investors, etc.).

 

    Active portfolio management: focused on identifying business opportunities, in both existing portfolios and in new markets, businesses or products.

 

3.1.4. Evaluation, monitoring and reporting

Evaluation, monitoring and reporting is a cross-cutting element that has to ensure that the Model has a dynamic and anticipatory vision, making possible compliance with the Risk Appetite approved by the corporate bodies, even under unfavorable scenarios. This process covers all the material risk categories and has the following objectives:

 

    Evaluate compliance of the Risk Appetite at the present time, through monitoring of the fundamental metrics and limits.

 

    Evaluate compliance of the Risk Appetite in the future through projection of the Risk Appetite variables, both in a baseline scenario determined by the budget, and in a specific risk scenario determined by stress tests.

 

    Identify and value the risk factors and scenarios that may compromise compliance of the Risk Appetite through the development of a repository of risks and an analysis of their impact.

 

    Act to mitigate the impact on the Group of the risk factors and scenarios identified, ensuring the risk remains within the target risk profile.

 

Page 32


LOGO

 

    Monitor the key variables that directly do not form part of Risk Appetite, but that condition its compliance. These may be both external and internal.

The following phases have to be developed to carry out this process:

 

    Identification of the risk factors, which has the aim of generating a map with the most relevant risk factors that could compromise the Group’s performance with respect to the thresholds defined in the Risk Appetite.

 

    Evaluation of the impact: Consists of evaluating what impact the materialization of one or more risk factors identified in the previous phase could have on the Risk Appetite metrics, if a given scenario occurs.

 

    Response to undesirable situations and proposed measures for adjusting the situation: The overruns of the thresholds will be associated with an analysis of the measures for adjustments at the corresponding level that allow a dynamic management of the situation, even before it takes place.

 

    Monitoring: Aims to avoid ex ante losses through supervision of the Group’s current risk profile and the risk factors identified.

 

    Reporting: Aims to give information on the risk profile assumed, offering precise, complete and reliable data to the corporate bodies and senior management with the frequency and detail required by the nature, importance and complexity of the risks.

 

3.1.5. Infrastructure

Infrastructure constitutes the element that must ensure that the Group has the human and technological resources required for effective management and supervision of risks, performance of the functions included in the Group’s risk Model, and achievement of its objectives.

With respect to human resources, the Group’s risk function must have an adequate workforce in terms of number, skills and experience.

With respect to technology, the Group ensures the integrity of the management information systems and the provision of the infrastructure required to support risk management, including the tools appropriate to the needs derived from the different types of risks in their admission, management, valuation and monitoring.

The principles according to which the Group’s risk technology is governed are:

 

    Uniformity: the criteria are consistent across the whole Group, ensuring the same risk treatment at each geographical and/or business level.

 

    Integration in the management: the tools incorporate the corporate risk policies and are applied to the Group’s day-to-day management.

 

    Automation of the main processes that compose the risk management cycle.

 

    Adequacy: adequate supply of information at the appropriate time.

Through the Risk Analytics function, the Group has a corporate framework that develops measurement techniques and models, covering all the types of risk and the different purposes, and involves a uniform language for all the activities and geographical/business areas.

The execution is decentralized, allowing the Group’s global scope to be used to the full. The idea is to develop the existing risk models continuously and generate others that cover the new range of businesses that are being deployed, with the aim of strengthening anticipation and proactiveness that characterize the risk function in the Group.

 

Page 33


LOGO

 

Equally, the risk units of the geographical and/or business areas must ensure they have sufficient means from the point of view of resources, structures and tools to develop risk management in accordance with the corporate model.

 

3.1.6. Risk culture

BBVA considers risk culture as an essential element for the consolidation and integration of the other components of the Model.

The culture transfers to all the levels of the organization the implications involved in the Group’s activities and businesses from the perspective of risk. The risk culture is based on a number of levers, including:

 

    Communication: Promotes the spread of the Model, and particularly the principles that should govern risk management in the Group consistently and comprehensively across the organization, through the most appropriate channels.

GRM has a variety of channels for communication that facilitate the transfer of information and knowledge between the different teams in the function and the Group, adapting the frequency, formats and recipients according to the objective set, making it easier to establish the basic principles of the risk function. Thus the culture of risks and the prudent management model begin with the corporate bodies and the Group’s management and are transmitted across the whole organization.

 

    Training: The main aim is to spread and consolidate the prudent risk management model across the organization, ensuring standards in skills and knowledge in those involved in the risk management processes.

A well-defined and implemented system of training ensures the continuous improvement of the skills and knowledge of the Group’s professionals, and in particular those in the GRM area. It is organized into four vectors that aim to develop each of the requirements of the GRM group by providing in-depth knowledge and skills in various subjects, such as: finance and risks, tools and technology, management and expertise, and languages.

 

    Motivation: An area where the aim is for the incentives of the teams in the risk function to support the risk management strategy, values and culture of the function at all levels. It includes remuneration and all the other elements associated with motivation, such as the working environment, etc. that contribute to achieving the Model’s objectives.

3.2. Credit and counterparty risk

 

3.2.1. Scope and nature of the credit risk measurement and reporting systems

Credit risk arises from the probability that one party to a financial instrument will fail to meet its contractual obligations for reasons of insolvency or inability to pay and cause a financial loss for the other party. This includes management of counterparty risk, issuer credit risk, liquidation risk and country risk.

For managing risks and capital, BBVA quantifies its credit risk using two main metrics: expected loss (EL) and economic capital (EC). The expected loss reflects the average value of losses and is considered a business cost. Economic capital is the amount of capital considered necessary to cover unexpected losses if actual losses are greater than expected losses.

 

Page 34


LOGO

 

These risk metrics are combined with information on profitability in value-based management, thus building the profitability-risk binomial into decision-making, from the definition of business strategy to approval of individual loans, price setting, assessment of non-performing portfolios, incentives to areas in the Group, etc.

There are three essential parameters in the process of calculating the EL and EC measurements: the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default (EAD). These are generally estimated using historical information available in the systems. They are assigned to operations and customers according to their characteristics.

In this context, the credit rating tools (ratings and scorings) assess the risk in each transaction/customer according to their credit quality by assigning them a score. transaction seasoning, loan to value ratio, customer segment, etc.

Section 3 of this document details the definitions, methods and data used by the Group to determine the capital requirements for estimating and validating the parameters of probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default (EAD).

The credit risk for the BBVA Group’s global portfolio is measured through a Portfolio Model that includes the effects of concentration and diversification. The aim is to study the loan book as a whole, and to analyze and capture the effect of the interrelations between the different portfolios.

In addition to enabling a more comprehensive calculation of economic capital needs, this model is a key tool for credit risk management, as it establishes loan limits based on the contribution of each unit to total risk in a global, diversified setting.

The Portfolio Model considers that risk comes from various sources (it is a multi-factor model). This feature implies that economic capital is sensitive to geographic diversification, a crucial aspect in a global entity like BBVA.

These effects have been made more apparent against the current backdrop in which, despite the stress undergone by some economies, the BBVA Group’s presence in different geographical areas, subject to different shocks and different moments in the cycle, have contributed to bolster the bank’s solvency. In addition, the tool is sensitive to concentration in certain credit exposures of the entity’s large clients.

Lastly, the results of the Portfolio Model are integrated into management within the framework of the Asset Allocation project, where business concentrations are analyzed in order to establish the entity’s risk profile.

The analysis of the entity’s RWA structure shows that 88% corresponds to Credit Risk (including the surcharge for CVA).

 

3.2.2. Definitions and accounting methodologies

 

3.2.2.1. Definitions of non-performing assets and impaired positions

The classification of financial assets impaired for reasons of customer default is done in an objective way and on an individual basis according to the following criterion:

 

    The total amount of debt instruments, irrespective of the holder and the guarantee involved, with an amount past due for more than ninety days for principal, interest or contractually agreed expenses, unless they should be classified directly as write-offs.

 

Page 35


LOGO

 

    Contingent liabilities in which the guaranteed party has incurred default. Debt instruments classified as impaired through the accumulation of balances in default for an amount exceeding 25% of the overall amounts pending collection.

Classification of financial assets impaired for reasons other than customer default is done individually for all risks whose individual amount is significant and for which there is a reasonable doubt about their total reimbursement under the terms and conditions agreed by contract, since they show objective evidence of impairment that negatively affects the cash flows expected from a financial instrument. Objective evidence of impairment of a financial asset or group of financial assets includes observable data about the following aspects:

 

    Significant financial difficulties on the part of the obligor.

 

    Continued delays in payment of interest or principal.

 

    Refinancing for the counterparty’s lending conditions.

 

    Bankruptcy and other types of reorganization/winding-up is likely.

 

    Disappearance of a financial asset from an active market due to financial difficulties.

 

    Observable data that suggest a reduction in future flows since the initial recognition, such as:

 

  a. Adverse changes in the counterparty’s payment status (delays in payments, drawdowns on credit cards up to the limit, etc.).

 

  b. Domestic or local economic conditions correlated with default (unemployment, fall in property prices, etc.).

Write-off risks are those debt instruments whose recovery is deemed remote and should be classified as final write-offs.

3.2.2.2. Methods for determining value adjustments for impairment of assets and provisions

The impairment on financial assets is calculated by type of instrument and other circumstances that may affect it, taking into account the guarantees received by the holders of the instruments to assure (fully or partially) the performance of the transactions. The BBVA Group recognizes impairment charges directly against the impaired asset when the likelihood of recovery is deemed remote, and uses an offsetting or allowance account when it records provisions made to cover estimated losses on their full value.

The amount of the deterioration of debt instruments valued at their amortized cost is calculated by whether the impairment losses are determined individually or collectively.

3.2.2.2.1. Impairment losses determined individually

The amount of impairment losses recorded by these instruments coincides with the positive difference between their respective book values and the present values of future cash flows. These cash flows are discounted at the instrument’s original effective interest rate. If a financial instrument has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective rate determined under the contract.

 

Page 36


LOGO

 

As an exception to the rule described above, the market value of quoted debt instruments is deemed to be a fair estimate of the present value of their future cash flows. The estimation of future cash flows for debt instruments considers the following:

 

    All sums expected to be recovered during the remaining life of the instrument, including those that may arise from collateral and credit enhancements, if any (once deduction has been made of the costs required for their foreclosure and subsequent sale). Impairment losses include an estimate of the possibility of collecting of the accrued, past-due and uncollected interest.

 

    The various types of risk to which each instrument is subject.

 

    The circumstances under which the collections will foreseeably take place

With respect to impairment losses resulting from the materialization of insolvency risk of the obligors (credit risk), a debt instrument is impaired when:

 

    There is evidence of a reduction in the obligor’s capacity to pay, whether manifestly by default or for other reasons; and/or

 

    Country-risk materializes, understood as the common risk among debtors who are resident in a particular country as a result of factors other than normal commercial risk, such as sovereign risk, transfer risk or risks derived from international financial activity.

The BBVA Group has developed policies, methods and procedures to calculate the losses that it may incur as a result of its credit risks, whether attributable to the insolvency of counterparties or to country risk.

These policies, methods and procedures are applied to the arrangement, study and documentation of debt instruments, risks and contingent commitments, as well as the detection of their deterioration and in the calculation of the amounts needed to cover the estimated losses.

3.2.2.2.2. Impairment losses determined collectively

The collectively determined losses are deemed to be equivalent to the portion of losses incurred on the date that the accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared that has yet to be allocated to specific transactions.

Through statistical procedures using its historical experience and other specific information, the Group calculates the losses that, having occurred on the date of preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements, will become clear individually after the date the information is presented.

Quantification of losses incurred takes into account three basic factors: exposure at default, probability of default and loss given default.

 

    Exposure at default (EAD) is the amount of risk exposure at the date of default by the counterparty.

 

    Probability of default (PD) is the probability of the counterparty failing to meet its principal and/or interest payment obligations.

 

    Loss given default (LGD) is the estimate of the loss arising in the event of default. It depends mainly on the characteristics of the counterparty and the valuation of the guarantees or collateral associated with the operation.

 

Page 37


LOGO

 

To calculate the LGD at each date in the balance sheet, the cash flows from the sale of collateral are estimated by calculating its sale price (in the case of real-estate collateral, the reduction it may have suffered in value is taken into account) and its cost. In the event of default, the property right is acquired contractually at the end of the foreclosure process or when the assets of borrowers in difficulty are purchased, and this right is recognized in the financial statements. After the initial recognition, these assets classified as “Non-current assets held for sale” or “Inventory” (see Notes 2.2.4 and 2.2.6 to the Group’s Annual Consolidated Financial Statements) are valued by the fair value corrected for the estimated cost of their sale or their book value, whichever is lower.

3.2.2.2.3. Methods used for provisioning for contingent exposures and commitments

Non-performing contingent exposures and commitments, except for letters of credit and other guarantees, are to be provisioned for an amount equal to the estimation of the sums expected to be disbursed that are deemed to be non-recoverable, applying criteria of valuation prudence. When calculating the provisions, criteria similar to those established for non-performing assets for reasons other than customer default are applied.

In any event, letters of credit and other guarantees provided which are classified as non-performing will be covered by applying similar criteria to those set out in the preceding section on value adjustments for impairment of assets.

Likewise, the inherent loss associated with letters of credit and other guarantees provided that are in force and not impaired is covered by applying similar criteria to those set out in the preceding section on impairment losses determined collectively.

3.2.2.3. Criteria for removing or maintaining assets subject to securitization on the balance sheet

The accounting procedure for the transfer of financial assets depends on the manner in which the risks and benefits associated with securitized assets are transferred to third parties.

Financial assets are only removed from the consolidated balance sheet when the cash flows they generate have dried up or when their implicit risks and benefits have been substantially transferred out to third parties.

Group is considered to substantially transfer the risks and benefits when these account for the majority of the overall risks and benefits of the securitized assets.

When the risks and benefits of transferred assets are substantially conveyed to third parties, the financial asset transferred is removed from the consolidated balance sheet, and any right or obligation retained or created as a result of the transfer is simultaneously recognized.

In many situations, it is clear whether the entity has substantially transferred all the risks and benefits associated with the transfer of an asset or not. However, when it is not sufficiently clear if the transfer took place or not, the entity evaluates its exposure before and after the transfer by comparing the variation in the amounts and the calendar of the net cash flows of the transferred asset. Therefore, if the exposure to the variation in the current value of the net cash flows of the financial asset does not significantly change as a result of the transfer, it is understood that the entity has not substantially transferred all the risks and benefits associated with the ownership of the asset.

 

Page 38


LOGO

 

When the risks and/or benefits associated with the financial asset transferred are substantially retained, the asset transferred is not removed from the consolidated balance sheet and continues to be valued according to the same criteria applied prior to the transfer.

In the specific case of securitization funds to which Group institutions transfer their loan-books, existing contractual rights other than voting rights are to be considered with a view to analyzing their possible consolidation. It is also necessary to consider the design and purpose of each fund, as well as the following factors, among others:

Evidence of the practical ability to direct the relevant activities of the funds according to the specific needs of the business (including the decisions that may arise in particular circumstances only).

Possible existence of special relationships with the funds.

The Group’s implicit or explicit commitments to back the funds.

Whether the Group has the capacity to use its power over the funds to influence the amount of the returns to which it is exposed.

Thus, there are cases where the Group is highly exposed to the existing variable returns and retains decision-making powers over the institution, either directly or through an agent. In these cases, the securitization funds are consolidated with the Group.

3.2.2.4. Criteria for the recognition of earnings in the event of the removal of assets from the balance sheet

In order for the Group to recognize the result generated on the sale of financial instruments, the sale has to involve the corresponding removal from the accounts, which requires the fulfillment of the requirements governing the substantial transfer of risks and benefits as described in the preceding point.

The result will be reflected on the income statement, being calculated as the difference between the book value and the net value received including any new additional assets obtained minus any liabilities assumed.

When the amount of the financial asset transferred matches the total amount of the original financial asset, the new financial assets, financial liabilities and liabilities for the provision of services, as appropriate, that are generated as a result of the transfer will be recorded according to their fair value.

3.2.2.5. Key hypothesis for valuing risks and benefits retained on securitized assets

The Group considers that a substantial withholding is made of the risks and benefits of securitizations when the subordinated bonds of issues are kept and/or it grants subordinated finance to the securitization funds that mean substantially retaining the credit losses expected from the loans transferred.

The Group currently has traditional securitizations only, and no synthetic securitizations.

 

Page 39


LOGO

 

3.2.3. Information on credit risks

 

3.2.3.1. Exposure to credit risk

Pursuant to Article 5 of the Solvency Regulations, with respect to the capital requirements for credit risk, exposure is understood to be any asset item and all items included in the Group’s memorandum accounts involving credit risk and not deducted from the Group’s eligible capital. Accordingly, inclusion is made mainly of customer lending items, with their corresponding undrawn balances, letters of credit and guarantees, debt securities and capital instruments, cash and deposits in central banks and credit institutions, assets purchased or sold under a repurchase agreement (asset and liability repos), financial derivatives (nominal) and fixed assets.

Below is a presentation of the balance of the original exposure and the allowances under the advanced measurement and standardized approaches as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. In accordance with Article 444 e) of the Solvency Regulations, only the exposure net of allowances is presented for those exposures calculated under the standardized approach.

TABLE 8: Exposure to credit risk

 

                      Exposure after applying conversion factors  

(Millions of euros)

Category of exposure

  Original
exposure (1)
    Provisions     Exposure Net of
provisions (2)
    On-balance-sheet
exposure after
mitigation
techniques (3a)
    Off-balance-sheet
exposure after
mitigation
techniques (3b)
    Fully Adjusted
Value of the
exposure (4)
    EAD
(5) (6)
    RWA
(7)
    RWA
Density

(8=(7)/
(5))
 

Central governments or central banks

    139,910        (17     139,894        137,534        3,530        141,063        138,669        35,174        25

Regional governments or local authorities

    7,050        (7     7,043        6,589        387        6,977        6,807        2,996        44

Public sector entities

    5,211        (15     5,195        2,474        613        3,087        2,616        1,349        52

Multilateral Development banks

    39        (     39        38        0        39        38        25        67

International organizations

    9        (     9        9        0        9        9        —          0

Institutions

    33,594        (26     33,568        18,453        11,072        29,525        19,555        5,730        29

Corporates

    155,351        (2,198     153,153        85,531        57,689        143,219        105,263        101,195        96

Retail

    76,212        (537     75,674        49,848        23,848        73,696        52,632        36,929        70

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

    54,979        (239     54,740        53,051        221        53,272        53,158        20,497        39

Exposures in default

    9,745        (4,960     4,785        4,186        263        4,449        4,371        4,706        108

Items associated with particularly high risk

    258        (7     251        151        51        202        154        143        93

Covered bonds

    846        —          846        839        —          839        839        393        47

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

    2,364        —          2,364        2,364        —          2,364        2,364        727        31

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

    605        (     605        108        353        461        293        67        23

Other exposures

    27,690        (86     27,605        31,994        4,029        36,023        34,081        18,806        55

Securitized positions

    3,370        (12     3,358        3,358        —          3,358        3,358        1,049        31
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL STANDARDIZED APPROACH

    517,235        (8,104     509,131        396,528        102,056        498,584        424,207        229,787        57
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Central governments or central banks

    4,475        (19     —          5,333        785        6,118        5,730        224        4

Institutions

    90,651        (106     —          84,612        5,646        90,259        87,798        10,826        12

Corporates

    140,200        (5,976     —          82,591        56,021        138,613        111,061        63,607        57

Retail

    125,898        (2,510     —          104,862        21,005        125,867        108,669        23,180        21

Of which: Secured by real estate collateral

    97,099        (1,533     —          90,326        6,746        97,072        90,441        12,411        14

Of which: Qualifying revolving retail

    19,507        (462     —          6,324        13,184        19,507        9,433        7,420        79

Of which: Other retail assets

    9,291        (515     —          8,212        1,075        9,287        8,795        3,349        38

Securitized positions

    982        (3     —          982        —          982        982        345        35
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ADVANCED MEASUREMENT APPROACH

    362,206        (8,614     —          278,381        83,457        361,838        314,241        98,182        31
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK DILUTION AND DELIVERY

    879,441        (16,719     509,131        674,908        185,514        860,422        738,447        327,969        44
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

    9,418        (163     —          9,028        —          9,028        9,418        19,522        207

Simple Method

    4,853        293        —          4,853        —          4,853        4,853        11,993        247

Non-trading equity instruments in sufficiently diversified portfolios

    4,554        310        —          4,554        —          4,554        4,554        11,065        243

Exchange-traded equity instruments

    299        (17     —          299        —          299        299        928        311

PD/LGD Method

    4,175        (426     —          4,175        —          4,175        4,175        6,230        149

Internal Models

    390        (29     —          —          —          —          390        1,299        333
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK

    888,859        (16,881     509,131        683,936        185,514        869,450        747,865        347,491        46
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Gross exposure prior to the application of risk mitigation techniques.
(2) Exposures are adjusted solely by provisions in the case of exposures by the standardized approach.
(3a) (3b) Admissible credit risk mitigation techniques are included for both on-balance and off-balance sheet exposures, pursuant to Chapter 4 of CRR.
(4) Corresponds to the value of the fully adjusted exposure by admissible credit risk mitigation techniques.
(5) Credit risk exposures at Default
(6) Calculated as (3a)+((3b)*CCF)

 

                      Exposure after applying conversion factors  

(Millions of euros)

Category of exposure

  Original
exposure (1)
    Provisions     Exposure Net of
provisions (2)
    On-balance-sheet
exposure after
mitigation
techniques (3a)
    Off-balance-sheet
exposure after
mitigation
techniques (3b)
    Fully Adjusted
Value of the
exposure (4)
    EAD
(5) (6)
    RWA
(7)
    RWA
Density
(8=(7)/
(5))
 

Central governments or central banks

    103,926        (18     103,909        106,406        2,498        108,904        107,683        29,850        28

Regional governments or local authorities

    7,482        (15     7,467        7,236        151        7,387        7,320        3,300        45

Public sector entities

    5,524        (29     5,496        2,181        918        3,099        2,532        1,338        53

Multilateral Development banks

    93        —          93        92        0        93        92        25        27

International organizations

    16        —          16        16        0        16        16        —          0

Institutions

    20,366        (22     20,344        10,337        10,040        20,377        11,461        2,638        23

Corporates

    107,908        (163     107,744        59,464        42,678        102,143        71,340        66,397        93

Retail

    59,973        (467     59,506        40,604        16,581        57,185        43,338        30,725        71

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

    54,500        (353     54,147        51,750        732        52,482        52,109        19,763        38

Exposures in default

    9,311        (3,440     5,870        5,181        63        5,244        5,224        5,450        104

Items associated with particularly high risk

    380        (31     349        174        35        208        176        150        85

Covered bonds

    605        —          605        605        —          605        605        125        21

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

    2,063        —          2,063        1,834        —          1,834        1,834        425        23

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

    124        —          124        46        4        51        50        13        26

Other exposures

    27,105        (84     27,020        30,801        667        31,468        31,329        17,225        55

Securitized positions

    2,723        (18     2,705        2,705        —          2,705        2,705        1,063        39
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL STANDARDIZED APPROACH

    402,098        (4,639     397,459        319,432        74,369        393,801        337,815        178,487        53
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Central governments or central banks

    3,001        (4       4,153        749        4,902        4,529        376        8

Institutions

    112,235        (78       105,642        6,338        111,981        109,494        12,425        11

Corporates

    130,154        (6,711       75,120        53,389        128,508        102,682        60,998        59

Retail

    96,276        (1,620       83,698        12,577        96,276        86,866        21,059        24

Of which: Secured by real estate collateral

    70,113        (721       69,880        233        70,113        69,892        10,420        15

Of which: Qualifying revolving retail

    17,943        (516       6,377        11,566        17,943        9,134        7,203        79

Of which: Other retail assets

    8,219        (384       7,441        778        8,219        7,839        3,436        44

Securitized positions

    1,042        (21     —          1,042        —          1,042        1,042        712        68
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ADVANCED MEASUREMENT APPROACH

    342,708        (8,434     —          269,655        73,054        342,708        304,612        95,570        31
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK DILUTION AND DELIVERY

    744,807        (13,073     397,459        589,087        147,423        736,510        642,427        274,057        43
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

    10,696        (61     —          10,442        —          10,442        10,696        21,866        204

Simple Method

    3,980        (40     —          3,980        —          3,980        3,980        9,840        247

Non-trading equity instruments in sufficiently diversified portfolios

    3,712        (34     —          3,712        —          3,712        3,712        9,002        243

Exchange-traded equity instruments

    268        (6     —          268        —          268        268        838        312

PD/LGD Method

    6,462        —          —          6,462        —          6,462        6,462        10,417        161

Internal Models

    254        (21     —          —          —          —          254        1,609        634
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK

    755,503        (13,134     397,459        599,529        147,423        746,952        653,124        295,925        45
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Gross exposure prior to the application of risk mitigation techniques.
(2) Exposures are adjusted solely by provisions in the case of exposures by the standardized approach.
(3a) (3b) Admissible credit risk mitigation techniques are included for both on-balance and off-balance sheet exposures, pursuant to Chapter 4 of CRR.
(4) Corresponds to the value of the fully adjusted exposure by admissible credit risk mitigation techniques.
(5) Credit risk exposures at Default
(6) Calculated as (3a)+((3b)*CCF)

3.2.3.2. Average value of the exposures throughout 2015 and 2014.

The table below shows the average value of exposure to credit risk in 2015 and 2014 for both the advanced measurement and standardized approaches for each one of the exposure categories:

 

Page 40


LOGO

 

TABLE 9: Average value of the exposures throughout 2014 and 2015

(Million euros)

 

Category of exposure

   Original average exposure for
the period
 
   2015      2014  

Central governments or central banks

     122,926         96,222   

Regional governments or local authorities

     7,446         6,575   

Public sector entities

     5,531         6,059   

Multilateral Development banks

     66         91   

International organizations

     1,584         10   

Institutions

     35,855         20,217   

Corporates

     132,916         100,720   

Retail

     65,913         58,305   

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     53,696         54,005   

Exposures in default

     9,327         10,776   

Items associated with particularly high risk

     270         454   

Covered bonds

     2,492         4,481   

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

     2,237         2,040   

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

     388         169   

Other exposures

     26,582         25,388   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL STANDARDIZED APPROACH

     467,229         385,512   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Central governments or central banks

     3,769         2,495   

Institutions

     94,492         96,324   

Corporates

     138,628         123,953   

Retail

     119,200         101,774   

Of which: Secured by real estate collateral

     91,049         70,895   

Of which: Qualifying revolving retail

     19,207         17,827   

Of which: Other retail assets

     8,945         6,526   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ADVANCED MEASUREMENT APPROACH

     356,089         324,546   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK DILUTION AND DELIVERY (5)

     823,318         710,058   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securitized positions

     4,222         3,573   

Of which: Standardized Approach

     3,236         2,539   

Of which: Advanced Measurement Approach

     985         1,034   

Equity

     9,835         10,414   

Of which: Simple Method

     4,365         4,053   

Equity instruments in sufficiently diversified portfolios

     1,283         696   

Exchange Traded equity instruments

     3,160         3,357   

Of which: PD/LGD Method

     5,002         5,901   

Of which: Internal Models

     468         460   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK

     837,375         724,045   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

3.2.3.3. Distribution by geographical area

The following chart shows the distribution by geographical area of the original exposure based on the obligor’s country. The breakdown includes exposure under the standardized and advanced measurement approaches, without including positions in securitizations or equity.

 

Page 41


LOGO

 

TABLE 10: Distribution by geographical area of exposure to credit risk

 

                                                         

Category of exposure

   Total      Spain      Turkey      Eurasia      Mexico      The
United
States
     South
America
     Rest of the world  

Central governments or central banks

     139,910         69,189         19,837         10,379         16,441         10,821         13,243         0   

Regional governments or local authorities

     7,050         1,755         11         237         —           4,945         102         0   

Public sector entities

     5,211         395         2         201         2,911         310         1,391         —     

Multilateral Development banks

     39         0         —           —           —           —           38         —     

International organizations

     9         0         —           9         —           —           —           —     

Institutions

     33,594         12,586         2,847         9,773         3,112         2,495         2,753         27   

Corporates

     155,351         6,149         40,627         10,350         18,955         55,622         23,339         308   

Retail

     76,212         11,878         27,892         2,086         6,920         8,428         18,948         59   

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     54,979         5,528         8,493         3,127         9,845         15,747         12,187         52   

Exposures in default

     9,745         4,816         1,588         1,041         434         643         1,193         30   

Items associated with particularly high risk

     258         254         —           4         —           —           —           —     

Covered bonds

     846         0         —           —           846         —           —           —     

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

     2,364         174         —           20         288         1,684         197         —     

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

     605         197         —           217         0         187         4         —     

Other exposures

     27,690         13,243         2,162         1,102         6,242         1,381         3,411         149   

Securitized positions

     3,370         686         —           —           413         2,271         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK BY THE STANDARDIZED APPROACH

     517,235         126,849         103,461         38,547         66,408         104,535         76,807         627   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Central governments or central banks

     4,475         57         1         263         132         3,008         480         533   

Institutions

     90,651         43,646         5         42,969         577         1,910         296         1,249   

Corporates

     140,200         65,425         568         38,098         17,561         12,766         3,086         2,694   

Retail

     125,898         110,287         0         445         15,061         33         49         23   

Securitized positions

     982         982         —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK BY THE ADVANCED MEASUREMENT APPROACH

     362,206         220,397         574         81,776         33,331         17,717         3,911         4,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK DILUTION AND DELIVERY

     879,441         347,247         104,035         120,323         99,739         122,252         80,718         5,126   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Positions in equity are not included
(2) Areas have been determined based on the counterparty’s origin

 

12/31/2014

Category of exposure

   Total      Spain      Turkey      Eurasia      Mexico      The
United
States
     South
America
     Rest of the world  

Central governments or central banks

     103,926         52,352         5,633         8,749         12,913         5,663         18,617         —     

Regional governments or local authorities

     7,482         1,597         13         310         1,014         4,461         86         —     

Public sector entities

     5,524         86         —           344         3,148         236         1,710         —     

Multilateral Development banks

     93         —           —           38         —           12         42         —     

International organizations

     16         —           —           16         —           —           —           —     

Institutions

     20,366         8,206         724         5,256         1,542         1,883         2,685         70   

Corporates

     107,908         4,686         9,172         5,144         16,159         49,601         22,853         292   

Retail

     59,973         11,217         5,273         3,408         5,915         7,302         26,826         32   

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     54,500         12,952         1,857         2,937         9,799         14,024         12,926         5   

Exposures in default

     9,311         5,341         350         913         947         528         1,224         8   

Items associated with particularly high risk

     380         380         —           —           —           —           —           —     

Covered bonds

     605         —           —           —           605         —           —           —     

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

     2,063         211         —           —           0         1,238         614         —     

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

     124         106         —           7         0         7         5         —     

Other exposures

     27,105         12,397         425         1,729         6,559         1,491         4,494         9   

Securitized positions

     2,723         867               188         1,666            1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK BY THE STANDARDIZED APPROACH

     402,098         110,399         23,447         28,850         58,790         88,112         92,082         418   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Central governments or central banks

     3,001         149         3         296         113         1,619         464         358   

Institutions

     112,235         53,478         18         54,021         540         3,276         172         730   

Corporates

     130,154         66,208         347         36,104         15,408         7,558         2,546         1,983   

Retail

     96,276         82,134         —           17         14,111         2         8         4   

Securitized positions

     1,042         1,006                  34            2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK BY THE ADVANCED MEASUREMENT APPROACH

     342,709         202,974         368         90,438         30,172         12,489         3,191         3,077   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK DILUTION AND DELIVERY

     744,807         313,373         23,815         119,288         88,962         100,601         95,273         3,494   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Positions in equity are not included
(2) Areas have been determined based on the counterparty’s origin

As can be seen from the above table, the original exposure in Europe under advanced credit risk models accounts for over 50% of the total, while in the remaining countries the percentage is around 50%.

It also shows graphically the distribution of original exposure by geographical area, revealing the Group’s high level of geographical diversification, which constitutes one of the key levers for its strategic growth.

 

Page 42


LOGO

 

CHART 4: Distribution by geographical area of exposure to credit risk

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

The next table shows the distribution by geographical area of the book balances of the allowances for financial and non-financial asset losses and for contingent liabilities.

 

 

Page 43


LOGO

 

TABLE 11: Distribution by geographical area of the book balances of the non-performing and impaired exposures of financial assets and contingent liabilities

 

(Millons of euros)                                                     12/31/2015  

12/31/2015

   Total      Spain      Turkey      Eurasia      Mexico      The United States      South America      Rest of the world  

Non-performing and impaired exposures

     24,860         20,311         1,219         986         539         537         1,140         128   

 

Note: Accounting balances solvency perimeter excluding equity positions.

 

  

  
(Millons of euros)                                                     12/31/2014  

12/31/2014

   Total      Spain      Turkey      Eurasia      Mexico      The United States      South America      Rest of the world  

Non-performing and impaired exposures

     24,970         19,937         350         1,308         1,271         576         1,501         26   

Note: Accounting balances solvency perimeter excluding equity positions.

The next table shows the distribution by geographical area of the book balances of the allowances for financial asset losses and for contingent liabilities.

TABLE 12: Distribution by geographical area of the book balances of the value adjustments for impairment of financial assets and contingent liabilities

 

(Millons of euros)                                                     12/31/2015  

12/31/2015

   Total      Spain      Turkey      Eurasia      Mexico      The United States      South America      Rest of the world  

Value adjustments and provisions

     19,515         14,110         1,751         886         1,361         319         1,059         29   

 

Note: Accounting balances solvency perimeter excluding equity positions.

 

  

  
(Millons of euros)                                                     12/31/2014  

12/31/2014

   Total      Spain      Turkey      Eurasia      Mexico      The United States      South America      Rest of the world  

Value adjustments and provisions

     15,254         11,357         312         754         1,486         242         1,093         10   

Note: Accounting balances solvency perimeter excluding equity positions.

 

3.2.3.4. Distribution by sector

Below is the distribution by economic sector (standardized and advanced measurement approaches) of the original exposure, excluding equity positions.

TABLE 13: Distribution by sector of exposure to credit risk

 

          Distribution by sector of exposure to credit risk  

12/31/2015

Category of exposure

  Total     Credit
institutions,
insurance and
brokerage
    Public
sector
    Agriculture     Industry     Construction     Commercial     Individuals     Other
sectors
 

Central governments or central banks

    139,910        0.54     96.69     0.02     0.49     0.13     0.42     0.94     0.78

Regional governments or local authorities

    7,050        7.84     51.87     0.23     7.16     1.84     6.13     13.67     11.26

Public sector entities

    5,211        1.99     87.77     0.06     1.82     0.47     1.56     3.47     2.86

Multilateral Development Banks

    39        59.56     8.80     0.18     5.62     1.45     4.82     10.73     8.85

International organizations

    9        0.00     100.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00

Institutions

    33,594        92.22     1.69     0.03     1.08     0.28     0.93     2.07     1.70

Corporates

    155,351        1.73     1.64     0.58     22.53     6.06     32.99     1.96     32.49

Retail

    76,212        0.84     0.98     0.81     9.81     2.55     5.07     52.05     27.89

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

    54,979        1.23     1.49     0.54     3.96     2.48     12.58     46.99     30.73

Exposures in default

    9,745        3.45     4.25     0.40     10.93     12.54     14.49     26.64     27.30

Items associated with particularly high risk

    258        1.94     0.01     0.98     10.61     9.18     10.17     24.40     42.71

Covered bonds

    846        100.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

    2,364        14.38     3.12     0.06     2.00     0.51     72.96     3.81     3.14

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

    605        99.01     0.13     0.00     0.09     0.02     0.07     0.16     0.51

Other exposures

    27,690        4.02     4.98     0.11     3.08     0.84     3.11     6.89     76.97

Securitized positions

    3,370        60.59     38.58     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.83     0.00     0.00
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK BY THE STANDARDIZED APPROACH

    517,235        7.92     30.14     0.37     9.21     2.80     12.94     14.52     22.10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Central governments or central banks

    4,475        0.00     100.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00

Institutions

    90,651        70.84     6.25     0.13     3.99     1.03     3.42     7.62     6.28

Corporates

    140,200        5.18     0.13     0.81     38.28     7.85     13.57     0.70     32.57

Retail

    125,898        0.02     0.00     0.19     1.05     0.73     1.59     95.23     1.20

Securitized positions

    982        100.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK BY THE ADVANCED MEASUREMENT APPROACH

    .362,206        20.72     2.69     0.41     16.08     3.52     6.57     35.08     14.43
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK

    879,441        13.19     18.83     0.39     12.04     3.09     10.32     22.99     18.94
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
2014 (Millones de euros)         Distribution by sector of exposure to credit risk  

12/31/2014

Category of exposure

  Total     Credit
institutions,
insurance and
brokerage
    Public
sector
    Agriculture     Industry     Construction     Commercial     Individuals     Other
sectors
 

Central governments or central banks

    103,926        0.44     97.41     0.02     0.34     0.11     0.36     0.81     0.52

Regional governments or local authorities

    7,482        7.09     58.11     0.38     5.43     1.71     5.83     13.06     8.38

Public sector entities

    5,524        1.21     92.88     0.07     0.92     0.29     0.99     2.22     1.42

Multilateral Development Banks

    93        31.25     14.53     0.60     8.46     2.67     9.09     20.34     13.06

International organizations

    16        0.00     100.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00

Institutions

    20,366        36.56     13.41     0.55     7.81     2.46     8.39     18.77     12.04

Corporates

    107,908        2.49     3.57     2.68     16.28     6.96     44.69     4.58     18.75

Retail

    59,973        2.24     1.60     1.25     5.84     3.00     9.14     60.93     16.01

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

    54,500        1.42     1.74     0.50     2.46     1.32     4.38     61.16     27.01

Exposures in default

    9,311        1.95     2.52     1.51     5.89     9.74     10.46     32.64     35.31

Items associated with particularly high risk

    380        0.74     0.02     0.84     9.96     6.73     7.67     34.57     39.48

Covered bonds

    605        100.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

    2,063        2.57     3.09     0.84     1.88     0.93     66.25     4.33     20.10

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

    124        96.68     0.70     0.03     0.41     0.13     0.44     0.98     0.63

Other exposures

    27,105        5.79     5.43     0.24     3.30     1.00     3.71     7.67     72.86

Securitized positions

    2,723        7.74     76.83     0.00     0.00     0.00     15.43     0.00     0.00
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK BY THE STANDARDIZED APPROACH

    402,098        4.00     30.61     1.07     6.55     2.99     15.54     21.37     17.87
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Central governments or central banks

    3,001        0.00     100.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00

Institutions

    112,235        76.92     4.88     0.20     2.84     0.90     3.05     6.83     4.38

Corporates

    130,154        4.99     0.32     0.68     37.13     8.84     13.48     1.01     33.55

Retail

    96,276        0.01     0.00     0.11     0.65     0.25     0.91     97.42     0.64

Securitized positions

    1,042        100.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK BY THE ADVANCED MEASUREMENT APPROACH

    342,708        27.39     2.60     0.36     15.21     3.72     6.37     29.99     14.35
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK

    744,807        14.76     17.72     0.74     10.54     3.33     11.32     25.34     16.25
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Page 44


LOGO

 

The following table shows the distribution by counterparty of the book balances of the non-performing and impaired exposures of financial assets and contingent liabilities.

TABLE 14: Distribution by sector of the book balances of the non-performing and impaired exposures of financial assets and contingent liabilities

 

2015 (millon euros)                                      

2015

   Total      Credit institutions,
insurance and brokerage
    Public
sector
    Corporates     Retail     Other
sectors
 

Non-performing and impaired exposures

     24,860         0.81     2.43     52.35     33.40     11.01

2014 (millon euros)

             

2014

   Total      Credit institutions,
insurance and brokerage
    Public
sector
    Corporates     Retail     Other
sectors
 

Non-performing and impaired exposures

     24,970         1.01     1.39     60.44     30.81     6.35

The next table shows the distribution by counterparty of the book balances of allowances for financial asset losses and for contingent exposures.

TABLE 15: Distribution by sector of the book balances of the value adjustments for impairment of financial assets and contingent liabilities

 

2015 (millon euros)                                      

2015

   Total      Credit institutions,
insurance and brokerage
    Public
sector
    Corporates     Retail     Other
sectors
 

Value adjustments and provisions

     19,515         1.51     0.86     46.67     33.33     12.13
2014 (millon euros)                                      

2014

   Total      Credit institutions,
insurance and brokerage
    Public
sector
    Corporates     Retail     Other
sectors
 

Value adjustments and provisions

     15,254         2.13     1.02     58.94     27.72     10.18

 

Page 45


LOGO

 

3.2.3.5. Distribution by residual maturity

The following table shows the distribution of original exposure by residual maturity, broken down by category of exposure under the standardized and advanced measurement approaches, excluding positions in equity:

TABLE 16: Distribution by residual maturity of exposure to credit risk

 

2015 (Million euros)                            
            Original exposure by residual maturity  

2015

Category of exposure

   Total      Less
than 1 year
     Between
1 and 5 years
     Over
5 years
 

Central governments or central banks

     139,910         74,340         33,644         31,926   

Regional governments or local authorities

     7,050         2,957         1,575         2,518   

Public sector entities

     5,211         1,227         537         3,446   

Multilateral Development Banks

     39         21         12         6   

International organizations

     9         —           9         0   

Institutions

     33,594         18,954         8,224         6,417   

Corporates

     155,351         51,930         60,521         42,900   

Retail

     76,212         35,968         24,386         15,858   

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     54,979         7,300         8,731         38,948   

Exposures in default

     9,745         3,987         2,841         2,917   

Items associated with particularly high risk

     258         49         48         161   

Covered bonds

     846         —           846         —     

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

     2,364         1,844         114         405   

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

     605         345         228         33   

Other exposures

     27,690         11,330         8,071         8,289   

Securitized positions

     3,370         336         514         2,520   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK BY THE STANDARDIZED APPROACH

     517,235         210,590         150,301         156,344   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Central governments or central banks

     4,475         387         451         3,637   

Institutions

     90,651         51,221         17,809         21,621   

Corporates

     140,200         49,175         52,876         38,149   

Retail

     125,898         11,279         18,632         95,987   

Securitized positions

     982         57         40         885   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK BY THE ADVANCED MEASUREMENT APPROACH

     362,206         112,120         89,808         160,278   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK DILUTION AND DELIVERY

     879,441         322,709         240,109         316,622   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

2014 (Million euros)                            
            Original exposure by residual maturity  

2014

Category of exposure

   Total      Less than
1 year
     Between
1 and 5
years
     Over 5
years
 

Central governments or central banks

     103,926         48,471         29,950         25,506   

Regional governments or local authorities

     7,482         1,974         1,542         3,966   

Public sector entities

     5,524         742         1,042         3,740   

Multilateral Development Banks

     93         5,141         6,526         (11,574

International organizations

     16         2         13         1   

Institutions

     20,366         (1,016      13,298         8,084   

Corporates

     107,908         20,525         49,438         37,945   

Retail

     59,973         24,052         21,151         14,770   

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     54,500         3,157         6,896         44,447   

Exposures in default

     9,311         2,649         3,374         3,288   

Items associated with particularly high risk

     380         54         77         249   

Covered bonds

     605         —           605         —     

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

     2,063         43         999         1,020   

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

     124         111         2         11   

Other exposures

     27,105         7,711         9,823         9,571   

Securitized positions

     2,723         3         186         2,534   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK BY THE STANDARDIZED APPROACH

     402,098         113,617         144,922         143,558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Central governments or central banks

     3,001         883         231         1,887   

Institutions

     112,235         72,927         16,934         22,374   

Corporates

     130,154         51,038         44,782         34,335   

Retail

     96,276         1,492         4,328         90,456   

Securitized positions

     1,042         —           714         328   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK BY THE ADVANCED MEASUREMENT APPROACH

     342,709         126,340         66,989         149,380   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK DILUTION AND DELIVERY

     744,807         239,957         211,911         292,938   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Page 46


LOGO

 

3.2.3.6. Value adjustments for impairment losses and allowances for contingent risks and commitments

The following table presents the movement recorded in the years 2015 and 2014 in the value adjustments for allowances and impairment losses of financial assets on the balance sheet and for contingent risks and commitments, including country risk, generic and specific funds.

TABLE 17: Value adjustments for impairment losses and allowances for contingent risks and commitments

 

                      

2015 (Million euros)

Item

   Value
adjustments and
provisions
     Provisions for
contingent
liabilities and
commitments
     Total  

BALANCE AT START OF YEAR

     14,850         404         15,254   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Increase in impairment charged to income

     7,175         78         7,253   

Decrease in impairment credited to income

     -2,143         -76         -2,219   

Institutions acquired by the Group during the year

     6,572         307         6,879   

Institutions disposed of during the year

     0         0         0   

Transfers to written-off loans

     -5,239         -26         -5,265   

Exchange differences and others

     -2,404         17         -2,387   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

BALANCE AT END OF YEAR (1)

     18,811         704         19,515   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Of which:

        

For impaired portfolio

     14,540         370         14,911   

For current non-impaired portfolio

     4,271         333         4,604   

 

3.2.3.7. Total impairment losses for the period

The following table shows details of impairment losses and allowances on financial assets and contingent risks and commitments, as well as derecognition of losses recognized previously in asset write-offs recorded directly in the income statement in 2015 and 2014.

TABLE 18: Total impairment losses for the period

 

(Million euros)              

Items

   2015      2014  

Financial assets

     4,495         4,401   

Of which:

     

Recovery of written-off assets

     490         443   

Contigent exposure and commitments (recoveries)

     8         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL IMPAIRED ASSETS

     4,503         4,417   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

3.2.4. Information on the standardized approach

 

3.2.4.1. Identification of external rating agencies

The external credit assessment institutions (ECAIs) appointed by the Group to determine the risk weightings applicable to its exposures are the following: Standard&Poor’s, Moody’s, Fitch and DBRS.

The exposures for which the ratings of each ECAI are used are those corresponding to the wholesale portfolios, basically involving “Central governments or central banks” in developed countries, and “Financial Institutions”.

 

Page 47


LOGO

 

In cases where a counterparty has ratings by different ECAIs, the Group follows the procedure laid down in Article 261 of the Solvency Regulations, which specifies the order of priority to be used in the assignment of ratings.

When two different credit ratings made by designated ECAIs are available for a rated exposure, the higher risk weighting will be applied. However, when there are more than two credit ratings for the same rated exposure, use is to be made of the two credit ratings that provide the lowest risk weightings. If the two lowest risk weightings coincide, then that weighting will be applied; if they do not coincide, the higher of the two will be applied.

 

3.2.4.2. Assignment of the credit ratings of public share issues

The number of cases and the amount of these assignments is not relevant for the Group in terms of admission and management of issuer credit risk.

 

3.2.4.3. Exposure values before and after the application of credit risk mitigation techniques

The following table presents the amounts for net exposure, prior to the application of credit risk mitigation techniques, for different risk weightings and for the different exposure categories that correspond to the standardized method, excluding securitization positions:

TABLE 19: Standardized approach: Exposure values before the application of credit risk mitigation techniques

 

     Exposure net of allowances for losses      Total  
2015    Risk weighting     

Category of exposure

   0%      20%      35%      50%      75%      100%      150%     

Central governments or central banks

     93,471         5,326         —           25,502         —           9,785         5,809         139,894   

Regional governments or local authorities

     1,367         1,754         —           2,468         —           1,453         —           7,043   

Public sector entities

     155         3,174         —           525         —           1,206         136         5,195   

Multilateral Development Banks

     —           4         —           20         —           15         —           39   

International organizations

     9         —           —           —           —           —           —           9   

Institutions

     6,221         19,807         1         5,385         21         2,000         132         33,568   

Corporates

     2,283         1,327         —           1,995         3,874         143,429         244         153,153   

Retail

     —           —           —           —           74,970         705         —           75,674   

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     —           —           43,939         8,598         —           2,204         —           54,740   

Exposures in default

     —           —           —           —           —           3,991         794         4,785   

Items associated with particularly high risk

     —           15         —           —           39         197         —           251   

Covered bonds

     —           95         —           751         —           —           —           846   

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

     —           2,050         —           —           —           309         5         2,364   

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

     —           553         —           —           —           53         —           605   

Other exposures

     7,142         832         —           —           41         19,589         —           27,605   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL (1)

     110,650         34,936         43,940         45,244         78,946         184,936         7,120         505,773   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) This is defined as the value of net exposure provisions, after the risk reduction techniques application.

 

Page 48


LOGO

 

     Exposure net of allowances for losses      Total  
2014    Risk weighting     

Category of exposure

   0%      20%      35%      50%      75%      100%      150%     

Central governments or central banks

     78,440         1,009         —           6,194         —           5,223         13,043         103,909   

Regional governments or local authorities

     32         4,321         —           1,303         —           1,811         —           7,467   

Public sector entities

     115         286         —           3,275         —           1,820         —           5,496   

Multilateral Development Banks

     50         1         —           29         —           13         —           93   

International organizations

     16         —           —           —           —           —           —           16   

Institutions

     2,839         15,018         —           1,734         —           664         89         20,344   

Corporates

     —           7,649         —           1,730         3,972         94,321         73         107,744   

Retail

     —           —           —           —           59,369         137         —           59,506   

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     —           —           46,118         6,262         —           1,768         —           54,147   

Exposures in default

     —           —           —           —           —           5,359         512         5,870   

Items associated with particularly high risk

     —           32         —           —           68         249         —           349   

Covered bonds

     —           605         —           —           —           —           —           605   

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

     —           1,765         —           5         —           289         3         2,063   

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

     —           120         —           —           —           5         —           124   

Other exposures

     8,178         600         —           —           31         18,198         14         27,020   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL (1)

     89,669         31,406         46,118         20,532         63,439         129,856         13,733         394,754   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) This is defined as the value of net exposure provisions, after the risk reduction techniques application.

The tables below show exposure amounts after the application of credit risk mitigation techniques, for different risk weightings and for the different categories of risk that correspond to the standardized method, excluding securitization positions:

TABLE 20: Standardized approach: Exposure values after the application of credit risk mitigation techniques

 

     Fully adjusted value of the exposure (1)      Total  
2015    Risk weighting     

Category of exposure

   0%      20%      35%      50%      75%      100%      150%     

Central governments or central banks

     93,273         6,399         —           25,798         —           9,785         5,807         141,063   

Regional governments or local authorities

     1,367         1,688         —           2,468         —           1,453         —           6,977   

Public sector entities

     855         568         —           525         —           1,004         136         3,087   

Multilateral Development Banks

     —           4         —           20         —           15         —           39   

International organizations

     9         —           —           —           —           —           —           9   

Institutions (3)

     3,912         19,529         0         4,101         20         1,830         132         29,525   

Corporates

     2,283         1,203         —           1,993         3,024         134,484         232         143,219   

Retail

     —           —           —           —           72,999         697         —           73,696   

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     —           —           43,038         8,549         —           1,685         —           53,272   

Exposures in default

     —           —           —           —           —           3,709         740         4,449   

Items associated with particularly high risk

     —           15         —           —           35         152         —           202   

Covered bonds

     —           89         —           751         —           —           —           839   

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

     —           2,050         —           —           —           309         5         2,364   

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

     —           450         —           —           —           11         —           461   

Other exposures

     16,167         1,298         —           —           41         18,516         —           36,023   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL (2)

     117,867         33,292         43,038         44,206         76,120         173,651         7,051         495,226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) This is defined as the value of net exposure provisions, after the risk reduction techniques application.
(2) This amount does not include securitization positions.
(3) Exposure with 0% weighting corresponds to institution exposure with central counterparty

 

Page 49


LOGO

 

     Fully adjusted value of the exposure (1)      Total  
2014    Risk weighting     

Category of exposure

   0%      20%      35%      50%      75%      100%      150%     

Central governments or central banks

     82,210         2,235         0         6,194         0         5,223         13,043         108,904   

Regional governments or local authorities

     32         4,242         0         1,302         0         1,811         0         7,387   

Public sector entities

     675         392         0         659         0         1,374         0         3,099   

Multilateral Development Banks

     50         1         0         29         0         13         0         93   

International organizations

     16         0         0         0         0         0         0         16   

Institutions (3)

     2,832         15,049         0         1,639         0         768         89         20,377   

Corporates

     0         7,668         0         1,723         3,183         89,500         68         102,143   

Retail

     0         0         0         0         57,049         135         0         57,185   

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     0         6         45,002         6,197         0         1,278         0         52,482   

Exposures in default

     0         0         0         0         0         4,781         463         5,244   

Items associated with particularly high risk

     0         15         0         0         59         134         0         208   

Covered bonds

     0         605         0         0         0         0         0         605   

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

     0         1,765         0         5         0         61         3         1,834   

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

     0         46         0         0         0         5         0         51   

Other exposures

     13,371         1,042         46         0         31         16,965         14         31,468   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL (2)

     99,185         33,065         45,047         17,748         60,322         122,048         13,680         391,096   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) This is defined as the value of net exposure provisions, after the risk reduction techniques application.
(2) This amount does not include securitization positions.
(3) Exposure with 0% weighting corresponds to institution exposure with central counterparty

The following table presents the main variations in the period in terms of RWAs for the Credit Risk standardized approach

TABLE 21: Variations in the period in terms of RWAs for the Credit Risk standardized approach

 

Millones €       

Credit Risk (SA)

 

RWAs Dec 14

     177,425   

Effects

  

Asset size

     27,598   

Model updates

     -3,957   

Acquisitions and disposals

     56,421   

Foreign exchange movements

     -30,271   

Others

     1,521   

RWAs Dec 15

     228,737   

 

* Does not include exposure to securitizations or equity, which are explained below.

The increase in RWAs for credit risk in the standardized model is due mainly to:

 

    Asset size: Increased activity in the emerging countries in which the Group operates, as well as in the United States.

 

    Model updating: Transfer of the portfolio from the merged company Unnim to IRB models.

 

    Acquisitions and disposals: Garanti’s global consolidation following the purchase of a 14.89% stake in its share capital, bringing the Group’s holding to 39.9%, which has caused an increase of approximately 48,800 million euros. In addition, the purchase of Catalunya Banc, which has meant an increase of around 7,500 million euros.

 

    Exchange rate fluctuations: Caused to a great extent by the conversion of the Venezuelan currency at the closing exchange rate, resulting in an impact of around 28,500 million euros.

 

Page 50


LOGO

 

The table below shows the balances of specific, generic and country risk allowances for losses, by exposure categories, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

TABLE 22: Balance of specific, generic and country risk allowances for losses, by exposure category (Standarized approach)

 

Category of exposure

   Loan-loss provisions  
   2015  

Central governments or central banks

     17   

Regional governments or local authorities

     7   

Public sector entities

     15   

Multilateral Development Banks

     0   

International organizations

     0   

Institutions

     26   

Corporates

     2,198   

Retail

     537   

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     239   

Exposures in default

     4,960   

Items associated with particularly high risk

     7   

Covered bonds

     —     

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

     —     

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

     0   

Other exposures

     86   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

     8,092   
  

 

 

 

3.2.5. Information on the IRB method

3.2.5.1. General information

3.2.5.1.1. Authorization by the supervisor for the use of the IRB method

The following is a list of the models authorized by the supervisor for the purpose of their use in the calculation of capital requirements.

TABLE 23: Models authorized by the supervisor for the purpose of their use in the calculation of capital requirements

 

2015

Institution Portfolio

  

Portfolio

BBVA S.A.*    Financial institutions
   Public institutions
   Specialized finance
   Developers
   Small Corporates
   Medium-sized Corporates
   Large Corporates
   Mortgages
   Consumer finance
   Credit cards
BBVA Ireland    Financial institutions
   Large Corporates
BBVA Bancomer    Retail Revolving (Credit Cards)
   Large Corporates
   Medium-sized Corporates
BBVA Group    Equity

 

* Includes Uno-e

 

Page 51


LOGO

 

The approval of the models by the supervisor includes both own estimations of the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and the internal estimation of credit conversion factors (CCFs).

The Group maintains its calendar for receiving approval for additional advanced internal models in different types of risks and geographical areas.

3.2.5.1.2. Structure of internal rating systems and relationship between internal and external ratings

The Group has rating tools for each one of the exposure categories listed in the Basel Accord.

The retail portfolio has scoring tools for determining the credit quality of transactions on the basis of information on the transaction itself and on the customer. The scoring models are algorithms estimated using statistical methods that score each transaction. This score reflects the transaction’s level of risk and is in direct relation to its probability of default (PD).

These decision models are the basic tool for deciding who should receive a loan and the amount to be granted, thereby contributing to both the arrangement and management of retail type loans.

For the wholesale portfolio, the Group has rating tools that, as opposed to scorings, do not assess transactions but rather, customers. The Group has different tools for rating the various customer segments: small companies, corporates, government and other government agencies, etc. In those wholesale portfolios where the number of defaults is very low (sovereign risks, corporates, financial institutions) the internal information is supplemented by the benchmarks of external rating agencies.

The PD estimates made by the Group are transferred to the Master Scale, enabling a comparison to be made with the scales used by external agencies. This is shown below.

TABLE 24: Master Scale of BBVA’s rating

 

External Rating

Standard & Poor’s List

  

Internal Rating

Reduced List (22 groups)

   Probability of default
(basic points)
 
      Average      Minimun
from >=
     Maximum  

AAA

   AAA      1         —           2   

AA+

   AA+      2         2         3   

AA

   AA      3         3         4   

AA-

   AA-      4         4         5   

A+

   A+      5         5         6   

A

   A      8         6         9   

A-

   A-      10         9         11   

BBB+

   BBB+      14         11         17   

BBB

   BBB      20         17         24   

BBB-

   BBB-      31         24         39   

BB+

   BB+      51         39         67   

BB

   BB      88         67         116   

BB-

   BB-      150         116         194   

B+

   B+      255         194         335   

B

   B      441         335         581   

B-

   B-      785         581         1,061   

CCC+

   CCC+      1,191         1,061         1,336   

CCC

   CCC      1,500         1,336         1,684   

CCC-

   CCC-      1,890         1,684         2,121   

CC+

   CC+      2,381         2,121         2,673   

CC

   CC      3,000         2,673         3,367   

CC-

   CC-      3,780         3,367         4,243   

 

Page 52


LOGO

 

3.2.5.1.3. Use of internal estimations for purposes other than the calculation of capital requirements

The Group’s internal estimations are a vital component of management based on value creation, giving rise to criteria for assessing the risk-return trade-off.

These measures have a broad range of uses, from the adoption of strategic business decisions through to the individual admission of transactions.

Specifically, internal estimates are used in everyday business in support of credit risk management through their inclusion in admission and monitoring processes, as well as in the pricing of transactions.

The management use of performance metrics that consider expected loss, economic capital and risk-adjusted return enables the monitoring of portfolios and the assessment of non-performing positions, among others.

3.2.5.1.4. Process for managing and recognizing the effects of credit risk mitigation

The Group uses risk mitigation techniques for exposures pertaining to the wholesale portfolio by replacing the obligor’s PD with that of the guarantor, in those cases in which the latter is eligible and their PD is lower than the obligor’s.

Regarding processes of retail admission, the scoring contains the effect of the guarantor, and the recovery flows that are forthcoming throughout the cycle reflect the recoveries related to the guarantees associated with the contracts. This means that the effect of the guarantees is taken into account in the actual estimation of the loss given default for retail portfolios.

3.2.5.1.5. Mechanisms used for controlling internal rating systems

The entity carries out the control and monitoring of the rating systems and metrics for risk management for private individuals, SMEs and the self-employed, corporates and institutions. The activities are carried out, within certain analytical and qualitative fields, by realizing periodic 360º monitoring of all impacts of the tools as well as their internal function in terms of efficiency and effectiveness.

Global understanding of the systems allows action plans to be established, with a follow-up to ensure their proper execution. The weaknesses of the rating tools are thus identified and managed. The monitoring function is the main driving force of new developments and evolving maintenance, which allow the business interests of the entity to be aligned with regulatory requirements and management needs within a framework of analytical, technical and technological capacities.

In general, there is a series of corporate management programs that establish the main lines and minimum contents determining the management and/or supervision of the different credit risk models, as well as defining the metrics for their correct control.

More specifically, these corporate management programs will be adjusted to each of the rating tools of a business area within a time horizon adapted to the nature of the tool.

Periodically, an overall monitoring and review of compliance with the thresholds agreed under the management program will be carried out to detect situations that could potentially require an adjustment to the models and/or credit policies and to take early corrective actions to minimize the impact of such situations.

 

Page 53


LOGO

 

Analysis, in the methodological sphere, is defined as the monitoring of the predictive capabilities of the models, backtesting calibration of the parameters, proper granularity and concentration, sample stability of input, as well as traceability, integrity and consistency.

The use of rating systems by the different areas is overseen from the context of integration in management. This context defines parameter sensitivity tests, stress-tests of estimates, proper use of the parameters in the portfolio management to facilitate decision-making, control of exposure without rating, risk policies and the framework for delegating tasks, structures of decision-making committees, implementation risk evaluation, proper technological environment, evaluation of the inclusion of the parameters in corporate applications, proper follow-up of the training of users to guarantee its proper implementation and full comprehension, follow-up of the correct structure and quality of documentation, as well as all other activities that ensure the proper use of management metrics.

Apart from the corporate management programs mentioned above, access to the internal rating systems is based on IT system-authorized profiles that ensure only the customer loan management supervisors can see the scoring and rating.

Control of the capital process is performed by risk units that are independent of the units that calculate the scoring and rating and which, therefore, are users of the internal rating system. These control mechanisms are established at different levels of the process, such as at input, execution and final outputs, and involve both the integrity of the data and their accuracy and correctness.

3.2.5.1.6. Description of the internal rating process

There follows a description of the internal classification processes according to each customer category:

 

    Central banks and central governments: For this segment, the assignment of ratings is made by the Risk units appointed for this purpose, which periodically analyze this type of customers, rating them according to the parameters included in the corresponding rating model. There are 3 different methods currently in use for assigning country ratings: (i) ratings from external agencies, used for developed nations, emerging countries with elevated incomes and emerging countries where the Group has little risk, (ii) internal rating based on a proprietary tool used for emerging countries where the Group has an appreciable risk, and lastly (iii) the country risk ratings published by the Belgian export credit agency (which manages the quantitative model used by the OECD to assign its country risk ratings) for countries of marginal importance for the Group that have no external qualifications. Sovereign ratings are generated in local and foreign currency for all the tools, as well as a transfer rating, which evaluates the risk of inconvertibility/transfer restrictions.

In the case of emerging countries with presence of BBVA subsidiaries or branches, the rating in local currency is adjusted to that obtained by the emerging countries tool under the authorization of the Risk Committee assigned for this purpose.

 

    Institutions: The rating of Public Institutions is generally provided by the risk units responsible for their approval, on a yearly basis, coinciding with the review of customer risk or with the reporting of their accounts.

In the case of Financial Institutions, the Risk unit responsible makes a regular assessment of this type of customer, continuously monitoring their evolution on domestic and international markets. External ratings are a key factor in assigning ratings for financial institutions.

 

Page 54


LOGO

 

    Large Companies: Includes the rating of exposures with corporate business groups. The result is affected both by indicators of business risk (evaluation of the competitive environment, business positioning, regulation, etc.) and financial risk indicators (size of the group by sales, cash generation, levels of debt, financial flexibility, etc.).

In accordance with the characteristics of the large companies segment, the rating model is global in nature with specific algorithms by sector of activity and geographical adaptations. The rating of these customers is generally calculated within the framework of the annual risk review process, or the admission of new operations.

The responsibility for the assessment lies with the units originating the risk, while those approving it validate it when the decision is taken.

 

    Medium-sized companies: This segment also takes into account quantitative factors derived from economic and financial information, and qualitative factors that are related to the age of the company, the sector, management quality, etc. and alert factors derived from risk monitoring.

As in the Corporate segment, the rating tends to run parallel to the admission process, so the responsibility for rating lies with the unit proposing the risk, while the decision-making level is in charge of validating it.

 

    Small Businesses: As in the case of medium-sized companies, this segment also takes into account quantitative factors derived from economic and financial information, and qualitative factors that are related to the age of the company, the sector, management quality, etc. and alert factors derived from risk monitoring. Similarly, the rating tends run parallel with the admission process, so the responsibility for rating is with the unit proposing the risk, while the decision-making level is in charge of validating it.

 

    Specialized Finance: For classifying this segment, the Group has chosen to apply the supervisory slotting criteria approach, as included in the Basel Accord of June 2004 and in the Solvency Regulations.

 

    Developers: The rating of real-estate developers allows the rating of both the customers who are developers and the individual real-estate projects. Its use makes it easier to monitor and rate projects during their execution phase, as well as enriching the admission processes.

 

    BBVA Bancomer companies: This segment also takes into account quantitative factors derived from economic and financial information and bureau information, as well as qualitative factors related to the age of the company, the sector, the quality of its management, etc. The rating tends to run parallel to the admission process, so that responsibility for the rating is with the unit originating the risk, while the decision-making body validates it.

In general in the wholesale area, the rating of customers is not limited to admission, as the ratings are updated according to new information available at any time (economic and financial data, changes in the company, external factors, etc.)

 

    Retail: This has been broken down into each one of the exposure categories referred to by the correlations provided for in the sections defined in the Solvency Regulations.

One of the most important processes in which scoring is fully integrated at the highest level and in all decision-making areas is the Group’s process for approving retail transactions. Scoring is an important factor for the analysis and resolution of transactions and it is a mandatory requirement to include it in decision-making on risk in those segments for which it has been designed. In the process of marketing and approving retail transactions, the manager is responsible for marketing management, the quality of the risk and the return, in other words, the customer’s comprehensive management, attending to the processes of admission, monitoring and control.

 

Page 55


LOGO

 

The rating process is as follows for each specific category of retail exposure:

 

  a. Mortgages, consumer finance and retail credit cards—Spain: The manager collects data on the customer (personal, financial, banking relationship information) and on the operation (LTV, amount, maturity, destination etc.) and calculates the rating of the transaction with the scoring. The decision of whether it is approved is made based on the results issued by the model.

 

  b. Autos Finanzia: The financing application may enter through the call center or be directly recorded in Finanzianet by our authorized dealers. The necessary information on the customer (personal, financial information, authorization of the consult from the external bureau of credit) and on the transaction (maturity, amount, etc.) is recorded to rate the transaction with the scoring. Once the validity of the information provided is obtained, the decision of whether to approve it is made based on the results issued by the model.

 

  c. Retail Revolving (BBVA Bancomer credit cards): The manager or specialist party gathers the necessary information on the customer (personal, financial information and authorization of the consult from the external bureau of credit) and on the transaction (limit requested) to rate the transaction with the scoring. There are additional processes for validating and checking this information through the back office or operational support areas. The decision of whether it is approved is made based on the results issued by the model.

 

  d. Proactive - Spain: Each month all the customers who have asset positions in credit cards, consumer finance or mortgages and liabilities positions in credit cards and consumer finance, are rated according to information on their behavior.

 

    Equity: For its portfolio position registered as equity, the Group is applying the rating obtained for customers as a result of their classification in the lending process.

3.2.5.1.7. Definitions, methods and data for estimating and validating risk parameters

The estimation of the parameters is based on the uniform definition of default established at Group level. Specifically, for a contract or customer to be considered in a situation of default, the provisions of section 4.1.1 must be met, in line with current regulations.

Specifically, there are two approaches within the Group for considering default and estimating parameters:

 

    The contract-level approach is applied within the sphere of retail risk. Each customer transaction is dealt with as an independent unit in terms of credit risk. Therefore, non-compliance with credit obligations to the bank is handled at the transaction level, regardless of the behavior of the customer with respect to other obligations.

 

    The customer-level approach is applied to the remainder of the portfolio. The significant unit for defining default is the customer’s sum of contracts, which enter a situation of default en masse when the customer defaults.

 

Page 56


LOGO

 

In addition, to avoid including defaults for small amounts in the estimations, defaulted volumes are to pass through a materiality filter that depends on the type of customer and transaction.

Estimating parameters

In the case of Spain and Mexico, the Group has an RAR information system that reflects exposure to credit risk in the Group’s different portfolios included in advanced internal models.

This information system guarantees the availability of historical data recorded by the Group, which are used to estimate the parameters of Probability of Default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Credit Conversion Factors (CCF). These are then used to calculate the regulatory capital using the advanced measurement approach, economic capital and expected loss by credit risk.

Other sources of information for the Bank may be used in addition, depending on any new needs detected in the estimation process. Internal estimations of the PD, LGD and CCF parameters are made for all the Group’s portfolios.

In the case of low default portfolios (LDP), in which the number of defaults tends to be insufficient for obtaining empirical estimates, use is made of data from external agencies that are merged with the internal information available and expert criteria.

The following shows the estimation methodologies used for the PD, LGD and CCF risk parameters, for the purpose of calculating the capital requirements.

 

    Probability of default (PD)

The methodology used for estimating the PD in those cases that have a mass of internal data of sufficient size is based on the creation of pools of exposures. The groups proposed with a view to calibration are defined by pooling contracts together seeking to achieve intra-group uniformity in terms of credit quality and differentiation with all the other risk groups. The largest possible number of pools is defined in order to allow a suitable discrimination of risk.

The fundamental metric used for making these groupings is the score, being supplemented by other metrics relevant to PD that are proven to be sufficiently discriminating depending on the portfolio.

Once the pools of exposures have been defined, the average empirical PD recorded for each one is obtained and adjusted to the cycle. This metric provides stable estimates over the course of the economic cycle, referred to as PD-TTC (Through the Cycle). This calculation considers the portfolio’s track record and provides long-term levels of PD.

In low default portfolios (LDPs) the empirical PDs observed by external credit assessment institutions are used to obtain the PD of internal risk groups.

Finally, in customer-focused portfolios there is a Master Scale, which is simply a standard and uniform rule for credit levels that makes it possible to make comparisons of credit quality in the Group’s different portfolios.

 

    Loss given default (LGD)

As a general rule, the method used to estimate the severity in portfolios with a sufficient number of defaults is Workout LGD Here, the LGD of a contract is obtained as a quotient of the sum of all the financial flows recorded during the recovery process that takes place when a transaction defaults, and the transaction’s exposure at the time of the default.

 

Page 57


LOGO

 

This estimate is made by considering all the historical data recorded in internal systems. When making the estimates, there are transactions that have already defaulted but for which the recovery process is still ongoing. The loss given default recorded at the time of the estimate is therefore higher than it will ultimately be. The necessary adjustments are made in these cases so as not to distort the estimate.

These estimates are made by defining uniform risk groups in terms of the nature of the operations that determine loss given default. They are made in such a way that there are enough groups for each one to be distinguishable and receive a different estimate.

In keeping with the guidelines set out by the rules, the estimates are made by distinguishing between wholesale and retail type exposures.

There is insufficient historical experience to make a robust estimation in low default portfolios (LDP) using the Workout LGD method, so external sources of information are used, combined with internal data to provide the portfolio with a representative rate of loss given default.

The loss given default rates estimated according to the internal databases the Group holds are conditioned to the moment of the cycle of the data window used, since loss given default varies over the economic cycle. Hence, two concepts can be defined: long-term loss given default, referred to as Long-Run LGD (LRLGD), and loss given default in a period of stress in the cycle, called Downturn LGD (DLGD).

LRLGD is calculated by making an adjustment to capture the difference between the loss given default obtained empirically with the available sample and the average loss given default observed throughout the economic cycle if the observation is complete.

In addition, the LGD observed in a period of stress in the economic cycle (DLGD) is determined.

These estimates are made for those portfolios whose loss given default is noticeably sensitive to the cycle. The different ways in which the recovery cycles can conclude are determined for each portfolio where this LGD in conditions of stress has not yet been observed, and the level these parameters would have in a downturn situation are estimated.

 

    Credit conversion factor (CCF)

As with the two preceding parameters, the exposure at the moment of default is another of the necessary inputs for calculating expected loss and regulatory capital. A contract’s exposure usually coincides with its balance. However, this does not hold true in all cases.

For example, for those products with explicit limits, such as credit cards or credit lines, the exposure should incorporate the potential increase in the balance that may be recorded up to the time of default.

In observance of regulatory requirements, exposure is calculated as the drawn balance, which is the real risk at any specific moment, plus a percentage (CCF) of the undrawn balance, which is the part that the customer can still use until the available limit is reached. Therefore, the CCF is defined as the percentage of the undrawn balance that is expected to be used before default occurs.

CCF is estimated by using the cohort approach, analyzing how the exposure varies from a pre-established reference date through to the moment of default, obtaining the average performance according to the relevant metrics.

 

Page 58


LOGO

 

Different approaches are used for wholesale and retail type exposures. The contract approach analyzes the exposure’s evolution until the contract’s moment of breach of contract, whereas the customer approach analyzes the exposure’s evolution through to the moment of breach by the customer.

Once again, in low default portfolios (LDP) there is insufficient historical experience to make a reliable calculation with the Workout LGD method defined. In this case, too, use is made of external sources that are combined with internal data to provide a representative CCF of the portfolio.

 

3.2.5.2. Exposure values by category and PD interval

The following table presents the information on credit risk by method of internal classifications (IRB) by obligor grade for the different categories of exposure. The information shown is balance-sheet volume, off-balance-sheet volume, exposure, EAD, PD-TTC and Downturn LGD and RW (internal estimates approved by the supervisor):

 

Page 59


LOGO

 

TABLE 25: Advanced measurement approach: Exposure values by category and obligor grade

 

2015

Categories of Exposure

   On balance
sheet
original
gross
exposure
(1)
     Off balance
sheet
exposure
before
CCF (2)
     Original
gross
exposure
(3) (1+2)
     PD-TTC
(%)
    LGD
(%)
    EAD
(4)
     RWA      Expected
loss
     Provisions     RW
(%)
 

Central governments or central banks

     5,333         785         6,118         2     29     5,730         224         32         (19     4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

0,00 to <0,15

     5,055         642         5,697         0     29     5,381         145         1         (4     3

0,15 to <0,25

     88         —           88         0     44     88         7         0         (0     8

0,25 to <0,5

     24         —           24         0     40     24         10         0         (0     40

0,5 to <0,75

     0         0         1         1     26     0         0         0         —          49

0,75 to <2,5

     26         15         41         1     21     33         20         0         (0     59

2,5 to <10

     117         0         118         4     24     118         30         1         (0     26

10 to <100

     —           1         1         21     20     0         0         0         —          104

100 to (Default)

     23         127         149         100     34     86         12         29         (15     13
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Institutions

     84,612         5,646         90,259         1     19     87,798         10,826         132         (106     12
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

0,00 to <0,15

     63,236         3,782         67,018         0     20     65,390         5,429         10         (10     8

0,15 to <0,25

     3,956         425         4,380         0     22     4,224         924         2         (1     22

0,25 to <0,5

     11,216         891         12,107         0     19     11,708         2,518         7         (6     22

0,5 to <0,75

     1,013         172         1,185         1     24     1,086         394         1         (2     36

0,75 to <2,5

     3,536         158         3,694         1     8     3,622         587         3         (10     16

2,5 to <10

     1,352         65         1,417         4     12     1,388         531         6         (8     38

10 to <100

     85         139         225         20     44     155         396         14         (12     256

100 to (Default)

     218         14         232         100     40     225         45         89         (57     20
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporates

     82,591         56,021         138,613         9     37     111,061         63,607         4,027         (5,976     57
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which: SMEs

     17,734         2,938         20,671         29     44     19,059         12,487         2,596         (3,112     66

0,00 to <0,15

     950         582         1,533         0     50     1,182         323         1         (2     27

0,15 to <0,25

     547         182         729         0     50     631         246         1         (2     39

0,25 to <0,5

     1,038         299         1,337         0     49     1,176         560         2         (2     48

0,5 to <0,75

     1,591         352         1,943         1     48     1,752         1,046         4         (18     60

0,75 to <2,5

     3,606         739         4,345         1     43     3,963         3,010         20         (17     76

2,5 to <10

     4,414         617         5,031         4     37     4,684         4,742         77         (176     101

10 to <100

     445         27         472         17     37     462         714         29         (74     155

100 to (Default)

     5,142         140         5,282         100     47     5,209         1,846         2,464         (2,822     35

Of which: Other

     54,278         51,183         105,461         6     40     80,253         40,954         1,431         (2,605     51

0,00 to <0,15

     18,359         25,782         44,142         0     42     31,298         9,491         14         (37     30

0,15 to <0,25

     5,838         8,882         14,720         0     42     10,214         4,352         8         (18     43

0,25 to <0,5

     8,786         6,909         15,696         0     42     12,417         6,841         16         (20     55

0,5 to <0,75

     7,264         5,571         12,835         0     41     10,355         6,986         20         (16     67

0,75 to <2,5

     5,336         2,272         7,608         1     36     6,437         5,595         25         (21     87

2,5 to <10

     4,283         1,240         5,523         4     38     4,885         6,052         78         (174     124

10 to <100

     292         131         424         11     37     364         663         15         (25     182

100 to (Default)

     4,119         395         4,514         100     29     4,284         975         1,254         (2,294     23

Of which: specialized finance

     10,579         1,901         12,480             11,748         10,165            (259     87
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retail

     104,862         21,005         125,867         7     25     108,669         23,180         2,600         (2,510     21
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which: Secured by real estate SMEs

     1,010         52         1,061         48     41     1,031         441         297         (266     43

0,00 to <0,15

     51         7         58         0     9     51         1         0         (0     2

0,15 to <0,25

     1         —           1         0     38     1         0         0         (0     11

0,25 to <0,5

     38         4         42         0     18     39         4         0         (0     9

0,5 to <0,75

     117         13         130         1     24     126         22         0         (0     17

0,75 to <2,5

     128         9         136         1     27     133         45         0         (1     34

2,5 to <10

     135         8         143         4     25     141         88         2         (1     63

10 to <100

     68         2         71         21     26     69         81         4         (1     117

100 to (Default)

     471         9         480         100     62     471         200         291         (262     43

Of which: Secured by real estate non-SMEs

     89,316         6,694         96,010         6     17     89,410         11,970         1,351         (1,267     13

0,00 to <0,15

     58,412         4,514         62,926         0     15     58,486         1,351         5         (58     2

0,15 to <0,25

     3,144         44         3,188         0     20     3,146         270         1         (3     9

0,25 to <0,5

     4,948         654         5,601         0     18     4,952         540         3         (7     11

0,5 to <0,75

     3,580         388         3,967         1     18     3,583         552         3         (5     15

0,75 to <2,5

     6,119         504         6,623         1     19     6,124         1,653         13         (28     27

2,5 to <10

     6,595         371         6,966         5     20     6,599         4,281         63         (114     65

10 to <100

     1,835         102         1,937         21     23     1,836         2,416         86         (46     132

100 to (Default)

     4,684         118         4,802         100     25     4,684         907         1,176         (1,006     19

Of which: Eligible revolving

     6,324         13,184         19,507         7     74     9,433         7,420         496         (462     79

0,00 to <0,15

     665         2,873         3,538         0     42     1,593         23         0         (2     1

0,15 to <0,25

     13         32         44         0     48     24         1         0         (0     6

0,25 to <0,5

     80         89         169         0     47     110         9         0         (0     8

0,5 to <0,75

     371         1,424         1,795         1     78     572         109         2         (2     19

0,75 to <2,5

     1,180         3,783         4,963         1     79     1,879         693         18         (16     37

2,5 to <10

     2,964         4,491         7,455         5     83     4,057         4,342         176         (160     107

10 to <100

     900         491         1,391         22     80     1,047         2,236         182         (165     214

100 to (Default)

     151         0         151         100     77     151         6         117         (117     4

Of which: Other SMEs

     2,478         1,022         3,500         12     58     3,058         1,475         242         (196     48

0,00 to <0,15

     47         30         77         0     54     65         9         0         (0     14

0,15 to <0,25

     74         60         134         0     56     108         20         0         (0     19

0,25 to <0,5

     154         85         240         0     55     203         51         0         (0     25

0,5 to <0,75

     294         181         475         0     55     391         131         —           (1     34

0,75 to <2,5

     777         365         1,142         1     57     979         509         7         (3     52

2,5 to <10

     815         233         1,049         4     57     952         650         23         (12     68

10 to <100

     62         14         76         17     55     72         66         7         (4     92

100 to (Default)

     254         53         308         100     71     288         39         206         (175     13

Of which: Other non-SMEs

     5,734         54         5,787         8     51     5,737         1,874         214         (319     33

0,00 to <0,15

     2,422         8         2,430         0     52     2,423         206         1         (5     9

0,15 to <0,25

     276         2         278         0     53     276         62         0         (1     22

0,25 to <0,5

     442         3         444         0     56     442         144         1         (1     33

0,5 to <0,75

     446         4         450         1     53     447         193         1         (1     43

0,75 to <2,5

     708         5         713         1     52     708         419         4         (3     59

2,5 to <10

     897         12         909         5     46     898         640         19         (12     71

10 to <100

     170         1         171         22     50     170         194         18         (10     114

100 to (Default)

     373         19         392         100     45     373         16         169         (286     4

Equity PD/LGD Method

     4,175         —           4,175         1     87     4,175         6,230         22         (426     149

0,00 to <0,15

     2,827         —           2,827         0     90     2,827         3,375         4         (391     119

0,15 to <0,25

     1,024         —           1,024         0     87     1,024         1,844         2         —          180

0,25 to <0,5

     2         —           2         0     65     2         2         0         —          124

0,5 to <0,75

     —           —           —           —          —          —           —           —           —          0

0,75 to <2,5

     5         —           5         1     65     5         9         0         —          183

2,5 to <10

     318         —           318         8     65     318         1,001         16         (36     314

10 to <100

     —           —           —           —          —          —           —           —           —          0

100 to (Default)

     —           —           —           —          —          —           —           —           —          0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL BY CATEGORY AND OBLIGOR GRADE

     281,574         83,457         365,031             317,433         104,066         6,812         (9,037     33
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amount included in the balance sheet accounts, without considering off-balance sheet items.
(2) Amount not used included in memorandum accounts corresponding mainly to sums undrawn from credit lines and cards, as well as exposures in letters of credit and documentary credits.
(3) This refers to exposure following the application of risk mitigation techniques.
(4) Value of the exposure in the event of default.
(5) Exposures broken down by PD scale according to the EBA’s recomendations

 

Page 60


LOGO

 

 

2014

Categories of Exposure

   On balance
sheet
original
gross
exposure
(1)
     Off balance
sheet
exposure
before
CCF (2)
     Original
gross
exposure
(3) (1+2)
     PD-TTC
(%)
    LGD
(%)
    EAD
(4)
     RWA      Expected
loss
     Provisions     RW
(%)
 

Central governments or central banks

     4,153         749         4,902         1     33     4,529         376         14         (4     8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

0,00 to <0,15

     3,927         699         4,626         0     32     4,279         152         1         (4     4

0,15 to <0,25

     1         —           1         0     40     1         1         0         (0     47

0,25 to <0,5

     1         13         13         0     44     7         3         0         —          41

0,5 to <0,75

     49         13         62         1     37     54         28         0         —          53

0,75 to <2,5

     62         18         79         1     28     70         46         0         (0     65

2,5 to <10

     15         0         16         5     25     16         8         0         —          53

10 to <100

     51         5         56         13     54     54         132         4         —          246

100 to (Default)

     47         2         49         100     19     48         6         9         (0     13
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Institutions

     105,642         6,338         111,981         0     17     109,494         12,425         181         (78     11
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

0,00 to <0,15

     75,118         3,172         78,289         0     16     76,874         4,806         8         (11     6

0,15 to <0,25

     9,045         1,398         10,443         0     14     10,202         1,603         3         (7     16

0,25 to <0,5

     13,549         1,062         14,611         0     19     14,119         2,854         8         (2     20

0,5 to <0,75

     3,871         486         4,357         1     16     4,114         1,037         3         (2     25

0,75 to <2,5

     1,789         145         1,934         1     13     1,876         567         3         (1     30

2,5 to <10

     1,634         57         1,691         5     12     1,663         624         10         (9     38

10 to <100

     425         4         429         21     38     427         892         33         (2     209

100 to (Default)

     213         14         227         100     51     220         42         113         (44     19
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporates

     75,120         53,389         128,508         12     36     102,682         60,998         4,700         (6,700     59
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which: SMEs

     15,623         2,732         18,356         39     45     16,890         11,084         3,076         (3,761     66

0,00 to <0,15

     569         459         1,028         0     49     788         203         0         (1     26

0,15 to <0,25

     351         217         567         0     50     445         161         0         (1     36

0,25 to <0,5

     667         294         961         0     50     794         365         1         (2     46

0,5 to <0,75

     901         340         1,241         0     50     1,054         620         3         (2     59

0,75 to <2,5

     2,403         611         3,014         1     46     2,702         2,127         14         (25     79

2,5 to <10

     4,125         502         4,628         5     38     4,366         4,665         83         (269     107

10 to <100

     441         26         467         17     39     454         754         29         (97     166

100 to (Default)

     6,166         283         6,449         100     47     6,289         2,190         2,944         (3,365     35
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which: Other

     48,402         48,809         97,211         6     40     73,596         39,394         1,625         (2,680     54
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

0,00 to <0,15

     12,537         24,680         37,217         0     41     25,082         6,652         7         (20     27

0,15 to <0,25

     4,958         6,961         11,919         0     39     8,615         3,323         7         (11     39

0,25 to <0,5

     7,975         6,498         14,473         0     42     11,473         6,129         15         (21     53

0,5 to <0,75

     6,996         6,263         13,259         1     40     10,435         6,885         21         (19     66

0,75 to <2,5

     5,763         2,335         8,098         1     36     6,864         5,802         29         (49     85

2,5 to <10

     6,161         1,344         7,505         5     37     6,757         8,239         123         (355     122

10 to <100

     498         324         822         16     40     682         1,399         43         (151     205

100 to (Default)

     3,513         404         3,917         100     37     3,688         966         1,379         (2,055     26

Of which: specialized finance

     11,095         1,847         12,942             12,196         10,520            (259     86
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retail

     83,698         12,577         96,276         6     28     86,866         21,059         1,994         (1,620     24
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which: Secured by real estate SMEs

     1,062         4         1,066         21     21     1,063         321         54         (45     30

0,00 to <0,15

     391         —           391         0     18     391         12         0         (0     3

0,15 to <0,25

     63         3         66         0     20     63         5         0         (0     9

0,25 to <0,5

     67         0         67         0     23     67         9         0         (0     14

0,5 to <0,75

     73         0         73         1     19     73         12         0         (0     16

0,75 to <2,5

     86         0         86         1     24     86         29         0         (0     34

2,5 to <10

     118         0         118         5     25     118         104         1         (2     88

10 to <100

     65         —           65         21     28     65         107         4         (2     166

100 to (Default)

     200         —           200         100     24     200         42         49         (40     21

Of which: Secured by real estate non-SMEs

     68,818         229         69,047         6     19     68,830         10,099         981         (676     15

0,00 to <0,15

     46,991         190         47,181         0     17     47,001         1,159         5         (34     2

0,15 to <0,25

     2,960         9         2,969         0     22     2,960         274         1         (2     9

0,25 to <0,5

     2,721         10         2,731         0     24     2,722         391         2         (2     14

0,5 to <0,75

     2,358         7         2,364         1     22     2,358         438         3         (2     19

0,75 to <2,5

     4,227         10         4,237         1     22     4,227         1,344         11         (13     32

2,5 to <10

     4,759         2         4,762         5     23     4,759         3,640         53         (58     76

10 to <100

     1,429         0         1,429         19     26     1,429         2,136         70         (26     150

100 to (Default)

     3,373         —           3,373         100     25     3,373         716         836         (538     21

Of which: Eligible revolving

     6,377         11,566         17,943         7     76     9,134         7,203         504         (516     79

0,00 to <0,15

     529         2,462         2,990         0     42     1,326         20         0         (1     1

0,15 to <0,25

     11         29         40         0     48     21         1         0         (0     6

0,25 to <0,5

     298         883         1,181         0     74     431         57         1         (1     13

0,5 to <0,75

     365         1,514         1,879         1     78     565         112         2         (2     20

0,75 to <2,5

     1,107         2,558         3,664         1     80     1,620         605         15         (14     37

2,5 to <10

     3,092         3,633         6,725         5     84     4,071         4,273         166         (155     105

10 to <100

     803         489         1,292         24     80     927         2,050         178         (202     221

100 to (Default)

     172         0         172         100     82     172         86         141         (140     50

Of which: Other SMEs

     1,578         519         2,097         12     59     1,896         965         161         (100     51

0,00 to <0,15

     20         15         36         0     53     29         4         0         (0     13

0,15 to <0,25

     35         32         67         0     55     55         10         0         (0     19

0,25 to <0,5

     83         57         140         0     56     117         30         0         (0     26

0,5 to <0,75

     152         70         222         0     57     194         68         —           (0     35

0,75 to <2,5

     476         176         652         1     57     584         306         4         (2     52

2,5 to <10

     612         161         773         5     58     715         498         20         (10     70

10 to <100

     27         5         32         18     60     30         31         3         (2     101

100 to (Default)

     172         3         174         100     77     173         18         133         (85     11

Of which: Other non-SMEs

     5,863         259         6,123         8     51     5,943         2,471         294         (284     42

0,00 to <0,15

     2,054         117         2,171         0     49     2,060         162         1         (4     8

0,15 to <0,25

     217         6         224         0     58     220         54         0         (1     25

0,25 to <0,5

     288         17         305         0     57     295         98         1         (1     33

0,5 to <0,75

     328         21         349         1     59     340         160         1         (1     47

0,75 to <2,5

     698         44         742         1     54     722         458         5         (4     63

2,5 to <10

     1,700         50         1,750         5     46     1,726         1,247         39         (19     72

10 to <100

     230         3         233         21     52     230         272         25         (17     118

100 to (Default)

     349         0         349         100     64     350         19         223         (238     5

Equity PD/LGD Method

     6,462         —           6,462         1     88     6,462         10,417         11         1,373        161

0,00 to <0,15

     2,982         —           2,982         0     90     2,982         3,575         1         (272     120

0,15 to <0,25

     3,022         —           3,022         0     90     3,022         5,694         5         1,481        188

0,25 to <0,5

     12         —           12         0     65     12         15         0         39        124

0,5 to <0,75

     40         —           40         1     65     40         62         —           —          152

0,75 to <2,5

     77         —           77         1     65     77         144         0         —          186

2,5 to <10

     236         —           236         3     65     236         556         5         146        236

10 to <100

     93         —           93         38     65     93         370         —           (22     400

100 to (Default)

     —           —           —           —          —          —           —           —           —          0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL BY CATEGORY AND OBLIGOR GRADE

     275,075         73,054         348,129         6     28     310,032         105,275         6,901         (7,029     34
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amount included in the balance sheet accounts, without considering off-balance sheet items.
(2) Amount not used included in memorandum accounts corresponding mainly to sums undrawn from credit lines and cards, as well as exposures in letters of credit and documentary credits.
(3) This refers to exposure following the application of risk mitigation techniques.
(4) Value of the exposure in the event of default.
(5) Exposures broken down by PD scale according to the EBA’s recomendations

The information contained in the above tables is set out below in graphic format:

 

Page 61


LOGO

 

CHART 5: Advanced measurement approach. EAD by obligor category

 

LOGO

CHART 6: Advanced measurement approach. Average weighted PD by EAD

 

LOGO

 

Page 62


LOGO

 

CHART 7: Advanced measurement approach. Average weighted DLGD by EAD

 

LOGO

CHART 8: Advanced measurement approach. Average weighted risk by EAD

 

LOGO

The following table presents the main variations in the year in terms of RWAs for the Credit Risk advanced measurement approach:

 

Page 63


LOGO

 

TABLE 26: Variations in the period in terms of RWAs for the Credit Risk advanced measurement approach

 

Millones €       

Credit Risk (IRB)

 

RWAs Dec 14

     94,858   

Effects

  

Asset size

     404   

Model updates

     2,480   

Foreign exchange movements

     79   

Others

     16   

RWAs Dec 15

     97,837   

 

    Asset size: Net effect of the acquisition of Catalunya Banc, growth in Mexico and sluggish activity in the Spanish market.

 

    Model updating: Mainly a result of the transfer of the portfolio from the merged company Unnim to advanced models and the recalibration of parameters in Mexico.

3.2.5.3. Comparative analysis of the estimates made

The following charts compare the expected loss adjusted to the cycle calculated according to the Group’s core internal models approved by the supervisor, with the effective loss incurred between 2001 and 2015. They also present the average effective loss between 2001 and 2015 in accordance with the following:

 

    Expected loss calculated with the internal models calibrated to 2015, and adjusted to the economic cycle (light green line), i.e. the annual average expected loss in an economic cycle.

 

    Observed loss (light blue dotted line) calculated as the ratio of gross additions to NPA over the average observed exposure multiplied by the estimated point in time severity.

 

    Average loss (2001-2015), which is the average of effective losses for each year (light blue solid line).

The effective loss is the annual loss incurred. It must be less than the expected loss adjusted to the cycle in the best years of an economic cycle, and greater during years of crisis.

The comparison has been made for the portfolios of Mortgages, Consumer Finance Credit Cards and (2004-2015) Autos (retail) and SMEs and Developers (2009-2015), all of them in S&P. In Mexico, the comparison has been carried out for the Credit Card portfolio (2005-2015 window) and SMEs and Large Companies (2005-2015 window).

 

Page 64


LOGO

 

Regarding the categories of Institutions (Public and Financial Institutions) and Corporate, historical experience shows that there is such a small number of defaulted exposures (Low Default Portfolios) that it is not statistically significant, and hence the reason the comparison is not shown.

The charts show that during the years of biggest economic growth, in general the effective loss was significantly lower than the expected loss adjusted to the cycle calculated using internal models.

The contrary was the case after the start of the crisis This is in line with the major economic slowdown and the financial difficulties of households and companies, above all in the case of companies dedicated to development and construction.

The fact that in some portfolios the average observed loss is greater than the estimated loss is coherent with the fact that the observed time window may be worse than what would be expected in a complete economic cycle. In fact, this window has fewer expansive years (6) than crisis years (9). This is not representative of a complete economic cycle.

Retail Mortgages:

Starting in 2007, the effective losses are above the expected loss adjusted to the cycle, as they are losses incurred in years of crisis. The effective losses are slightly greater than the cycle-adjusted figures given the sampled number of years entailing more years of crisis than growth.

CHART 9: Comparative analysis of expected and incurred loss: Retail mortgages

 

LOGO

Consumer finance:

The chart shows that during the years of biggest economic growth the effective loss was lower than the expected loss adjusted to the cycle calculated using internal models. The contrary was the case starting in 2007. This is in line with the major economic slowdown and the financial difficulties of households.

 

Page 65


LOGO

 

CHART 10: Comparative analysis of expected and incurred loss: Consumer finance

 

LOGO

Credit cards.

As in the case of Mortgages and Consumer Finance, the observed loss is lower than the Expected Loss adjusted to the cycle calculated using internal models at best periods of the cycle, and higher during its worst periods.

CHART 11: Comparative analysis of expected and incurred loss: Credit cards

 

LOGO

Automobiles:

In this case the expected loss adjusted to the cycle continues to be higher than the average effective losses for the last 14 years, which suggests the conservative nature of the estimate.

 

Page 66


LOGO

 

CHART 12: Comparative analysis of expected and incurred loss: Automobiles

 

LOGO

SMEs and Developers:

Once again it can be seen that during the years of biggest economic growth the effective loss is lower than the expected loss adjusted to the cycle calculated using internal models. The contrary was the case starting in 2007. The great difficulties faced by companies, particularly those engaged in development and construction businesses, are reflected in an observed loss higher than the loss adjusted to the cycle estimated by the internal models.

The expected loss adjusted to the cycle is lower than the average effective losses for the last 13 years, which is consistent with the fact that the observed window is worse than what would be expected over a complete economic cycle (more years of crisis than of economic boom).

CHART 13: Comparative analysis of expected and incurred loss: SMEs and Developers

 

LOGO

The PD series is shown below for these very same portfolios, with the data from 2002 to 2015. Similar to the remaining portfolios, the observed series is much lower than the one adjusted to the cycle until 2007, calculated with the internal models in the best moments of the cycle, and greater during the lowest moments.

 

Page 67


LOGO

 

CHART 14: Comparative analysis of expected and incurred loss: SMEs and Developers PD

 

LOGO

Mexico Credit Cards:

In the case of Bancomer’s credit card portfolio we can see how the average Expected Loss for the cycle calculated using internal models is below the average observed losses. The reason is the use of an observation window which is unrepresentative of a complete economic cycle (the estimate would include comparatively more years of crisis than of economic growth).

CHART 15: Comparative analysis of expected and incurred loss: Mexico Credit Cards

 

LOGO

 

Page 68


LOGO

 

Mexico Corporates:

In the case of Bancomer’s company portfolio we can see how the average Expected Loss for the cycle calculated using internal models is below the average observed losses. The reason is the use of an observation window which is unrepresentative of a complete economic cycle (the estimate would include comparatively more years of crisis than of economic growth).

CHART 16: Comparative analysis of expected and incurred loss: Mexico Corporates

 

LOGO

3.2.5.3.1. Impairment losses (IRB)

The table below shows the balance of specific, generic and country risk allowances for losses, by exposure categories, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

TABLE 27: Balance of specific, generic and country risk allowances for losses, by exposure category (Advanced approach)

 

Category of exposure

   Loan-loss provisions      Loan-loss provisions  
   2015      2014  

Central governments or central banks

     19         4   

Institutions

     106         78   

Corporates

     5,976         6,711   

Retail

     2,510         1,620   

Of which: Secured by real estate collateral

     1,533         721   

Of which: Qualifying revolving retail

     462         516   

Of which: Other retail assets

     515         384   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     8,611         8,413   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Page 69


LOGO

 

3.2.5.4. Weightings of specialized lending exposures

The solvency regulation stipulates that the consideration of specialized lending companies is to apply to legal entities with the following characteristics:

 

    The exposure is to an entity created specifically to finance and/or operate physical assets

 

    The contractual arrangements give the lender a substantial degree of control over the assets and income they generate.

 

    The primary source of repayment of the obligation is the income generated by the assets being financed, rather than the independent capacity of the borrower.

The following table presents the exposures assigned to each one of the risk weightings of the specialized lending exposures as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

TABLE 28: Exposures assigned to each one of the risk weightings of the specialized lending exposures

 

(Millon euros)

Risk weighting

   Scale     Original Exposure (1)  
     2015      2014  

1

     50     0         0   
     70     6,419         6,158   

2

     70        0   
     90     3,640         4,530   

3

     115     1,449         1,310   

4

     250     512         488   

5

     0     460         457   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

  

    12,480         12,942   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nota

(1) Gross exposure prior to the application of risk mitigation techniques.

3.2.5.5. Risk weightings of equity exposures

The following table presents the exposures assigned to each one of the risk weightings of equity exposures as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Page 70


LOGO

 

TABLE 29: Exposures assigned to each one of the risk weightings of the equity exposures

 

Millon euros

Risk weighting

   Original exposure  
     2015      2014  

Risk weighting, Simple Method

     4,853         3,980   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

190%

     598         479   

250%

     3,915         3,266   

290%

     236         134   

370%

     105         102   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

PD/LGD Method

     4,175         6,462   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

AA

     0         0   

AA-

     0         0   

A

     0         0   

A-

     0         0   

BBB+

     2,827         2,982   

BBB

     1,024         3,022   

BBB-

     2         12   

BB+

     0         40   

BB

     5         77   

BB-

     0         0   

B+

     0         233   

B

     3         3   

B-

     316         0   

C

     0         93   

Internal Models Method

     390         254   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     9,418         10,696   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

3.2.6. Information on counterparty risk

Counterparty exposure involves that part of the original exposure corresponding to derivative instruments, repurchase and resale transactions, securities or commodities lending or borrowing transactions and deferred settlement transactions.

The following chart illustrates the amount in terms of EAD of the counterparty risk, broken down by product and risk:

TABLE 30: Counterparty risk. EAD derivatives by product and risk

 

2015 (Million euros)

Products

   Currency
risk
     Interet rate
risk
     Equity
risk
     Commodity
risk
     Credit risk      Other risks      TOTAL  

Term operations

     4,070         2         7         0         0         0         4,079   

FRAs

     0         8         0         0         0         0         8   

Swaps

     0         20,016         36         0         0         0         20,051   

Options

     395         2,624         1,186         1         0         0         4,205   

Other products

     0         0         0         0         734         0         734   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     4,465         22,649         1,229         1         734         0         29,078   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2014 (Million euros)

Products

   Currency
risk
     Interet rate
risk
     Equity
risk
     Commodity
risk
     Credit risk      Other risks      TOTAL  

Term operations

     5,479         0         9         0         0         0         5,489   

FRAs

     0         1         0         0         0         0         1   

Swaps

     0         16,904         90         0         0         0         16,994   

Options

     149         2,282         991         1         0         0         3,423   

Other products

     0         0         0         0         316         0         316   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     5,629         19,187         1,090         1         316         0         26,223   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Page 71


LOGO

 

CHART 17: EAD for derivatives broken down by risk

 

LOGO

3.2.6.1. Policies on managing counterparty risk

3.2.6.1.1. Methodology: allocation of internal capital and limits to exposures subject to counterparty risk

The Group has an economic model for calculating internal capital through exposure to counterparty risk in treasury operations. This model has been implemented in the Risk unit systems in Market areas. It is used to measure the credit exposures for each of the counterparties for which the entity operates.

The generation of exposures is undertaken in a manner that is consistent with those used for the monitoring and control of credit risk limits. The time horizon is divided up into intervals, and the market risk factors (interest rates, exchange rates, etc.) underlying the instruments that determine their valuation are simulated for each interval.

The exposures are generated from 500 different scenarios using the Monte Carlo method for risk factors (subject to counterparty risk) and applying the corresponding mitigating factors to each counterparty (i.e. applying collateral and/or netting agreements as applicable).

The correlations, loss given defaults, internal ratings and associated probabilities of default are consistent with the Group’s economic model for general credit risk.

The capital for each counterparty is then calculated using the exposure profile and taking into account the analytical formula adopted by Basel. This figure is modified by an adjustment factor for the possible maturity subsequent to one year of the operations in a similar vein to the general approach adopted by Basel for the treatment of credit risk.

Counterparty limits are specified within the financial programs authorized for each subsidiary within the line item of treasury limits. It stipulates both the limit and the maximum term for the operation.

The use of transactions within the limits is measured in terms of mark-to-market valuation plus the potential risk using the Monte Carlo Simulation methodology (95% confidence level) and bearing in mind possible mitigating factors (such as netting, break clauses or collateral contracts).

 

Page 72


LOGO

 

Management of consumption by lines in the Markets area is carried out through a corporate platform that enables online monitoring of the limits and availabilities established for the different counterparties and clients. This control is completed by independent units of the business area to guarantee proper segregation of functions.

3.2.6.1.2. Policies for ensuring the effectiveness of collaterals and establishing the value adjustments for impairment to cover this risk

The Group has subscribed collateral contracts with many of its counterparties that serve as a guarantee of the mark-to-market valuation of derivatives operations. The collateral consists mostly of deposits, which means that no situations of impairment are forthcoming.

The MENTOR tool has been specifically designed to store and process the collateral contracts concluded with counterparties. This application enables the existence of collateral to be taken into account at the transaction level (useful for controlling and monitoring the status of specific operations) as well as at the counterparty level. Furthermore, said tool feeds the applications responsible for estimating counterparty risk by providing all the necessary parameters for considering the impact of mitigation in the portfolio due to the agreements signed.

Likewise, there is also an application that reconciles and adjusts the positions serving the Collateral and Risks units.

In order to guarantee the effectiveness of collateral contracts, the Group carries out a daily monitoring of the market values of the operations governed by such contracts and of the deposits made by the counterparties. Once the amount of the collateral to be delivered or received is obtained, the collateral demand (margin call), or the demand received, is carried out at the intervals established in the contract, usually daily.

If significant variations arise from the process of reconciliation between the counterparties, after a reconciliation in economic terms they are reported by the Collateral unit to the Risks unit for subsequent analysis and monitoring. Within the control process, the Collateral unit issues a daily report on the guarantees which includes a description by counterparty of the exposure and collateral, making special reference to those guarantee deficits at or beyond the set warning levels.

Financial assets and liabilities may be the object of netting, in other words presentation for a net amount in the balance sheet, only when the Group’s entities comply with the provisions of IAS 32—Paragraph 42, and thus have the legally obliged right to offset the amounts recognized, and the intention to settle the net amount or to divest the asset and pay the liability at the same time.

In addition, the Group has assets and liabilities on the balance sheet that are not netted and for which there are master netting agreements, but for which there is neither the intention nor the right to settle. The most common types of events that trigger netting of reciprocal obligations include the bankruptcy of the credit institution in question, swiftly accumulating indebtedness, default, restructuring or the winding up of the entity.

In the current market context, derivatives are contracted under different framework contracts, with the most general being those developed by International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA), and for the Spanish market the Framework Financial Operations Contract (FAFT). Practically all portfolio derivative operations have been concluded under these master contracts, including in them the netting clauses referred to in the above point as Master Netting Agreements, considerably reducing the credit exposure in these instruments. In addition, in the contracts concluded with professional counterparties, annexes are included with collateral agreements called Credit Support Annexes (CSA), thus minimizing exposure to a possible counterparty insolvency.

 

Page 73


LOGO

 

At the same time, in repurchase agreements the volume traded has increased strongly through clearing houses that use mechanisms to reduce counterparty risk, as well as through various master contracts in bilateral operations, the most common being the Global Master Repurchase Agreement (GMRA), which is published by the International Capital Market Association (ICMA). This tends to have clauses added relating to the exchange of collateral within the main body of the master contract itself.

The following summary table presents the potential effects of netting and collateral agreements in derivative operations as of December 31, 2015:

TABLE 31: Assets and liabilities subject to contractual netting rights

 

                          Non-offsetted gross
amount
 

2015

Offsetting of financial instruments

   Gross
Recognized
Amount (A)
     Offsetted
balance
sheet
amounte (B)
     Net
amount
presented
on
balance
sheet
(C=A-B)
     Amount
related
to
recognized
financial
instruments
     Collateral
(including
cash)
     Net
amount
(E=C-D)
 

Assets

                 

Trading and hedging derivatives

     54,480         7,805         46,675         30,350         5,493         10,832   

Repurchase agreement (Repos)

     21,063         4,596         16,467         17,625         24         -1,182   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

     75,543         12,401         63,142         47,975         5,517         9,650   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

                 

Trading and hedging derivatives

     54,267         8,423         45,844         30,350         9,830         5,664   

Repurchase agreements (Repos)

     72,947         4,596         68,351         68,783         114         -545   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     127,214         13,019         114,196         99,133         9,944         5,119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

3.2.6.1.3. Policies regarding the risk of adverse effects occurring due to correlations

Derivatives contracts may give rise to potential adverse correlation effects between the exposure to the counterparty and its credit quality me (wrong-way-exposures). The Group has strict policies on the treatment of exposures of this nature. First, they follow specific admission processes for each individual operation, and second, they can compute the effects of risk, not for the potential value of the exposure, but for 100% of its nominal value depending on the type of operation

3.2.6.1.4. Impact of collaterals in the event of a downgrade in their credit rating

Regarding derivatives operations, as a general policy, the Group does not subscribe collateral contracts that involve an increase in the amount to be deposited in the event of the Group being downgraded.

The general criterion applied to date with banking counterparties is to establish a zero threshold within collateral contracts, irrespective of the mutual rating; provision will be made as collateral of any difference that arises through mark-to-market valuation.

3.2.6.2. Amounts of counterparty risk

The original exposure for the counterparty risk of derivatives, according to Chapter 6 of the CRR, can be calculated using the following methods: original risk, mark-to-market valuation, standardized and internal models.

The Group calculates the value of exposure to risk through the mark-to-market method, obtained as the aggregate of the positive mark-to-market value after contractual netting agreements plus the potential future risk of each transaction or instrument.

 

Page 74


LOGO

 

Below is a breakdown of the amount in terms of original exposure, EAD and RWAs:

TABLE 32: Positions subject to counterparty risk in terms of EO, EAD and RWAs

 

Million euros

Exposure categories and risk types

   2015  
   Securities financing
transactions
     Derivatives and transactions
with deferred settlement
     From contractual netting
between products
 
   OE      EAD      RWAs      OE      EAD      RWAs      OE      EAD      RWAs  

Central governments or central banks

     12,544         5,980         181         51         51         20         203         203         5   

Regional governments or local authorities

     0         0         —           17         17         3         48         48         10   

Public sector entities

     —           —           —           1         1         0         19         19         19   

Multilateral Development Banks

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Institutions

     860         755         113         4,764         4,764         1,103         4,233         1,603         544   

Corporates

     25         10         10         1,356         1,356         1,352         1,305         1,305         1,073   

Retail

     —           —           —           18         18         12         34         32         20   

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Exposures in default

     —           —           —           0         0         0         8         3         5   

Items associated with particularly high risk

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Covered bonds

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

     175         47         10         0         0         0         16         0         0   

Other exposures

     69         69         68         0         0         0         7         7         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit risk by the standardized approach

     13,672         6,860         382         6,207         6,207         2,492         5,872         3,219         1,681   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Central governments or central banks

     —           —           —           1         1         0         24         24         4   

Institutions

     35,063         35,063         627         3,553         3,553         1,012         12,379         12,379         1,308   

Corporates

     —           —           —           862         862         533         2,825         2,825         2,010   

Of which: SMEs

     —           —           —           46         46         36         117         117         109   

Of which: companies of specialized finance

     —           —           —           356         356         294         1,344         1,344         1,259   

Of which: other

     —           —           —           460         460         203         1,365         1,365         642   

Retail

     —           —           —           3         3         1         5         5         2   

Of which: Secured by real estate collateral

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Of which: Qualifying revolving retail

     —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     

Of which: Other retail assets

     —           —           —           3         3         1         5         5         2   

Other corporates: SMEs

     —           —           —           3         3         1         5         5         2   

Other corporates: No SMEs

     —           —           —           0         0         0         0         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit risk by the advanced measurement approach

     35,063         35,063         627         4,418         4,418         1,547         15,233         15,233         3,324   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK

     48,735         41,923         1,009         10,626         10,626         4,039         21,105         18,452         5,006   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amounts shown in the table above on credit risk include the counterparty risk in trading-book activity as shown below:

TABLE 33: Amounts of counterparty risk in the trading book

 

Counterparty Risk Trading
Book Activities

   Capital amount  
   2015      2014  

Standardized Approach

     330         233   

Advanced Measurement Approach

     382         391   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     712         624   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group currently has a totally residual amount of capital requirements for trading-book activity liquidation risk.

 

Page 75


LOGO

 

There follows a specification of the amounts in million euros involved in the counterparty risk of derivatives as at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

TABLE 34: Counterparty risk. Exposure in derivatives. Netting effect and collateral

 

Derivatives exposure. Netting effect and collateral

   2015      2014  

Gross positive fair value of the contracts (accounting perimeter)

     44,439         46,780   

Gross positive fair value of the contracts (solvency perimeter)

     46,675         48,911   

Add-on

     14,523         22,779   

Positive effects of netting agreements

     -32,120         -45,467   

Credit exposure after netting and before collateral assigned

     29,078         26,223   

Collateral assigned

     -3,524         -5,356   

Credit exposure in derivatives after netting and before collateral assigned

     25,553         20,867   

RWAs

     9,045         7,799   

The total exposure to counterparty risk, composed basically of repo transactions and OTC derivatives, is €80,465 million and €93,506 million, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively (after applying any netting agreements applicable).

3.2.6.2.1. Credit derivative transactions

The table below shows the amounts corresponding to transactions with credit derivatives used in intermediation activities:

TABLE 35: Counterparty risk. Transactions with credit derivatives used in intermediation activities

 

                                 12/31/2015  
     Total
notional
amount of
the
transactions
     Types of Derivatives  

(Million euros)

2015

Classification of derivatives

      (CDS) on
individual
names
     On
indexes
(CDSI)
     Nth to
default
baskets
     Derivatives
on
tranches
(CDO)
 

Protection purchased

     15,180         6,651         8,184         205         140   

Protection sold

     15,522         6,869         8,508         0         145   
                                 12/31/2014  
     Total
notional
amount of
the
transactions
     Types of Derivatives  

(Million euros)

2014

Classification of derivatives

      (CDS) on
individual
names
     On
indexes
(CDSI)
     Nth to
default
baskets
     Derivatives
on
tranches
(CDO)
 

Protection purchased

     22,843         7,817         14,300         551         175   

Protection sold

     22,291         8,222         13,811         82         175   

As of year-end 2015 and 2014, the Group did not use credit derivatives in brokerage activities as collateral.

3.2.6.3. CVA charge requirements

The capital for CVA aims to cover losses caused by changes in MtM due to changes in the CVA (accounting adjustment)

 

Page 76


LOGO

 

The amounts indicated below regarding the adjustments for credit risks are listed in millions of euros as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

TABLE 36: Credit risk. Capital requirements by Credit Valuation Adjustments (CVA)

 

2015              

2015

   EAD after CRM      RWA  

Total portfolios subject to capital requirement by Advanced CVA

     —           —     

(i) VaR component (included multiplied x3)

     —           —     

(ii) Stressed VaR component (included multiplied x3)

     —           —     

Total portfolios subject to capital requirement by Standarized CVA

     12,993         3,833   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total subject to capital requirement by CVA

     12,993         3,833   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
2014              

2014

   EAD after CRM      RWA  

Total portfolios subject to capital requirement by Advanced CVA

     —           —     

(i) VaR component (included multiplied x3)

     —           —     

(ii) Stressed VaR component (included multiplied x3)

     —           —     

Total portfolios subject to capital requirement by Standarized CVA

     14,160         5,960   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total subject to capital requirement by CVA

     14,160         5,960   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Below are the variations in terms of RWAs during the period:

TABLE 37: Variations in terms of RWAs of CVA

 

Million euros  

CVA

 

RWA´s Dec 14

     5,960   

        Effects

  

Asset size

     -2,127   

RWA´s Dec 15

     3,833   

3.2.7. Information on securitizations

3.2.7.1. General characteristics of securitizations

3.2.7.1.1. Purpose of securitization

The Group’s current policy on securitization considers a program of recurrent issue, with a deliberate diversification of securitized assets that adjusts their volume to the Bank’s capital requirements and to market conditions.

This program is complemented by all the other finance and equity instruments, thereby diversifying the need to resort to wholesale markets.

The definition of the strategy and the execution of the operations, as with all other wholesale finance and capital management, is supervised by the Assets & Liabilities Committee, with the pertinent internal authorizations obtained directly from the Board of Directors or from the Executive Committee.

The main aim of securitization is to serve as an instrument for the efficient management of the balance sheet, above all as a source of liquidity at an efficient cost, obtaining liquid assets through eligible collateral, as a complement to other financial instruments. In addition, there are other secondary objectives associated with the use of securitization instruments, such as freeing up of regulatory capital by transferring risk and the freeing of potential excess generic provisions, provided that the volume of the first-loss tranche and the ability to transfer risk allow it.

 

Page 77


LOGO

 

3.2.7.1.2. Functions pursued in the securitization process and degree of involvement

The Group’s degree of involvement in its securitization funds is not usually restricted to the mere role of assignor and administrator of the securitized portfolio.

CHART 18: Functions performed in the securitization process and Group’s involvement level

 

LOGO

As can be seen in the above chart, the Group has usually taken additional roles such as:

 

    Payment Agent.

 

    Provider of the treasury account.

 

    Provider of the subordinated loan and of the loan for start-up costs, with the former being the one that finances the first-loss tranche, and the latter financing the fund’s fixed expenditure.

 

    Administrative agent of the securitized portfolio

The Group has not assumed the role of sponsor of securitizations originated by third-party institutions.

The Group’s balance sheet maintains the first-loss tranches of all securitizations performed.

It is worth noting that the Group has maintained a consistent line in the generation of securitization operations since the credit crunch, which began in July 2007. Accordingly:

 

    There have been no transfers of risk through synthetic securitizations. All operations have involved traditional securitizations with simple structures in which the underlying assets were loans or financial leasing.

 

    It has not been involved in recurrent structures such as conduits or SIVs; instead, all of its issues have been one-offs.

 

Page 78


LOGO

 

3.2.7.1.3. Methods used for the calculation of risk-weighted exposures in its securitization activity

The methods used to calculate risk-weighted exposures in securitizations are:

 

    The standardized approach: when this method is used for fully securitized exposures, in full or in a predominant manner if it involves a mixed portfolio.

 

    The IRB approach: when internal models are used for securitized exposures, in full or in a predominant manner. Within the alternatives of the IRB approach, use is made of the model based on external ratings.

3.2.7.2. Risk transfer in securitization activities

A securitization fulfills the criterion of significant and effective transfer of risk, and therefore falls within the solvency framework of the securitizations, when it meets the conditions laid down in Articles 244.2 and 243.2 of the solvency regulation.

3.2.7.3. Investment or retained securitizations

The table below shows the amounts in terms of EAD of investment and retained securitization positions by type of exposure, tranches and weighting ranges corresponding to securitizations.

In the case of originated securitizations, only those in which the Group fulfills the criteria for transfer of risk as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are included.

TABLE 38: Amounts in terms of EAD of investment and retained securitization positions

Investment positions as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

(Million euros)                                                                    
2015              EAD broken down by ECAI tranches  

2015

Security
Type

   Exposure Type    Tranche    Standardized      Advanced      Total  
         20%      40%;50%;
100%;225%;
350%;650%
     1250%      Total
Standardized
     20%      40%;50%;
100%;225%;
350%;650%
     1250%      Total
Advanced
    

Investment

   Balance-sheet
exposure
   Preferential      2,450               2,450         367               367         2,817   
      Intermediate         233            233            593            593         825   
      First-loss            —           —                 —           —           —     
   Off-balance-sheet
exposure
   Preferential               —                    —           —     
      Intermediate               —                    —           —     
      First-loss               —                    —           —     
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

           2,450         233         —           2,683         367         593         —           959         3,642   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retained

   Balance-sheet
exposure
   Preferential      412               412         —                 —           412   
      Intermediate         66            66            —              —           66   
      First-loss            127         127               14         14         141   
   Off-balance-sheet
exposure
   Preferential               —                    —           —     
      Intermediate               —                    —           —     
      First-loss               —                    —           —     
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

           412         66         127         605         —           —           14         14         619   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retained positions as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

Page 79


LOGO

 

2014              EAD broken down by ECAI tranches         
               Standardized      Advanced         

2014

Security Type

   Exposure Type    Tranche    20%      40%;50%;
100%;225%;
350%;650%
     1250%      Total
Standardized
     20%      40%;50%
;100%;225%
;350%;650%
     1250%      Total
Advanced
     Total  

Investment

   Balance-sheet
exposure
   Preferential      2,058         —           —           2,058         63         —           —           63         2,121   
      Intermediate      —           325         —           325         —           793         —           793         1,117   
      First-loss      —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     
   Off-balance-sheet
exposure
   Preferential      —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     
      Intermediate      —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     
      First-loss      —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

           2,058         325         —           2,383         63         793         —           856         3,239   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retained

   Balance-sheet
exposure
   Preferential      3         —           —           3         22         —           —           22         25   
      Intermediate      —           45         —           45         —           0         —           0         45   
      First-loss      —           —           135         135         —           —           145         145         280   
   Off-balance-sheet
exposure
   Preferential      —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     
      Intermediate      —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     
      First-loss      —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —           —     
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

           3         45         135         183         22         0         145         167         351   
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Below are details of the RWAs by model, as well as the main variations during the period:

TABLE 39: Distribution of securitizations subject to risk weighting and deducted from capital

 

Securitization Risk

 

Category

  

Model

   RWAs  

1. Subject to risk weighting

   Standardized      1,049   
   Advanced      345   

Subtotal 1

        1,395   

2. Deducted from capital

   Standardized      994   
   Advanced      119   

Subtotal 2

        1,113   
     

 

 

 

TOTAL

        2,507   
     

 

 

 

TABLE 40: Variations in terms of RWAs of investment and retained securitizations

 

Million euros       

Securitization Risk

 

RWA´s Dec 14

     1,777   

Efectos

  

Asset size

     -382   

RWA´s Dec 15

     1,395   

 

3.2.7.4. Originated securitizations

3.2.7.4.1. Rating agencies used

The rating agencies that have been involved in the Group’s issues that fulfill the criteria of risk transfer and fall within the securitizations solvency framework are, generally, Fitch, Moody’s, S&P and DBRS.

In all the SSPEs, the agencies have assessed the risk of the entire issuance structure:

 

    Awarding ratings to all bond tranches.

 

    Establishing the volume of the credit enhancement.

 

Page 80


LOGO

 

    Establishing the necessary triggers (early termination of the restitution period, pro-rata amortization of AAA classes, pro-rata amortization of series subordinated to AAA and amortization of the reserve fund, amongst others).

In each and every one of the issues, in addition to the initial rating, the agencies carry out regular quarterly monitoring.

3.2.7.4.2. Breakdown of securitized balances by type of asset

The next tables give the current outstanding balance, non-performing exposures and impairment losses recognized in the period corresponding to the underlying assets of originated securitizations, in which risk transfer criteria are fulfilled, broken down by type of asset, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

TABLE 41: Breakdown of securitized balances by type of asset

 

2015

 

Type of asset

   Current
balance
     Of which:
Non-performing
Exposures (1)
     Total
impairment
losses for
the period
 

Commercial and residential mortgages

     51         10         1   

Credit cards

     0         0         0   

Financial leasing

     141         19         6   

Lending to corporates and SMEs

     162         25         5   

Consumer finance

     12         2         4   

Receivables

     0         0         0   

Securitization balances

     0         0         0   

Others

     0         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     366         56         17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Page 81


LOGO

 

2014

 

Type of asset

   Current
balance
     Of which:
Non-performing
Exposures (1)
     Total
impairment
losses for
the period
 

Commercial and residential mortgages

     155         24         1   

Credit cards

     0         0         0   

Financial leasing

     206         26         1   

Lending to corporates and SMEs

     296         46         7   

Consumer finance

     142         11         22   

Receivables

     0         0         0   

Securitization balances

     0         0         0   

Others

     0         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     798         108         32   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2015 and 2014, there were no securitizations that fulfill the transfer criteria according to the requirements of the solvency regulation, and, therefore, no results were recognized.

BBVA has been the structurer of all transactions effected since 2006 (excluding the transactions for the merged company Unnim and Catalunya Banc).

The table below shows the outstanding balance of underlying assets of securitizations originated by the Group, in which risk transfer criteria are not fulfilled. These, therefore, are not included in the solvency framework for securitizations; the capital exposed is calculated as if they had not been securitized:

TABLE 42: Outstanding balance corresponding to the underlying assets of the Group’s originated securitizations, in which risk transfer criteria are not fulfilled

 

               
     Current Balance  
Type of asset    2015      2014  

Commercial and residential mortgages

     33,209         22,916   

Credit cards

     0         0   

Financial leasing

     13         14   

Lending to corporates and SMEs

     589         2,525   

Consumer finance

     2,055         1,071   

Receivables

     0         0   

Securitization balances

     1,407         58   

Mortgage-covered bonds

     0         0   

Others

     0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     37,272         26,584   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Page 82


LOGO

 

3.2.8. Information on credit risk mitigation techniques

3.2.8.1. Hedging based on netting operations on and off the balance sheet

Within the limits established by the rules on netting in each one of the countries in which it operates, the Group negotiates with its customers the assignment of the derivatives business to master agreements (e.g., ISDA or CMOF) that include the netting of off-balance sheet transactions.

The clauses of each agreement determine in each case the transactions subject to netting.

The mitigation of counterparty risk exposure stemming from the use of mitigation techniques (netting plus the use of collateral agreements) leads to a reduction in overall exposure (current market value plus potential risk).

As pointed out above, financial assets and liabilities may be the object of netting, in other words presentation for a net amount on the balance sheet, only when the Group’s entities comply with the provisions of IAS 32 - Paragraph 42, and thus have the legal right to offset the amounts recognized, and the intention to settle the net amount or to divest the asset and pay the liability at the same time.

3.2.8.2. Hedging based on collaterals

3.2.8.2.1. Management and valuation policies and procedures

The procedures for management and valuation of collateral are included in the Policies and Procedures for Retail and Wholesale Credit Risk.

These Policies and Procedures lay down the basic principles of credit risk management, which includes the management of the collateral assigned in transactions with customers.

Accordingly, the risk management model jointly values the existence of a suitable cash flow generation by the obligor that enables them to service the debt, together with the existence of suitable and sufficient guarantees that ensure the recovery of the credit when the obligor’s circumstances render them unable to meet their obligations.

The valuation of the collateral is governed by prudential principles that involve the use of appraisal for real-estate guarantees, market price for shares, quoted value of shares in a mutual fund, etc.

The milestones under which the valuations of the collaterals must be updated in accordance with local regulation are established under these prudential principles.

With respect to the entities that carry out the valuation of the collateral, principles are in place in accordance with local regulations that govern their level of relationship and dependence with the Group and their recognition by the local regulator. These valuations will be updated by statistical methods, indices or appraisals of goods, which shall be carried out under the generally accepted standards in each market and in accordance with local regulations.

All collateral assigned is to be properly instrumented and recorded in the corresponding register, and approved by the Group’s legal units.

 

Page 83


LOGO

 

3.2.8.2.2. Types of collaterals

As collateral for the purpose of calculating equity, the Group uses the coverage established in the solvency regulations. The following are the main collaterals available in the Group:

 

    Mortgage collateral: The collateral is the property upon which the loan is arranged.

 

    Financial collateral: Their object is any one of the following financial assets, as per articles 197 and 198 of the solvency regulations.

 

    Cash deposits, deposit certificates or similar securities.

 

    Debt securities issued for the different categories.

 

    Shares or convertible bonds.

 

    Other property and rights used as collateral. The following property and rights are considered acceptable as collateral as per article 200 of the solvency regulations.

 

    Cash deposits, deposit certificates or similar instruments held in third-party institutions other than the lending credit institution, when these are pledged in favor of the latter.

 

    Life insurance policies pledged in favor of the lending credit institution.

 

    Debt securities issued by other institutions, provided that these securities are to be repurchased at a pre-set price by the issuing institutions at the request of the holder of the securities.

The value of the exposure covered with financial collateral and other collateral calculated using the standardized approach is as follows:

TABLE 43: Exposure covered with financial collateral and other collateral calculated using the standardized approach

 

2015 (Million euros)

2015

Categories of Exposure

   Standardized Approach      Advanced Measurement Approach  
   Exposure
covered by
financial
collateral
     Exposure
covered by
other eligible
collateral
     Exposure covered by
financial collateral
     Exposure covered by
other eligible
collateral
 

Central governments or central banks

     6,566         —           1         7   

Regional governments or local authorities

     14         —           —           —     

Public sector entities

     179         —           —           —     

Multilateral Development Banks

     —           —           —           —     

International organizations

     —           —           —           —     

Institutions

     4,140         1         39,909         1,521   

Corporates

     7,157         298         34,624         1,985   

Retail

     719         56         —           —     

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     84         309         —           —     

Exposures in default

     39         18         —           —     

Items associated with particularly high risk

     1         —           —           —     

Covered bonds

     7         —           —           —     

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

     —           —           —           —     

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

     144         —           —           —     

Other exposures

     6         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPOSURE VALUE AFTER GUARANTEES

     19,055         682         74,534         3,512   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Page 84


LOGO

 

2014 (Million euros)

2014

Categories of Exposure

   Standardized Approach      Advanced Measurement Approach  
   Exposure
covered by
financial
collateral
     Exposure
covered by
other eligible
collateral
     Exposure covered by
financial collateral
     Exposure covered by
other eligible
collateral
 

Central governments or central banks

     3,000         —           1         7   

Regional governments or local authorities

     14         —           —           —     

Public sector entities

     362         38         —           —     

Multilateral Development Banks

     —           —           —           —     

International organizations

     —           —           —           —     

Institutions

     391         2         59,901         1,670   

Corporates

     3,219         145         38,878         4,549   

Retail

     1,276         59         —           —     

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     129         306         —           —     

Exposures in default

     98         15         —           —     

Items associated with particularly high risk

     2         —           —           —     

Covered bonds

     —           —           —           —     

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

     229         —           —           —     

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

     74         —           —           —     

Other exposures

     3         —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPOSURE VALUE AFTER GUARANTEES

     8,796         564         98,781         6,225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

3.2.8.3. Hedging based on personal guarantees

According to the solvency regulations, signature guarantees are personal guarantees, including those arising from credit insurance, that have been granted by the providers of coverage defined in articles 201 and 202 of the solvency regulations.

In the category of Retail exposure under the advanced measurement approach, guarantees impact on the PD and do not reduce the amount of the credit risk in EAD.

The total value of the exposure covered with personal guarantees is as follows:

 

Page 85


LOGO

 

TABLE 44: Exposure covered by personal guarantees. Standardized and advanced approach

 

(Million euros)    Exposure covered by
personal guarantees
 

Categories of Exposure

   2014      2015  

Central governments or central banks

     —           —     

Regional governments or local authorities

     86         63   

Public sector entities

     2,661         2,754   

Multilateral Development Banks

     —           —     

International organizations

     —           —     

Institutions

     1         594   

Corporates

     2,238         2,486   

Retail

     996         1,203   

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     1,229         1,075   

Exposures in default

     514         280   

Items associated with particularly high risk

     139         48   

Covered bonds

     —           —     

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

     —           —     

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

     —           —     

Other exposures

     1,230         1,067   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPOSURE VALUE AFTER COLLATERAL UNDER STANDARDIZED APPROACH

     9,094         9,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Central governments or central banks

     649         722   

Institutions

     847         809   

Retail

     —           31   

Corporates

     5,948         5,961   

Of which: SMEs

     871         1,950   

Of which: SMEs subject to corrector factor

     844         —     

Of which: others

     4,233         4,011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL EXPOSURE VALUE AFTER COLLATERAL UNDER ADVANCED APPROACH

     7,444         7,523   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     16,538         17,094   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

3.2.8.4. Risk concentration

BBVA has established the measurement, monitoring and reporting criteria for the analysis of large credit exposures that could represent a risk of concentration, with the aim of guaranteeing their alignment with the risk appetite defined in the Group.

In particular, measurement and monitoring criteria are established for large exposures at the level of individual concentrations, concentrations of retail portfolios and wholesale sectors, and geographical concentrations.

A quarterly measurement and monitoring process has been established for reviewing the risks of concentration.

3.2.9. RWA density by geographical area

A summary of the average weighting percentages by exposure category existing in the main geographical areas in which the Group operates is shown below, for the purpose of obtaining an overview of the entity’s risk profile in terms of RWAs.

 

Page 86


LOGO

 

TABLE 45: Breakdown of RWAs density by geographical area and approach

 

     RWA density (*)  

2015

Category of exposure

   TOTAL     Spain     Turkey     Eurasia     Mexico     The
United
States
    South America     Rest of the
World
 

Central governments or central banks

     25     15 % (1)      46     3     0     2     64     0

Regional governments or local authorities

     44     5     61     20     0     58     58     0

Public sector entities

     52     41     4     1     20     5     89     0

Multilateral Development Banks

     67     18     0     0     0     0     67     0

International organizations

     0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0

Institutions

     29     16     44     21     26     31     35     25

Corporates

     96     73     100     97     84     96     99     100

Retail

     70     64     66     74     75     70     75     66

Secured by mortgages on immovable property

     39     40     39     39     36     37     41     89

Exposures in default

     108     110     118     102     100     101     109     100

Items associated with particularly high risk

     93     94     0     20     0     0     0     0

Covered bonds

     47     0     0     0     47     0     0     0

Short-term claims on institutions and corporate

     31     22     0     28     100     20     26     0

Collective investments undertakings (CIU)

     23     30     0     20     0     20     100     0

Other exposures

     55     82     51     11     48     33     34     0

Securitized positions

     31     64     0     0     46     23     0     0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK BY THE STANDARDIZED APPROACH

     53     34     71     34     34     60     70     49
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Central governments or central banks

     4     7     2     2     13     0     7     16

Institutions

     12     18     50     6     3     29     27     10

Corporates

     57     60     71     53     65     41     56     53

Retail

     21     16     22     37     100     24     30     31

Securitized positions

     35     35     0     0     0     0     0     0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK BY THE ADVANCED MEASUREMENT APPROACH

     31     28     50     25     73     30     46     36
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL CREDIT RISK DILUTION AND DELIVERY

     44     30     70     28     47     56     69     38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note: Positions in equity are not included.

(*) Calculated as RWAs/EAD
(1) In Spain, under the category of central governments and central banks, deferred tax assets are included .

As shown, the Group has a RWA density below 50%, with the lowest densities (RW) concentrated in the euro zone countries (in line with the rest of Spanish peers) and the highest in the Americas and Turkey. The reason for this lies in:

 

  The weight that the advanced measurement approaches represent in Spain with respect to the rest of the countries in which the Group operates, as explained in section 4.2.3.

 

  The RWs applied to European PAs represent a small percentage with respect to the RWs applied to the PAs outside the euro zone.

 

  Moreover, the exposures in Europe with institutional counterparties (which have a low associated RW) represent a higher percentage of the portfolio’s total than in the rest of the Group’s countries.

3.2.10. Risk protection and reduction policies. Supervision strategies and processes

In most cases, maximum exposure to credit risk is reduced by collateral, credit enhancements and other actions which mitigate the Group’s exposure. The Group applies a credit risk protection and mitigation policy deriving from its business model focused on relationship banking.

On this basis, the provision of guarantees may be a necessary instrument but one that is not sufficient when taking risks; this is because for the Group to assume risks, it needs to verify the payment or resource generation capacity to comply with repayment of the risk incurred under the agreed conditions.

This is carried out through a prudent risk management policy which involves analyzing the financial risk in a transaction, based on the repayment or resource generation capacity of the credit receiver, the provision of guarantees -in any of the generally accepted ways (monetary, collateral or personal guarantees and hedging)- appropriate to the risk borne, and lastly on the valuation of the recovery risk (the asset’s liquidity) of the guarantees received.

 

Page 87


LOGO

 

The procedures for the management and valuation of collateral are set out in the Credit Risk Management Policies and Procedures (retail and wholesale), which establish the basic principles for credit risk management, including the management of collateral assigned in transactions with customers.

The methods used to value the collateral are in line with the best market practices and imply the use of appraisal of real-estate collateral, the market price in market securities, the trading price of shares in mutual funds, etc. All collateral assigned must be properly drawn up and entered in the corresponding register. They must also have the approval of the Group’s legal units.

The following is a description of the main types of collateral for each financial instrument class:

 

    Trading book: The guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are implicit in the clauses of the instrument.

 

    Trading and hedging derivatives: In derivatives, credit risk is minimized through contractual netting agreements, where positive- and negative-value derivatives with the same counterparty are offset for their net balance. There may likewise be other kinds of guarantees, depending on counterparty solvency and the nature of the transaction.

 

    Other financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss and available-for-sale financial assets: Guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent in the structure of the instrument.

 

    Loans and receivables:

 

    Loans and advances to credit institutions: These usually only have the counterparty’s personal guarantee.

 

    Loans and advances to customers: Most of these operations are backed by personal guarantees extended by the counterparty. There may also be collateral to secure loans and advances to customers (such as mortgages, cash guarantees, pledged securities and other collateral), or to obtain other credit enhancements (bonds, hedging, etc.).

 

    Debt securities: Guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent in the structure of the instrument.

3.3. Market risk

3.3.1. Scope and nature of the market risk measurement and reporting systems

Market risk originates in the possibility that there may be losses in the value of positions held due to movements in the market variables that affect the valuation of financial products and assets in trading activity.

The main risks generated may be classified into the following groups:

 

Page 88


LOGO

 

    Interest-rate risk: They arise as a result of exposure to the movement in the different interest-rate curves on which there is trading. Although the typical products generating sensitivity to movements in interest rates are money market products (deposits, futures on interest rates, call money swaps, etc.) and the traditional interest-rate derivatives (swaps, interest-rate options such as caps, floors, swaptions, etc.), practically all the financial products have some exposure to movements in interest rates due to the effect of the financial discount in valuing them.

 

    Equity Risk: Arises as a result of movements in the price of shares. This risk is generated in the spot share price positions, as well as any derivative product whose underlying is a share or equity index. Dividend risk is a sub-risk of equity risk, as an input of any equity option. Its variability may affect the valuation of positions and thus it is a factor that generates risk on the books.

 

    Currency risk: It occurs due to a movement in the exchange rates of the currencies in which the position is held. As in the case of equity risk, this risk is generated in the spot foreign-currency positions, as well as any derivative product whose underlying is an exchange rate.

 

    In addition, the quanto effect (transactions where the underlying and the nominal of the transaction are denominated in different currencies) means that in certain transactions where the underlying is not a currency an exchange-rate risk is generated that has to be measured and monitored.

 

    Credit-spread risk: Credit spread is a market indicator of the credit quality of an issuer. The spread risk takes place due to variations in the levels of spread in corporate or government issuers and affects both bond and credit derivative positions.

 

    Volatility risk: This occurs as a result of variations in the levels of implied volatility in the price of different market instruments in which derivatives are traded. This risk, unlike the others, is exclusively a component of derivative transactions and is defined as a risk of first-order convexity that is generated in all the possible underlying transactions where there are products with an optionality that require a volatility input for their valuation.

The metrics developed for the control and monitoring of market risk in BBVA Group are aligned with the best market practices and implemented consistently in all the local market risk units.

The standard metric for measuring market risk is Value at Risk (VaR), which indicates the maximum losses that may be incurred in the portfolios at a given confidence level (99%) and time horizon (one day).

Chapter 3.3.4 explains in more detail the risk measurement models used in BBVA Group, focused on internal models approved by the supervisor for BBVA S.A. and BBVA Bancomer for the purpose of calculating the capital for positions in the trading portfolio. Both entities contribute around 80% of the market risk of the Group’s trading portfolio.

For the rest of the geographical areas (South America and Compass), the calculation of capital for the risk positions in the trading portfolio is carried out using the standard model.

The analysis of the entity’s RWA structure shows that 3% corresponds to Market Risk.

 

Page 89


LOGO

 

3.3.2. Differences in the trading book for the purposes of applying the solvency regulations and accounting criteria

According to the solvency regulations, the trading book shall be made up of all the positions in financial instruments and commodities that the credit institution holds for the purpose of trading or that act as hedging for other elements in this book.

With respect to this book, the rule also refers to the need to establish clearly defined policies and procedures.

For this purpose, regulatory trading book activities defined by the BBVA Group include the positions managed by the Group’s Trading units, for which market risk limits are set and then monitored daily. Moreover, they comply with the other requirements defined in the solvency regulations.

The trading book as an accounting concept is not confined to any business area, but rather follows the true reflection criteria laid down in the accounting regulations. Included in this category are all the financial assets and liabilities originated, acquired or issued with the aim of short-term redemption or repurchase, whether they are part of a jointly-managed portfolio of instruments for which there is evidence of recent action to obtain short-term gains, or derivative instruments that do not comply with the definition of a collateral contract and have not been designated as hedge accounting instruments. Hence, for example, all derivatives are booked as accounting trading book unless they are hedging derivatives, regardless of whether or not they are part of the Trading units’ exposure or they come from other business areas.

3.3.3. Standardized approach

The positions subject to the application of the standardized approach in the calculation of the capital requirements for market risk have a limited weight on the total exposure in the Group’s trading books (around 22%).

The amount of required capital amounts to €968 million, as described in section 2.4 of this document.

With respect to 2014, there is an increase of €27 million in the requirements, due mainly to the increase in the book position.

TABLE 46: Variations in terms of RWAs for the Market Risk

Below is a presentation of the market risk exposure under the standardized approaches as at December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

Million Euros  
Market Risk  

RWA´s Dec 14

     11,823   

Effects

   Asset size      333   

RWA´s Dec 15

     12,156   

 

Page 90


LOGO

 

3.3.4. Internal Models

3.3.4.1. Scope of application

For the purposes of calculating capital as approved by the supervisor, the scope of application of the internal market risk model extends to BBVA S.A. and BBVA Bancomer Trading Floors.

Below are the items on the consolidated balance sheet (for accounting purposes) of the above entities subject to market risk, indicating the part whose measurement falls within the internal VaR models:

TABLE 47: Trading Book. Items on the balance sheet subject to market risk under internal model

2015 (Million euros)

 

2015    Main market risk metrics  
Items on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet subject to market risk    VaR      Others*  

Assets subject to market risk

     

Trading book

     64,370         4,712   

Assets at fair value through P/L

     —           —     

Available-for-sale financial assets

     8,234         50,088   

Of which: Equity instruments of AFS

     —           4,067   

Hedging derivatives

     528         1,888   

Liabilities subject to market risk

     

Trading book

     42,550         6,277   

Liabilities at fair value through P/L

     —           —     

Hedging derivatives

     1,128         806   

 

(*) Mainly includes the assets and liabilities whose measurement is part of the structural risk management framework (ALCO).

The trading book subject to the internal model (BBVA S.A. and Bancomer) represents a gross amount of 117,909 million, accounting for 90% of the Group’s total trading book.

3.3.4.2. Features of the models used

The measurement procedures are established in terms of the possible impact of negative market conditions, both under ordinary circumstances and in situations of tension, on the trading book of the Group’s Global Markets units.

The standard metric for measuring market risk is Value at Risk (VaR), which indicates the maximum losses that may be incurred in the portfolios at a given confidence level (99%) and time horizon (one day).

This statistic is widely used in the market and has the advantage of summarizing in a single metric the risks inherent in trading activity, taking into account the relations between all of them, and providing the forecast of the losses that the trading book might incur as a result of price variations in equity markets, interest rates, exchange rates and commodities. In addition, for certain positions, other risks also need to be considered, such as credit spread risk, basis risk, volatility and correlation risk.

With respect to the risk measurement models used in BBVA Group, the supervisor has authorized the use of the internal model for the calculation of capital for the risk positions in the trading book of BBVA, S.A. and BBVA Bancomer which, together, contribute more than 80% of the market risk of the Group’s trading book.

The model used estimates the VaR in accordance with the “historical simulation” methodology, which involves estimating the losses and gains that would have been incurred in the current portfolio if the changing market conditions that occurred over a given period of time were repeated. Based on this information, it infers the maximum foreseeable

 

Page 91


LOGO

 

loss in the current portfolio with a given level of confidence. The model has the advantage of accurately reflecting the historical distribution of the market variables and of not requiring any specific distribution assumption. The historical period used in this model is two years.

VaR figures are estimated following two methodologies:

 

    VaR without smoothing, which awards equal weight to the daily information for the previous two years. This is currently the official methodology for measuring market risks vis-à-vis limits compliance.

 

    VaR with smoothing, which weighs more recent market information more heavily. This metric is supplementary to the one above.

VaR with smoothing adapts itself more swiftly to the changes in financial market conditions, whereas VaR without smoothing is, in general, a more stable metric that will tend to exceed VaR with smoothing when the markets show less volatile trends, but be lower when they present upturns in uncertainty.

Furthermore, and following the guidelines established by Spanish and European regulators, BBVA incorporates additional VaR metrics to fulfill the regulatory requirements issued by the supervisor for the purpose of calculating capital for the trading book. Specifically, the new measures incorporated in the Group since December 2011 (which follow the guidelines set out by Basel 2.5) are as follows:

 

    VaR: In regulatory terms, the charge for VaR Stress is added to the charge for VaR and the sum of both (VaR and VaR Stress) is calculated. This quantifies the loss associated with movements in the risk factors inherent in market operations (interest rate, FX, RV, credit, etc.).

Both VaR and VaR Stress are rescaled by a regulatory multiplier set at three and by the square root of ten to calculate the capital charge.

 

    Specific Risk: IRC. Quantification of non-performing risk and downgrade risk in the rating of some positions held in the portfolio, such as bonds and credit derivatives. The specific risk capital for IRC is a charge used exclusively for geographical areas with an approved internal model (BBVA S.A. and Bancomer).

The capital charge is determined based on the associated losses (at 99.9% over a time horizon of 1 year under the assumption of constant risk) resulting from the rating migration and/or Exposures in default of the asset’s issuer. Also included is the price risk in sovereign positions for the indicated items.

 

    Specific Risk: Securitizations and Correlation Portfolios. Capital charge for the securitizations and the correlation portfolio for potential losses associated with the rating level of a given credit structure (rating). Both are calculated using the standardized approach. The perimeter of the correlation portfolios is referred to FTD-type market operations and/or market CDO tranches, and only for positions with an active market and hedging capacity.

Validity tests are performed periodically on the risk measurement models used by the Group. They estimate the maximum loss that could have been incurred in the positions assessed with a certain level of probability (backtesting), as well as measurements of the impact of extreme market events on risk positions (stress testing).

Backtesting is performed at the trading desk level as an additional control measure in order to carry out a more specific monitoring of the validity of the measurement models.

 

Page 92


LOGO

 

The current market risk management structure includes the monitoring of limits. This monitoring consists of a system of limits based on VaR (Value at Risk) and economic capital (based on VaR measurements) and VaR sub-limits, as well as stop-loss limits for each of the Group’s business units. The global limits are proposed by the market risk unit and approved by the Executive Committee on an annual basis, once they have been submitted to the GRMC and the Risk Committee. This limits structure is developed by identifying specific risks by type, trading activity and trading desk. Moreover, the market risk unit maintains consistency between the limits. The control structure in place is supplemented by limits on loss and a system of alert signals to anticipate the effects of adverse situations in terms of risk and/or result.

3.3.4.2.1. Market risk in 2015

In 2015, the average VaR was €24 million, slightly higher than in 2014, with a maximum level for the year on March 4 of €30 million.

The following values (maximum, minimum, average and at year end within the statement period) are given based on the different model types used for calculating the capital requirement:

TABLE 48: VaR by model types

 

IMA values for trading portfolios (2015)  
VaR (10 day 99%)   

1

   Maximum value      48,635   

2

   Average value      36,116   

3

   Minimum value      23,863   

4

   Period value      36,849   
Stressed VaR (10 day 99%)   

5

   Maximum value      79,703   

6

   Average value      50,169   

7

   Minimum value      34,156   

8

   Period value      46,884   
Incremental Risk Charge (99.9%)   

9

   Maximum value      151,841   

10

   Average value      98,104   

11

   Minimum value      48,620   

12

   Period value      65,843   

 

 

Page 93


LOGO

 

The following tables show VaR without smoothing by risk factor for the Group:

CHART 19: Trading Book. Trends in VaR without smoothing

 

LOGO

TABLE 49: Trading Book. VaR without smoothing by risk factors

 

(Million euros)

VaR by risk factors

   Interest-rate and
spread risk
     Exchange-rate risk      Equity risk      Vega/correlation risk      Diversification effect     Total  

2015

                

Average VaR for the period

                   24   

Maximum VaR for the period

     32         5         3         9         (18     30   

Minimum VaR for the period

     20         6         3         9         (17     21   

VaR at end of period

     21         9         3         11         (20     24   

2014

                

Average VaR for the period

                   23   

Maximum VaR for the period

     31         6         4         10         (22     28   

Minimum VaR for the period

     24         4         3         11         (23     20   

VaR at end of period

     30         5         2         7         (20     25   

By type of market risk assumed by the Group’s trading book, the main risk factor in the Group continues to be the one linked to interest rates, with a weight of 48% of the total at the end of 2015 (this figure includes the spread risk), with the relative weight dropping compared to the close of 2014 (67%). Foreign exchange risk accounts for 21%, increasing their proportion compared with December 2014 (12%), while equity risk and volatility and correlation risk have increased, with a weight of 32% at the close of 2015 (vs. 20% at the end of 2014).

In accordance with article 455 e) of the solvency regulations –corresponding to the breakdown of information on internal market risk models–, the elements comprising the capital requirements referred to in articles 364 and 365 of those regulations are presented below.

 

Page 94


LOGO

 

TABLE 50: Trading Book. Market risk. Regulatory capital

 

2015 (Million euros)                   
2015         Regulatory Capital  

Type of Risk

  

Item

   Spain      Mexico  

Market Risk BIS II

   VaR / CeR      91         99   

Market Risk BIS II.5

   VaR Stress      137         313   
   IRC      64         42   
   of which securitizations      14         12   
   of which correlation      76         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Market Risk

        383         466   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
2014 (Million euros)                   
2014         Regulatory Capital  

Type of Risk

  

Item

   Spain      Mexico  

Market Risk BIS II

   VaR / CeR      102         83   

Market Risk BIS II.5

   VaR Stress      140         209   
   IRC      95         82   
   of which securitizations      23         7   
   of which correlation      70         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Market Risk

        337         375   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The change is due mainly to the increase in exposure in internal models, specifically an increase in positioning in the bond portfolio and a slight increase in credit spreads.

 

3.3.4.2.2. Stress testing

All the tasks associated with stress, methodologies, scenarios of market variables or reports are undertaken in coordination with the Group’s Risk Areas.

Different stress test exercises are performed on the BBVA Group’s trading portfolios. Both local and global historical scenarios are used, which replicate the behavior of a past extreme event, for example, the collapse of Lehman Brothers or the Tequila crisis. These stress exercises are supplemented with simulated scenarios which aim to generate scenarios that have a significant impact on the different portfolios, but without being restricted to a specific historical scenario.

Lastly, for certain portfolios or positions, fixed stress test exercises are also prepared that have a significant impact on the market variables that affect those positions.

Historical scenarios

The base historical stress scenario in the BBVA Group is that of Lehman Brothers, whose sudden collapse in September 2008 had a significant impact on the behavior of financial markets at a global level. The most relevant effects of this historical scenario include:

1) Credit shock: reflected mainly in the increase in credit spreads and downgrades of credit ratings.

2) Increased volatility in most financial markets (giving rise to much variation in the prices of the different assets (currencies, equity, debt).

3) Liquidity shock in the financial systems, reflected in major fluctuations in interbank curves, particularly in the shortest sections of the euro and dollar curves.

 

Page 95


LOGO

 

TABLE 51: Trading Book. Impact on earnings in Lehman scenario

 

     Impact on earnings in Lehman scenario  

(millions of euros)

   12/31/2015      12/31/2014  

GM Europe, NY y Asia

     -30         -29   

GM Bancomer

     -37         -50   

GM Argentina

     0         -2   

GM Chile

     -4         -5   

GM Colombia

     -4         -2   

GM Perú

     -6         -13   

GM Venezuela

     -5         -3   

Simulated scenarios

Unlike the historical scenarios, which are fixed and, thus, do not adapt to the composition of portfolio risks at any given time, the scenario used to perform the economic stress exercises is based on the Resampling method. This methodology is based on the use of dynamic scenarios that are recalculated on a regular basis according to what the main risks in the trading portfolios are. A simulation exercise is carried out in a data window wide enough to include different stress periods (data is taken from 1-1-2008 until today) by the re-sampling of historical observations. This generates a distribution of gains and losses that allows an analysis of the most extreme events in the selected historical window.

The advantage of this methodology is that the stress period is not pre-established, but rather a function of the portfolio held at any given time; and the large number of simulations (10,000) means that the expected shortfall analysis can include richer information than that available in scenarios included in the VaR calculation.

The main features of this methodology are as follows:

a) The simulations generated follow the data correlation structure

b) It provides flexibility in terms of including new risk factors

c) It enables a great deal of variability to be introduced (which is desirable for considering extreme events)

The impact of the stress tests by simulated scenarios (Stress VaR 95% at 20 days, Expected Shortfall 95% at 20 days and Stress VaR 99% at 1 day) is shown below

 

Page 96


LOGO

 

TABLE 52: Trading Book. Stress resampling

 

     Million euros  
     Europe      Bancomer      Peru      Venezuela      Colombia      Chile  

Expected Shortfall

     -49         -43         -5         -13         -6         -9   

 

2015    Stress VaR      Expected Shortfall      Stress Period      Stress VaR 1D  
     95 20 D      95 20 D     

 

     99% Resampling  

TOTAL

     -67.7         -91.9         08/05/2008 - 25/09/2012         -28.1   

GM Europa, NY y Asia

     -36.9         -49.0         26/10/2010 - 25/09/2012         -15.0   

GM Bancomer

     -30.8         -42.8         08/05/2008 - 05/05/2010         -13.1   

 

3.3.4.2.3. Backtesting

The Group’s market risk measurement model needs to have a back-testing or self-validation program, which assures that the risk measurements being made are suitable.

The internal market risk model is validated on a regular basis by backtesting in both BBVA S.A. and Bancomer.

The purpose of backtesting is to validate the quality and accuracy of the internal model used by the BBVA Group to estimate the maximum daily loss for a portfolio, for a 99% confidence level and a time horizon of 250 days, by comparing the Group’s results and the risk measures generated by the model.

These tests confirmed that the internal market risk model used by BBVA S.A. and Bancomer is adequate and accurate.

Two types of backtesting were performed in 2015:

 

  a. “Hypothetical” backtesting: the daily VaR is compared with the results obtained without taking into account the intraday results or the changes in the portfolio’s positions. This validates that the market risk metric is appropriate for the end-of-day position.

 

  b. “Real” backtesting: the daily VaR is compared with the total results, including intraday operations, but deducting any possible allowances or commissions generated. This type of backtesting incorporates the intraday risk in the portfolios.

In addition, each of these two types of backtesting was performed at risk factor or type of business level, thus providing a more in-depth comparison of results versus risk measures.

 

Page 97


LOGO

 

CHART 20: Trading Book. Validation of the Market Risk Measurement model for BBVA S.A. Hypothetical backtesting

 

LOGO

CHART 21: Trading Book. Validation of the Market Risk Measurement model for BBVA S.A. Real backtesting

 

LOGO

 

Page 98


LOGO

 

BBVA Bancomer:

CHART 22: Trading Book. Validation of the Market Risk Measurement model for BBVA Bancomer. Hypothetical backtesting

 

LOGO

CHART 23: Trading Book. Validation of the Market Risk Measurement model for BBVA Bancomer. Real backtesting

 

LOGO

 

3.3.4.3. Characteristics of the risk management system

The Group has a risk management system in place which is appropriate for the volume of risks managed, complying with the functions set out in the Corporate Policy on Market Risks in Market Activities.

 

Page 99


LOGO

 

The risk units must have:

 

    A suitable organization (means, resources and experience) in line with the nature and complexity of the business.

 

    Segregation of functions and independence in decision-making.

 

    Performance under integrity and good governance principles, driving the best practices in the industry and complying with the rules, both internal (policies, procedures) and external (regulation, supervision, guidelines).

 

    The existence of channels for communication with the relevant corporate bodies at local level according to their corporate governance system, as well as with the Corporate Area.

 

    All market risks existing in the business units that carry out their activity in markets must be adequately identified, measured and assessed, and procedures must be in place for their control and mitigation.

 

    The Global Market Risk Unit (GMRU), as the unit responsible for managing market risk at Group level, must promote the use of objective and uniform metrics for measuring the different types of risks.

 

3.4. Structural risk in the equity portfolio

 

3.4.1. Scope and nature of the structural risk in the equity portfolio measurement and reporting systems

The BBVA Group’s exposure to structural risk in the equity portfolio basically results from the holdings in industrial and financial companies, with medium/long-term investment horizons. It includes the holdings consolidated in the Group, although their variations in value have no immediate effect on equity in this case.

This exposure is mitigated through net short positions held in derivatives on their underlying assets, which are used to limit portfolio sensitivity to potential falls in prices.

The GRM corporate area acts as an independent unit that is responsible for monitoring and analyzing risks, standardizing risk management metrics and providing tools that can anticipate potential deviations from targets.

It also monitors the level of compliance with the limits set, according to the Risk Appetite and as authorized by the Executive Committee. It reports on these levels regularly to the Global Risk Management Committee (GRMC), the Board’s Risk Committee and the Executive Committee, particularly in the case of overruns of the limits set.

The mechanisms of risk control and limitation hinge on the key aspects of exposure, earnings and economic capital. The structural equity risk management metrics designed by GRM according to the corporate model contribute to effective risk monitoring by estimating the sensitivity figures and the capital necessary to cover possible unexpected losses due to the variations in the value of the companies making up the Group’s equity portfolio, at a confidence level that corresponds to the institution’s target rating, and taking into account the liquidity of the positions and the statistical performance of the assets under consideration.

To carry out a more in-depth analysis, stress tests and sensitivity analyses are carried out from time to time against different simulated scenarios, using both past crisis situations and forecasts by BBVA Research as the base.

On a monthly basis, backtesting is carried out on the risk measurement model used.

 

Page 100


LOGO

 

3.4.2. Differentiation between portfolios held for sale and those held for strategic purposes

 

3.4.2.1. Portfolios held for sale

The portfolio held for sale is reflected in accounting terms by the entry entitled available-for-sale assets. In the case of capital instruments, this portfolio will include the capital instruments of institutions that are not strategic, which are not classified as the Group’s subsidiaries, associates, or jointly controlled businesses, and that have not been included in the fair value through profit or loss category.

 

3.4.2.2. Portfolios held for strategic purposes

The portfolio held for strategic purposes is included for accounting purposes under the heading of available-for-sale financial assets. An investment in capital instruments is considered strategic when it has been made with the intent of setting up or maintaining a long-term operating relationship with the subsidiary, although there is no significant influence on it, if at least one of the following situations is in place:

 

    Representation on the Board of Directors or equivalent management body in the subsidiary.

 

    Participation in the policy setting process, including those related to dividends and other payouts.

 

    The existence of significant transactions between the investing institution and the subsidiary.

 

    The exchange of senior management staff.

 

    The supply of expert information of an essential nature.

 

3.4.3. Accounting policies and instrument valuation

The financial instruments contained in the available-for-sale financial assets portfolio are valued at their fair value both in their initial entry and on subsequent valuations.

Said changes are recorded in equity unless objective evidence exists that the fall in value is due to asset impairment where the amounts recorded will be written-off from equity and they will be taken directly to the income statement.

The fair value is the price that would be received for selling an asset or paid for transferring a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. It is therefore a market-based measurement, and not specific to each entity.

The fair value is reached without making any deduction in transaction costs that might be incurred due to sale or disposal by other means.

In the initial entry, the best evidence of fair value is the listing price on an active market. When these prices are not available, recent transactions on the same instrument will be consulted or the valuation will be made using mathematical measurement models that are sufficiently tried and trusted by the international financial community. In subsequent valuations, fair value will be obtained by one of the following methods:

 

    Prices quoted on active markets for the same instrument, i.e., without modification or reorganizing in any way.

 

Page 101


LOGO

 

    Prices quoted on active markets for similar instruments or other valuation techniques in which all the meaningful inputs are used based on directly or indirectly observable market data.

 

    Valuation techniques in which some meaningful input is not based on observable market data.

When it is not possible to reliably estimate a capital instrument’s fair value, it will be valued at its cost.

 

3.4.4. Value of equity investments and capital instruments

The accompanying table shows the book value, exposure and RWAs of portfolios held for Value of equity investments and capital instruments:

TABLE 53: Breakdown of book value, EAD and RWAs of equity investments and capital instruments

 

                   12/31/2015  
     Equity investments and capital instruments (1)  

2015

   Book value      EAD      RWAs  

AFS (2)

     4,470         4,470         7,353   

Permanent Investment (3)

     5,154         4,948         12,170   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     9,624         9,418         19,522   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The ‘Other financial assets with changes in P&L’ portfolio has no balance.
(2) The difference between the book value and EAD is due to residual exposures whose capital use is calculated based on the credit risk models for the credit portfolio.
(3) The book value of permanent investment by company is shown in the annexes to this document.

 

                   12/31/2015  
     Equity investments and capital instruments (1)  

2014

   Book
value
     EAD      RWAs  

AFS (2)

     7,102         6,633         11,099   

Permanent Investment (3)

     4,234         4,063         10,764   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     11,335         10,696         21,863   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The ‘Other financial assets with changes in P&L’ portfolio has no balance.
(2) The difference between the book value and EAD is due to residual exposures whose capital use is calculated based on the credit risk models for the credit portfolio.
(3) The book value of permanent investment by company is shown in the annexes to this document.

Of the total Permanent Investment Portfolio, there is only a listing price for the company Brunara, for the amount of 54 and 52 million euros as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Page 102


LOGO

 

3.4.5. Exposure in equity investments and capital instruments

The accompanying table shows the types, nature and amounts of the original exposures in equity investments listed or unlisted on a stock market, with an item differentiating sufficiently diversified portfolios and other unlisted instruments:

TABLE 54: Exposure in equity investments and capital instruments

 

2015 (Million euros)  
     Type of Exposure (1)  

Item

   Non-derivatives      Derivatives  

Exchange-traded instruments

     4,151         214   

Non-exchange traded instruments

     4,944         109   

Included in sufficiently diversified portfolios

     4,944         109   

Other instruments

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     9,095         323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Notes

(1) Depending on their nature, equity instruments not included in Trading Book Activity will be separated into derivatives and non-derivatives. The amount shown refers to original exposure, i.e. gross exposure of value corrections through asset impairment and provisions, before applying risk mitigation techniques.

 

2014 (Million euros)    Type of Exposure (1)  

Item

   Non-derivatives      Derivatives  

Exchange-traded instruments

     6,154         314   

Non-exchange traded instruments

     4,114         115   

Included in sufficiently diversified portfolios

     4,114         115   

Other instruments

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10,267         429   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Notes

(1) Depending on their nature, equity instruments not included in Trading Book Activity will be separated into derivatives and non-derivatives. The amount shown refers to original exposure, i.e. gross exposure of value corrections through asset impairment and provisions, before applying risk mitigation techniques.

TABLE 55: Realized profit and loss from sales and settlements of equity investments and capital instruments

 

2015 (Million euros)                              
     2015      2014  
     Losses      Gains      Net      Losses      Gains      Net  

AFS

     20         91         72         10         165         155   

Permanent Investment

     2,222         23         -2,199         —           27         28   

In 2015, the realized losses correspond basically to the valuation at fair value of the stake held in the Garanti Group due to the change of the method of consolidation.

 

Page 103


LOGO

 

TABLE 56: Valuation adjustments for latent revaluation of equity investments and capital instruments

 

2015 (Million euros)       
     Valuation adjustments
for latent revaluation
 
     AFS  

Balance Dec 2014

     866   

Transactions

     -839   

Balance Dec 2015

     27   

Lastly, the trend and main changes in capital use are described for the positions subject to Equity Credit Risk as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

TABLE 57: Breakdown of RWAs, equity investments and capital instruments by applicable approach

 

(Million euros)                
     RWA´s  

Concept

   Internal
Models
     Simple
method
     PD/LGD
method
     Total  

12/31/2014

     1,613         9,838         10,413         21,863   

12/31/2015

     1,299         11,993         6,230         19,522   

TABLE 58: Variation in RWAs for Equity Risk

 

(Million euros)  

Equity Risk

 

RWA´s Dec 14

     21,863   

Effects

  

Asset size

     2,300   

Acquisitions and disposals

     -4,905   

Foreign exchange movements

     432   

Other

     -168   

RWA´s Dec 15

     19,522   

 

    Asset size: Arising from the revaluation of holdings (primarily BBVA Seguros).

 

    Acquisitions and disposals: Affected mainly by the different sales of BBVA Group’s stake in CNCB and partially offset by the acquisition of Catalunya Banc.

 

Page 104


LOGO

 

3.5. Structural exchange-rate risk

 

3.5.1. Scope and nature of the exchange-rate risk measurement and reporting systems

In BBVA Group, structural currency risk arises mainly from the consolidation of holdings in subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the euro.

Its management is centralized in order to optimize the joint handling of permanent foreign currency exposures, taking into account the diversification.

The GRM corporate area acts as an independent unit that is responsible for monitoring and analyzing risks, standardizing risk management metrics and providing tools that can anticipate potential deviations from targets.

It also monitors the level of compliance of established risk limits, and reports regularly to the Global Risk Management Committee (GRMC), the Board of Directors’ Risks Committee and the Executive Committee, particularly in the case of deviation or tension in the levels of risk assumed.

The Corporate Balance Sheet Management unit, through ALCO, designs and executes the hedging strategies with the main purpose of controlling the potential negative effects of exchange-rate fluctuations on capital ratios, as well as assuring the equivalent value in euros of the foreign-currency earnings of the Group’s subsidiaries, considering the transactions according to market expectations and their costs.

The risk tracking metrics in the limits are integrated in the management and supplemented with additional evaluation indicators. Within the corporate scope, they are based on probabilistic metrics that measure the maximum deviation in capital, CET1 (“Common Equity Tier 1”) ratio, and attributable profit. Probabilistic metrics enable an estimation of the overall impact of the exposure on the various currencies, considering the broad variability in listed currencies and their correlations.

The benefits of these metrics on the risk estimate is regularly reviewed through backtesting exercises. A structural currency risk control is supplemented with an analysis of scenarios and stress with a view to proactively identifying possible future threats to the future compliance of risk appetite levels to enable the adoption, as the case may be, of the pertinent preventive actions. The scenarios are based on historical and risk model-simulated situations, and the risk scenarios provided by BBVA Research.

As a result of the foregoing, there is an upturn in volatility on the foreign-exchange markets for emerging currencies. Also worth mentioning is the significant adjustment in the Argentinean and Venezuelan currencies, affected by the imbalances in both economies.

The level of exposure to the structural currency risk at the Group has decreased since the end of 2014 following the sale of stake in the Citic Group and the increase in hedging, focused on the Mexican peso. Thus, the risk mitigation level of the book value of BBVA Group’s holdings in foreign currency remained at 70% on average at the end of the year and coverage of earnings in foreign currencies in 2015 reached 46%. Sensitivity of the CET1 ratio to a 1% appreciation in the euro’s exchange rate against each foreign currency is: US dollar: +1.2 pbs; Mexican peso -0.4 pbs; Turkish lira -0.3 pbs; remaining currencies: -0.1 pbs.

Below is a visual display of the changes in the main currencies that make up the Group’s structural currency risk and that explain the trends in the exposure and RWAs of foreign companies due to the effect of changing currency prices.

 

Page 105


LOGO

 

CHART 24: Trends in the main currencies compromising the Group’s exposure to structural exchange-rate risk

 

LOGO

As regards the exchange rate changes in the market, in 2015, the strength of the United States dollar steady continuance of the trend began in 2014 was the most prominent aspect on the marketplace, together with the weakness of the currencies of the emerging economies, which have substantially depreciated against the dollar, affected by the falling commodity prices, particularly of oil, and the uncertainty surrounding the growth of those economies following the change in the Federal Reserve’s monetary policies and the slowdown in China.

The variations in terms of RWAs are due to the trend in structural positions and increased hedging on those positions.

 

3.6. Interest-rate risk

 

3.6.1. Scope and nature of the interest-rate risk measurement and reporting systems

The aim of managing balance-sheet interest-rate risk is to maintain the BBVA Group’s exposure to variations in interest rates at levels in line with its strategy and target risk profile.

Movements in interest rates lead to changes in a bank’s net interest income and book value, and constitute a key source of asset and liability interest-rate risk.

The extent of these impacts will depend on the bank’s exposure to changes in interest rates. This exposure is mainly the result of the time difference between the different maturity and repricing terms of the assets and liabilities on the banking book and the off-balance-sheet positions.

 

Page 106


LOGO

 

A financial institution’s exposure to adverse changes in market rates is a risk inherent in the banking business, while at the same time representing an opportunity to generate value. That is why the structural interest rate should be managed effectively and have a reasonable relation both to the bank’s capital base and the expected economic result. This function is handled by the Balance-Sheet Management unit, within the Financial Management area. Through the Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) it is in charge of maximizing the Bank’s economic value, preserving the net interest income and guaranteeing the generation of recurrent earnings.

In pursuance of this, the ALCO develops strategies based on its market expectations, within the risk profile defined by the BBVA Group’s management bodies and balance the expected results and the level of risk assumed.

BBVA has a transfer pricing system, which centralizes the Bank’s interest-rate risk on ALCO’s books and is designed to facilitate proper balance-sheet risk management.

The corporate GRM area is responsible for controlling and monitoring structural interest-rate risk, acting as an independent unit to guarantee that the risk management and control functions are properly segregated. This policy is in line with the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision recommendations. It constructs the asset and liability interest-rate risk measurements used by the Group’s management, as well as designing models and measurement systems and developing monitoring, information and control systems. At the same time, the Global Risk Management Committee (GRMC) carries out the function of risk control and analysis reporting to the main governing bodies, such as the Executive Committee and the Board of Director’s Risk Committee.

BBVA’s structural interest-rate risk management procedure has a sophisticated set of metrics and tools that enable its risk profile to be monitored precisely. This model is based on a carefully studied set of hypotheses which aim to characterize the behavior of the balance sheet exactly. The measurement of interest-rate risk includes probabilistic metrics, as well as a calculation of sensitivity to a parallel movement of +/- 100 basis points in the market curves.

There is regular measurement of the Bank’s banking book earnings at risk (EaR) and economic capital, defined as the maximum adverse deviations in net interest income and economic value, respectively, for a particular confidence level and time horizon.

The deviations are obtained by applying a method for simulating interest-rate curves that takes into account other sources of risk in addition to changes in direction, such as changes in the slope and curvature, as well as considering the diversification between currencies and business units. The model is subject to regular internal validation, which includes backtesting.

The risk measurement model is supplemented by analysis of specific scenarios and stress tests. Stress tests have taken on particular importance in recent years. Progress has therefore been made in the analysis of extreme scenarios in a possible breakthrough in both current interest-rate levels and historical correlations and volatility. At the same time, the evaluation of scenarios forecast by the Economic Research Department has been maintained.

 

3.6.2. Nature of interest rate risk and key hypotheses

The Group’s exposure to variations in market interest rates is one of the main financial risks linked to the pursuit of its banking operations.

 

Page 107


LOGO

 

The risk of repricing, which stems from the difference between the periods for reviewing interest rates or the maturity of investment transactions vis-à-vis their financing, constitutes the basic interest rate risk to be considered. Nonetheless, other risks such as the exposure to changes in the slope and shape of interest rate curves and the risk of optionality present in certain banking transactions are also taken into consideration by risk control mechanisms.

The sensitivity measurements of the Group’s net interest income and economic value in the face of variations in market interest rates are supplemented with forecast and stress scenarios and risk measurements using curve simulation processes, thereby allowing an assessment of the impact of changes on the slope, curvature and parallel movements of varying magnitude.

Especially important in the measurement of structural interest-rate risk, which is carried out every month, is the establishment of hypotheses on the evolution and performance of certain items on the balance sheet, especially those involving products with no explicit or contractual due date.

The most significant of these hypotheses are those established on current and savings accounts, since they largely condition risk levels given the volume they represent within the liabilities of the Group’s financial institutions.

A prior step to the study of these liabilities necessarily involves “account segmentation.” To do so, the balances on the balance sheet are broken down by products, analyzed separately and subsequently grouped according to their common features, especially with regard to the type of customer and the criteria on the remuneration of each account, independently of the accounting standards on grouping.

A first stage involves analyzing the relationship between the trends in market interest rates and the interest rates of those accounts with no contractual due date. This relationship is established by means of models that show whether the account’s remuneration can be considered either fixed-rate (there is no relationship between the two variables) or variable-rate. In this latter case, an assessment is made of whether this relationship is produced with some form of delay and what the percentage impact of the variations in market interest rates is on the account’s interest rate.

Subsequently, an analysis is made of the changes over time of the balances in each category in order to establish their overall trend against the seasonal variations in the balance. It is assumed that these seasonal variations mature in the very short term, whereas the trend in the balance is assigned a long-term maturity. This prevents oscillations in the level of risks caused by momentary variations in balances, thus favoring the stability of balance-sheet management. This breakdown of amounts is made by the regressions that best adjust historical changes to the balance over time.

Group companies have opted for different procedures to determine the maturity of transactional liabilities, taking into account the varying nature of markets and the availability of historical data. In the case of the Group, a descriptive analysis of the data is used to calculate the average contractual period of the accounts and the conditioned probability of maturity for the life cycle of the product. A theoretical distribution of maturities of the trend balance is then estimated for each of the products, based on the average life of the stock and the conditioned probability.

A further aspect to be considered in the model’s hypotheses is the analysis of the prepayments (implicit optionality) associated with certain positions, especially with the loan-book and mortgage portfolios. Changes in market interest rates, together with other variables, condition the incentives for the Bank’s customers to make an early prepayment of the loan granted, thus modifying the calendar of payments initially specified in the contract.

 

Page 108


LOGO

 

The analysis of historical information relating to loan prepayments, and to changes in interest rates, establishes the relationship between the two at any particular moment and estimates future prepayment in a given interest-rate scenario.

 

3.6.3. Variations in interest rates

The following tables present the average levels of interest-rate risk in terms of the sensitivity of net interest income and economic value for the Group’s main financial institutions in 2015.

TABLE 59: Variations in interest rates. Impact on net interest income and economic value

 

     Impact on net
interest income
    Impact on economic
value
 

Interest rate sensitivity analyses December 2015

   Increase
of 100
basis
points
    Decrease
of 100
basis
points
    Increase
of 100
basis
points
    Decrease
of 100
basis
points
 

Europa

     +10.52     -4.18     +4.57     -3.99

Mexico

     +1.69     -1.50     -4.30     +4.60

USA

     +7.52     -5.60     +2.03     -4.59

Turkey

     -7.17     +5.47     +3.16     +3.87

South América

     +2.16     -2.19     +2.63     +2.84

BBVA Group

     +3.91     -2.30     +1.98     -2.41

The BBVA Group’s balance has negative exposure to a fall in interest rates caused primarily by balances in euros and USD.

However, in these regions, the movement of falling rates is clipped as a result of the current interest rate level, which is very close to or even under zero, thus preventing the occurrence of extremely adverse scenarios. Contrariwise, the rise scenarios have a greater range, which generates a positive asymmetry in the potential results of the BBVA Group insofar as the rates

 

3.7. Liquidity Risk

 

3.7.1. Scope and nature of the liquidity risk measurement and reporting systems

Liquidity and funding risk management aims to ensure in the short term that a bank does not have any difficulties in duly meeting its payment commitments, and that it does not have to resort to funding under difficult conditions which may harm the bank’s image or reputation.

In the medium term the aim is to ensure that the Group’s financing structure is ideal and that it is moving in the right direction with respect to the economic situation, the markets and regulatory changes. Management of structural funding and short-term liquidity is decentralized in BBVA Group.

Management of structural funding and liquidity within the BBVA Group is based on the principle of financial self-sufficiency of the entities that make it up. This approach helps prevent and limit liquidity risk by reducing the Group’s vulnerability during periods of high risk.

 

Page 109


LOGO

 

This decentralized management prevents possible contagion from a crisis affecting only one or a few BBVA Group entities, which must act independently to meet their liquidity requirements in the markets where they operate.

As regards liquidity and funding management, the BBVA Group is organized around eleven Liquidity Management Units (UGL) made up of the parent company and the banking subsidiaries in each geographical area, plus their dependent branches, even when these branches raise funding in different currencies.

The BBVA Group’s policy for managing liquidity and funding risk is also the basis of the model’s robustness in terms of planning and integration of risk management into the budgeting process of each UGL, according to the appetite for funding risk it decides to assume in its business.

In order to implement this principle of anticipation, limits are set on an annual basis for the main management metrics that form part of the budgeting process for the liquidity balance. This framework of limits contributes to the planning of the joint evolutionary performance of:

 

    The loan book, considering the types of assets and their degree of liquidity, a well as their validity as collateral in collateralized funding.

 

    Stable customer funds, based on the application of a methodology for establishing which segments and customer balances are considered to be stable or volatile funds based on the principle of sustainability and recurrence of these funds.

 

    The credit gap projection, in order to require a degree of self-funding that is defined in terms of the difference between the loan-book and stable customer funds.

 

    Incorporating the planning of securities portfolios into the banking book, which include both fixed-interest and equity securities, and are classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity portfolios, and additionally on trading portfolios.

 

    The structural gap projection, as a result of assessing the funding needs generated both from the credit gap and by the securities portfolio in the banking book, together with the rest of on-balance-sheet wholesale funding needs, excluding trading portfolios. This gap therefore needs to be funded with customer funds that are not considered stable or on wholesale markets.

As a result of these funding needs, the BBVA Group plans in each UGL the target wholesale funding structure according to the tolerance set.

Thus, once the structural gap has been identified and after resorting to wholesale markets, the amount and composition of wholesale structural funding is established in subsequent years, in order to maintain a diversified funding mix and guarantee that there is not a high reliance on short-term funding (short-term wholesale funding plus volatile customer funds).

In practice, the execution of the principles of planning and self-funding at the different UGLs results in the Group’s main source of funding being customer deposits, which consist mainly of demand deposits, savings deposits and time deposits.

As sources of funding, customer deposits are complemented by access to the interbank market and the domestic and international capital markets in order to address additional liquidity requirements, implementing domestic and international programs for the issuance of commercial paper and medium and long-term debt.

 

Page 110


LOGO

 

3.7.2. Governance and monitoring

Management of structural funding and liquidity within BBVA Group is based on the principle of financial autonomy of the entities that make it up. This approach helps prevent and limit liquidity risk by reducing the Group’s vulnerability during periods of high risk.

This decentralized management prevents possible contagion from a crisis affecting only one or a few BBVA Group entities, which must act independently to meet their liquidity requirements in the markets where they operate. In this regard, the Liquidity Management Units (or UGL) in the geographical areas where the main foreign subsidiaries operate, and also for the parent company BBVA S.A. in the Euro Zone where it operates, including BBVA Portugal and the recent acquisition of Catalunya Banc.

The Finance area, through Balance Sheet Management, manages BBVA Group’s liquidity and funding, planning and executing the funding of the structural long-term gap of each UGL and proposing to ALCO the actions to be taken on this matter, in accordance with the policies and limits established by the Executive Committee.

The Group’s objective behavior, in terms of liquidity and funding risk, is measured through the Loan-to-Stable Customer Deposits (LtSCD) ratio. The aim is to preserve a stable funding structure in the medium term for each UGL making up BBVA Group, taking into account that maintaining an adequate volume of stable customer funds is key to achieving a sound liquidity profile. These stable resources in each UGL are calculated by analyzing the performance of the balances in the different customer segments identified as eligible to provide stability to the funding structure; prioritizing customer loyalty and applying greater haircuts to the funding lines for less stable customers.

In order to establish the target (maximum) levels of LtSCD in each UGL and provide an optimal funding structure reference in terms of risk appetite, the corporate Structural Risks unit of GRM identifies and assesses the economic and financial variables that condition the funding structures in the different geographical areas.

The second element in liquidity and funding risk management is achieving a proper diversification of the funding structure, avoiding excessive reliance on short-term funding by establishing a maximum level of short-term funding raising, comprising wholesale funding and less stable resources from non-retail customers.

The third main element is promoting the short-term resistance of the liquidity risk profile, guaranteeing that each UGL has sufficient collateral to deal with the risk of the close of wholesale markets.

The basic capacity is the short-term liquidity risk management and control metric, which is defined as the ratio between the available explicit assets and the maturities of wholesale liabilities and volatile funds, at different terms, with special relevance being given to 30-day maturities.

The above metrics are completed with a series of indicators for establishing thresholds designed to avoid the concentration of wholesale funding by product, counterparty, market and term, and also to promote diversification by geographical area. Reference thresholds are also established on a series of leading indicators to anticipate situations of stress in the markets and adopt preventive measures as necessary.

In addition, stress analyses are a fundamental element of the liquidity and funding risk monitoring scheme, as they enable deviations from the liquidity targets and limits set in the appetite to be anticipated, and establish tolerance ranges in the different management areas. They also play a major role in the design of the Liquidity Contingency Plan and the definition of specific measures to be adopted to rectify the risk profile if necessary.

 

Page 111


LOGO

 

For each scenario, it is verified whether the Bank has a sufficient stock of liquid assets to guarantee its capacity to meet the liquidity commitments/outflows in the different periods analyzed. Four scenarios are considered in the analysis: one central and three crisis-related (systemic crisis; unexpected internal crisis with a considerable rating downgrade and/or affecting the ability to issue in wholesale markets and the perception of business risk by the banking intermediaries and the Entity’s customers; and a mixed scenario, as a combination of the two aforementioned scenarios). Each scenario considers the following factors: the liquidity existing in the market, customer behavior and sources of funding, impact of rating downgrades, market values of liquid assets and collateral, and the interaction between liquidity requirements and the development of the Bank’s asset quality.

In addition to the performance of the main indicators for all the UGLs of the Group, and within the plan for adapting risk management to regulatory ratios, BBVA has established a required Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) compliance level for the entire Group and for each individual UGL. The required internal levels aim to comply efficiently and sufficiently in advance with the implementation of the 2018 regulatory requirement at a level above 100%.

 

3.7.3. Liquidity and funding performance in 2015

During 2015, the BBVA Group has maintained a robust and dynamic funding structure with a clearly retail nature, where customer resources represent the main source of funding.

Thus, the performance of the indicators show that the robustness of the funding structure remained steady during 2015, in the sense that all UGLs held self-funding levels with stable customer resources above the requirements.

TABLE 60: Loan To Stable Customer Deposits (LtSCD)

 

     LtSCD per UGL  
     31-dec-15     31-dec-14  

Grupo Med. Pond

     116     124

Eurozone

     116     131

Bancomer

     110     114

Compass

     112     110

Garanti

     128  

Rest of UGLs

     111     113

Additionally, each Group entity maintains a liquidity fund at the individual level: Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria S.A. and its subsidiaries, including BBVA Compass, BBVA Bancomer, Garanti Bank and the Latin American subsidiaries. The table below shows the liquidity available by instrument as of December 31, 2015 for the most significant units:

 

Page 112


LOGO

 

TABLE 61: Types and amounts of instruments included in the liquidity fund of the most significant units

 

(Million euros)                                   

December 2015

   BBVA
Eurozone
     BBVA
Bancomer
     BBVA
Compass
     Garanti
Bank
     Others  

Cash and balances at Central Banks

     10,939         6,936         3,214         6,585         7,122   

Assets from credit transactions with central banks

     51,811         5,534         22,782         4,302         4,559   

Central government issues

     31,314         2,303         8,086         4,186         3,654   

Of which: Spanish government bonds

     25,317         —           —           —           —     

Other issues

     20,497         3,231         479         116         905   

Loans

     —           —           14,217         —           —     

Other non-eligible liquid assets

     5,760         757         20         1,680         229   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

ACCUMULATED AVAILABLE BALANCE

     68,510         13,227         26,016         12,567         11,910   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

AVERAGE AVAILABLE BALANCE

     67,266         12,222         24,282         12,418         10,863   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The stress tests conducted on a regular basis reveal that BBVA maintains a sufficient buffer of liquid assets (stress buffer) to deal with the estimated liquidity outflows in a scenario resulting from the combination of a systemic crisis and an unexpected internal crisis, during a period of longer than 5 months for all UGLs, including the scenario of a significant downgrade of the Bank’s rating by up to three notches.

Throughout 2015, the LCR level for the BBVA Group was estimated as remaining steady above 100%. At the European level, the LCR entered into force on October 1, 2015, with an initial requirement level of 60%, and a phasing of up to 100% in 2018, with pending legislative developments by European authorities insofar as the information to submit to the supervisor and publication.

Based on prudential supervisory information, the following matrix is presented by contractual terms with residual maturity as of December 31, 2015:

TABLE 62: Liquidity inflows

 

December 2015

   Demand
deposits
     Up to
one
month
     1 month-
3 months
     3 months-
6 months
     6 months-
9 months
     9 months-
1 year
     1 year-
2 years
     2 years-
3 years
     3 years-
5 years
     More than
5 years
     Total  

Cash and balances at Central Banks

     34,796                                    34,796   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     1,077         4,594         766         260         70         42         520         6         950         3,988         12,273   

Loans to other financial institutions

     7         1,246         401         628         595         526         448         495         977         275         5,600   

Temporal acquisitions of securities and security lending

     —           12,348         853         546         201         2,323         10         84         125         370         16,859   

Loans

     1,364         21,639         25,624         23,777         16,750         18,477         40,512         33,835         54,790         140,602         377,371   

Securities portfolio settlement

     484         2,001         4,014         7,073         7,835         4,129         11,944         14,722         20,366         59,755         132,324   

 

Page 113


LOGO

 

TABLE 63: Liquidity outflows

 

December 2015

   Demand
deposits
     Up to one
month
    1 month-3
months
    3 months-
6 months
    6 months-
9 months
    9 months-
1 year
    1 year-2
years
     2 years-
3 years
    3 years-
5 years
     More than
5 years
    Total  

Issues and deposit certificates

     7         5,106        9,093        5,751        2,222        5,160        15,856         7,845        11072         33840        95,953   

Loans and advances to credit institutions

     4,932         6,271        2,064        2,783        995        1,952        2,314         1,110        1,283         4,270        27,975   

Loans to other financial institutions

     13,380         8,907        6,494        2,939        2,442        2,217        205         12        7         274        36,877   

Financing of the rest of the clients

     193,079         29,003        22,846        15,983        13,517        13,751        14,076         4,615        1,447         1,190        309,508   

Financing with collateral securities

     —           50,042        11,166        1,197        495        966        2,253         15,045        1,815         1,103        84,081   

Derivatives (net)

     1         (2,621     (208     (21     (253     (74     120         (220     14         (95     (3,357

There is a clear retail nature of the funding structure, in which the loan portfolio is mostly based upon deposits by the remaining customer base. The outgoing demand section primarily contains current accounts of the retail customer base, whose behavior displays an elevated stability and, according to internal methods, are considered with a minimum permanence of over three years.

Turning to the performance of wholesale funding markets, for both the short as well as long terms, they have displayed stability during 2015. The ECB has held quarterly auctions, targeted longer-term refinancing operations (TLTRO), with a view to fostering the channeling of credit and improving the financial conditions of the European economy as a whole. In these auctions, the Euro UGL has drawn €8,000 million in 2015. Additionally, for the entire year, the Euro UGL has made issues on the public market for €3,850 million and $1,000 million.

The liquidity position of all the subsidiaries outside Europe have remained in a comfort zone, holding a solid position of liquidity in all jurisdictions where which the Group operates. These subsidiaries’ access to capital markets was also maintained with recurrent issues in the local and American markets, prominently the subordinate debt by BBVA Compass and BBVA Colombia for $700 and $400 million respectively over a term of 10 years.

In this context of improved access to the market, BBVA has maintained its objectives of, on the one hand, strengthening the funding structure of the Group’s various franchises based on growing its self-funding from stable customer funds, and on the other, guaranteeing a sufficient buffer of fully available liquid assets, diversifying the different sources of funding and optimizing the generation of collateral to deal with situations of tension in the markets.

 

3.7.4. Liquidity and funding prospects

The BBVA Group has entered 2016 with a comfortable liquidity status across its entire global footprint. The financing structure slanting toward the long term and proven access capacity to capital markets enables to comfortably meet the moderate volume of maturities expected for the upcoming quarters.

The following is a breakdown of the maturities of the Group’s wholesale issues by the nature of the issues:

 

Page 114


LOGO

 

TABLE 64: Maturity of wholesale issues of BBVA Group by nature

 

Million euros                                   

Type of issues

   2016      2017      2018      After 2018      Total  

Senior debt

     5,709         4,748         3,355         10,774         24,586   

Mortgage-covered bonds

     7,051         8,358         781         12,907         29,097   

Public-covered bonds

     —           576         —           500         1,076   

Regulatory capital instruments (1)

     258         392         1,465         13,434         15,550   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     13,018         14,074         5,601         37,615         70,308   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Regulatory capital instruments are classified in this table by terms according to their contractual maturity

The distribution of maturities of wholesale issues among the most significant units is broken down below:

TABLE 65: Maturity of wholesale issues of Balance Euro by nature

 

Million euros                                   

Type of issues

   2016      2017      2018      After 2018      Total  

Senior debt

     3,385         2,947         1,913         3,939         12,184   

Mortgage-covered bonds

     7,051         8,358         781         12,907         29,097   

Public-covered bonds

     —           576         —           500         1,076   

Regulatory capital instruments (1)

     208         71         1,398         6,603         8,280   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10,644         11,952         4,092         23,949         50,636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Regulatory capital instruments are classified in this table by terms according to their contractual maturity

TABLE 66: Maturity of wholesale issues of Bancomer by nature

 

Million euros                                   

Type of issues

   2016      2017      2018      After 2018      Total  

Senior debt

     821         —           264         1,800         2,885   

Regulatory capital instruments (1)

     —           —           —           4,087         4,087   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     821         —           264         5,887         6,972   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Regulatory capital instruments are classified in this table by terms according to their contractual maturity

TABLE 67: Maturity of wholesale issues of Compass by nature

 

Million euros                                   

Type of issues

   2016      2017      2018      After 2018      Total  

Senior debt

     —           367         —           551         919   

Regulatory capital instruments (1)

     —           321         —           1,029         1,350   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     —           689         —           1,580         2,269   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Regulatory capital instruments are classified in this table by terms according to their contractual maturity

TABLE 68: Maturity of wholesale issues of Garanti by nature

 

Million euros                                   

Type of issues

   2016      2017      2018      After 2018      Total  

Senior debt

     944         808         235         2,142         4,128   

Regulatory capital instruments (1)

     50         —           —           —           50   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     994         808         235         2,142         4,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Regulatory capital instruments are classified in this table by terms according to their contractual maturity

 

Page 115


LOGO

 

TABLE 69: Maturity of wholesale issues of South America by nature

 

Million euros                                   

Type of issues

   2016      2017      2018      After 2018      Total  

Senior debt

     560         625         942         2,343         4,470   

Regulatory capital instruments (1)

     —           —           67         1,715         1,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     560         625         1,009         4,058         6,252   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Regulatory capital instruments are classified in this table by terms according to their contractual maturity

For 2016, the main goals of BBVA Group’s funding strategy is to maintain the strength of the funding structure and the diversification of the different sources of funding, ensuring the availability of sufficient levels of collateral, both for complying with regulatory ratios and for the rest of the internal metrics for monitoring liquidity risk, including stress scenarios.

 

3.7.5. Assets committed in finance transactions

As of December 31, 2015, the assets committed (provided as collateral or security with respect to certain liabilities) and those unencumbered are as follows:

TABLE 70: Assets committed or unencumbered

 

     Committed assets      Uncommitted assets  

December 2015

   Book value      Market value      Book value      Market value  

Assets

     159,197            591,688      

Equity instruments

     2,680         2,680         9,046         9,046   

Debt securities

     56,155         56,230         95,669         95,669   

Other assets

     100,362            486,973      

The assets committed correspond mainly to loans linked to the issue of mortgage-covered bonds, public-covered bonds and long-term securitized bonds (see Note 21.3 to the Group’s Annual Consolidated Financial Statements); debt securities delivered under repurchase agreements; and pledged collateral and loans or debt instruments to have access to certain funding transactions with central banks. Collateral provided to guarantee derivative operations is also included as committed assets.

As of December 31, 2015, the collateral received mainly for repurchase agreements or security lending and the collateral that could largely be committed with the aim of obtaining funding, is as follows:

TABLE 71: Collateral committed or potentially committed

 

December 2015

Collateral assigned

   Fair value of committed
collateral assigned or
treasury stock issued
     Fair value of collateral
assigned or treasury stock

issued available for
committed
     Fair value of collateral
assigned or treasury stock
issued not available for
committed
 

Collateral assigned

     21,352         9,415         —     

Equity instruments

     —           768         —     

Debt securities

     21,352         6,872         —     

Other collateral assigned

     —           1,774         —     

Treasury stock issued, except for public-covered bonds or securitized bonds

     6         162         —     

 

Page 116


LOGO

 

The guarantees received in the form of reverse repurchase agreements or security loans are committed through the use of transactions in assets sold under repurchase agreements, similar to debt securities.

As of December, 31 2015, all issued financial liabilities associated with the different assets committed in funding operations, including the book value of the latter, are listed below:

TABLE 72: Committed assets/collateral assigned and associated liabilities

 

Committed assets/collateral assigned and associated liabilities

   Liabilities hedged,
contingent

liabilities or title
ceded
     Assets, collateral assigned and
treasury stock issued, except  for

mortgage-covered bonds and
committed securitized bonds
 

Book value of those financial liabilities

     155,999         180,735   

3.8. Operational risk

3.8.1. Scope and nature of the operational risk measurement and reporting systems

Operational risk is defined as the one that could potentially cause losses due to human errors, inadequate or faulty internal processes, system failures or external events. This definition includes legal risk, but excludes strategic and/or business risk and reputational risk.

Operational risk is inherent to all banking activities, products, systems and processes. Its origins could be highly diverse (processes, internal and external fraud, technology, human resources, commercial practices, disasters and suppliers). Operational risk management is integrated into the BBVA Group’s global risk management structure.

The analysis of the entity’s RWA structure shows that 8% corresponds to Operational Risk.

3.8.2. Operational Risk definition

BBVA accepts the definition of Operational Risk proposed by the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) in Basel: “Operational Risk is defined as the one that could potentially cause losses as a result of human errors, inadequate or faulty internal processes, system failures or external events”. This definition excludes the strategic and/or business risk and the reputational risk (which is managed separately within BBVA Group).

The definition of Operational Risk (OR) in BBVA Group includes the following types of risk:

 

    Processes.

 

    External and internal fraud.

 

    Technological.

 

    Human resources.

 

    Commercial practices.

 

    Disasters.

 

    Suppliers.

 

Page 117


LOGO

 

3.8.3. Operational Risk methodology

The Group has in place an integrated internal control and operational risk methodology.

This methodology identifies risks in organizational areas, generates analyses that prioritize risks according to the estimated residual risk (after incorporating control effects), links risks to processes and establishes an objective risk level for each risk type to identify and manage gaps by comparing it with the residual risk level.

The Corporate Risk Area, through its Corporate Operational Risk Management (CORM) unit, establishes the criteria to apply for determining the BBVA Group companies in which the OR monitoring and management/mitigation tools described in section 6.4.3 should be implemented. These criteria are based on both quantitative and qualitative aspects.

The scope of application of the OR management model revolves around the following elements:

 

    Company

 

    Process: in general, OR originates in the different activities/processes carried out in the Group.

 

    Business line: because the type of the different operational risks to which the Group is exposed, and their impact, is substantially different for each line of business, considering this element is fundamental for effective management of OR.

3.8.4. Model based on 3 lines of defense

BBVA Group’s OR management model comprises 3 lines of defense:

 

  1. First line: OR management in business and support areas (hereinafter the Areas), in their products, activities, processes and systems.

The Areas integrate OR management into their day-to-day activities, collaborating in the identification and assessment of risks, establishing the target risk, carrying out the controls and executing the mitigation plans for those risks whose residual risk level is higher than the acceptable one.

In all OR management areas, the Operational Risk Managers (Business ORMs) ensure adequate management of operational risk in their respective areas, promoting the identification of the target risk and ensuring the implementation of the mitigation plans and proper execution of controls. OR management in the units is set out, expressed and followed at the Operational Risk Management Committee (ORM Committee).

 

  2. Second line: the “Corporate Operational Risk Management” (CORM) and “Operational Risk Management” functions at country level, which are independent of the first line, are in charge of designing and maintaining the Group’s OR model and verifying its proper application in the different Areas.

 

Page 118


LOGO

 

Moreover, the activities of this second line of defense include those carried out by the Specialized Control Units: Legal Compliance, Internal Risk Control2, Internal Financial Control, Operational Control, IT Risk, Fraud & Security, as well as those of the Production Managers for Procurement, Real Estate and Services, HR and Strategy and Finance in Spain. The activities carried out by this second line of defense are:

 

    Identify the main risks in their field of expertise for the Areas, as well as their assessment.

 

    Define mitigating measures and ensure their implementation by the Areas.

 

    Assist the Areas in fulfilling their responsibility.

The Holding Specialists provide a cross-cutting vision to the Group’s model, establishing risk references and controls for their Local Specialists to guarantee an independent, expert and consistent vision.

 

  3. Third line: carried out by BBVA’s Internal Audit, which:

 

    Conducts an independent review of the model, verifying compliance with the corporate policies established and their effectiveness

 

    Provides independent information on the control environment to the Corporate Assurance Committees

CHART 25: Operational risk management framework: Three lines of defense

 

LOGO

3.8.5. Principles of BBVA’s Operational Risk management model

Operational Risk management in BBVA Group must:

 

    Be aligned with the Risk Appetite statement set out by the Board of Directors of BBVA.

 

    Predict the potential operational risks to which the Group may be exposed as a result of the emergence or modification of new products, activities, processes or systems and outsourcing decisions and establish procedures to enable their assessment and reasonable mitigation prior to their implementation.

 

    Establish methodologies and procedures to enable a regular reassessment of the relevant operational risks to which the Group is exposed, in order to adopt appropriate mitigation measures in each case, after considering the identified risk and the cost of mitigation (cost-benefit analysis) and preserving at all times the Group’s solvency.

 

2  Units included in the Risk network

 

Page 119


LOGO

 

    Identify the causes of the operational losses sustained by the Group and establish measures to enable their reduction. To do so, procedures must be in place to enable the capture and analysis of the operational events causing such losses.

 

    Analyze the events that may have caused operational risk losses in other entities in the financial sector and drive, where appropriate, the implementation of the measures necessary to prevent their occurrence in the Group.

 

    Identify, analyze and quantify events with a low probability of occurrence and high impact which, due to their exceptional nature, may possibly not be included in the losses database or, if they are, have unrepresentative impacts, in order to ensure their mitigation.

 

    Have effective governance in which the functions and responsibilities of the Areas and Bodies involved in OR management are clearly defined.

TABLE 73: Characteristics of the Operational Risk management model

 

Soundness    Board Holding - Country - Unit
Depth    Model created in 1999 using database since 2002
Integrated management    Capital, budgets, incentives, internal benchmark, culture
Forward looking    Uses future variables for analysis, calculation and mitigation
Continuous improvement    Best practices function and continuous updating

These principles reflect BBVA Group’s vision of OR, which is based on the premise that the events that occur as a result of OR have an ultimate cause that should always be identified. The control of the causes significantly reduces the impact of the events. The OR management tools provide information on the origin of OR and assist in its mitigation.

Irrespective of the adoption of all possible measures and controls to prevent or reduce both the frequency and severity of OR events, BBVA ensures that it has sufficient capital at all times to cover the expected or unexpected losses that may arise.

Corporate Operational Risk Management (CORM) proposes the general policies that guide management and enable control of the Group’s operational risk.

These principles aim to reasonably ensure (cost-benefit analysis) that the relevant operational risks to which the Group is exposed in carrying out its activities are identified, assessed and managed consistently with the risk appetite statement set out by the Board of Directors of BBVA, preserving the Group’s solvency.

The OR is managed in the BBVA Group from two different and complementary viewpoints:

 

    The “ex-ante” point of view entails identifying, assessing and prioritizing potential operational risks to enable their mitigation.

From this standpoint, OR is managed in a proactive and preventive way by the Areas and Units exposed. This management is integrated into the day-to-day decision-making process and is focused on the analysis of the causes of OR to enable its mitigation.

 

Page 120


LOGO

 

    The “ex-post” point of view entails assessing the exposure to OR and measuring its consequences, i.e. the historical cost of the events that have occurred. From this perspective, OR management uses tools associated with the consequences of OR not only to complement OR management, but also to feed the calculation of capital use for those Group areas that operate under advanced OR measurement approaches.

The elements that enable OR to be managed in BBVA Group from these two standpoints are described below.

3.8.5.1. Operational Risk admission process

Although strictly speaking there is not a true OR admission process, as the one carried out, for example, in Credit Risk, BBVA Group considers that the assimilation presented in this section is useful for controlling this risk and contributes to its mitigation. The aim of this process is to: anticipate the potential operational risks to which the Group may be exposed as a result of the emergence or modification of new products, activities, processes or systems and outsourcing decisions and ensure that they are implemented only after adopting suitable mitigation measures in each case.

The Group has a specific governance model for OR admission embodied in different Committees that are admission vehicles in the different areas in which the emergence of OR is concentrated: new businesses, new products, systems, outsourcing decisions, etc.

3.8.5.2. Operational Risk monitoring and management/mitigation tools

3.8.5.2.1. Risk and Control Self-Assessment

An appropriate management of OR requires the establishment of methodologies and procedures to identify, assess and follow this type of risks, in order to implement suitable mitigation measures in each case. This will be done by comparing the level of risk assumed and the cost of mitigation.

BBVA Group’s OR management methodology has the following phases:

 

    Establishment of the model’s perimeter, identifying the companies and activities that may give rise to significant OR. These companies and activities are associated with their processes using the taxonomy established by the Group. Processes are the starting point for identifying the OR factors.

 

    Identification of potential and real OR factors based on the review of the processes, applying self-assessment techniques that are completed and verified against other relevant information.

 

    Prioritization of the OR factors through the calculation of the inherent risk: estimation of the exposure to risk in an adverse and conservative environment without considering the existence of possible controls. Prioritization is used to separate the critical factors from the non-critical ones by applying cut-off points.

 

    For critical risks, the controls that contribute to their reduction are identified, documented and tested, and based on their effectiveness the residual risk (which incorporates the reducing effect of the controls, where applicable) is calculated.

 

Page 121


LOGO

 

    A specific target is set for each critical risk, that constitutes the level of risk considered acceptable. In those risks in which the residual risk is higher than the target risk there is a gap between both that requires that the risk be mitigated through a mitigation plan.

The aim is to have an evolving and dynamic OR management model that reflects the essential aspects of this risk’s situation at any given time.

OR management is coordinated with other risks, considering the credit or market consequences that may have an operational origin.

3.8.5.2.2. Operational Risk indicators

Dynamic management of OR requires not only a regular self-assessment of OR, but also the definition of a set of indicators to enable the changes in both the risk factors and the effectiveness of the controls to be measured over time, in order to have available information on unexpected changes and enable preventive management of Operational Risk.

3.8.5.2.3. Operational losses database

In line with the best practices and recommendations of the BIS, BBVA has procedures in place for collecting operational losses that occur both in the different Group entities and in other financial groups (ORX losses database, ORX News service, etc).

Internal operational losses database - SIRO.

Through automatic interfaces with accounting and expense and manual capture procedure applications, this tool collects the accounting losses associated with OR events. The losses are captured with no amount limit and constitute an input for calculating the capital use for OR in advanced measurement approaches and a reference for the Risk and Control Self Assessment, and are analyzed on a regular basis in terms of trends and monitoring of expected losses.

External operational losses database - ORX

The Bank, together with other leading entities worldwide, subscribed with the ORX consortium, as a founding partner, the creation of an external database for anonymously exchanging information related to operational events.

This consortium provides both quantitative and qualitative information on the operational events experienced by the member entities. The information obtained through this means is used both to identify potential ORs and analyze whether appropriate mitigation measures are available, and for the purpose of calculating capital using advanced measurement approaches.

3.8.5.2.4. Operational Risk scenarios

These reflect the exposure to a limited number of situations that may give rise to very significant losses with a reduced estimated frequency of occurrence. The scenarios feed the capital calculation in those Group areas that operate under advanced measurement approaches, and also constitute a reference for OR management.

 

Page 122


LOGO

 

3.8.5.3. Mitigation plans

Mitigation means to reduce the level of exposure to OR. Even though there is always the option of eliminating OR by exiting a given activity, the Group’s policy is to attempt to mitigate the risk first by improving the control environment or applying other measures, conducting a rigorous cost-benefit analysis. The different forms of mitigation always have associated costs. It is therefore fundamental to assess the cost of the OR properly before making a decision.

As long as the residual risk exceeds the defined target risk level, mitigation measures will need to be established to keep it within the level. The area responsible for OR will drive its implementation through the Operational Risk Management Committee.

3.8.6. Methods employed

As set out in Regulation (EU) 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council, for calculating the regulatory capital for operational risk under Basel I, advanced measurement approaches (AMA method) are used for a very significant part of the banking perimeter. Specifically, this method is used in Spain and Mexico, which accumulate most of the Group’s assets.

As already mentioned, in March 2010 the BBVA Group received authorization from the supervisor to apply advanced models for calculating regulatory capital by operational risk in Spain and Mexico.

Save for the cases of Garanti and Bolivia, which apply the basic approach, the standardized approach is used to calculate capital in the rest of the geographical areas.

 

3.8.6.1. Description of the advanced measurement approaches

The advanced internal model quantifies capital at a confidence level of 99.9% following the LDA (Loss Distribution Approach) methodology. This methodology estimates the distribution of losses by operational event by convoluting the frequency distribution and the loss given default distribution of these events.

The calculations are made using internal data on the Group’s historic losses as its main source of information. To enrich the data from this internal database and to take into account the impact of possible events not yet considered therein, external databases (ORX consortium) are used and the scenarios indicated in point 3.8.5.2.4 are included.

The distribution of losses is constructed for each of the different types of operational risk, which are defined as per Basel Accord cells; i.e. a cross between business line and risk class. In those cases in which there is not sufficient data for a sound analysis, it becomes necessary to undertake cell aggregations, and to do so the business line is chosen as the axis.

In certain cases, a greater disaggregation of the Basel cell has been selected. The objective consists of identifying statistically homogenous groups and a sufficient amount of data for proper modeling. The definition of these groupings is regularly reviewed and updated.

Solvency regulations establish that regulatory capital for operational risk is determined as the sum of individual estimates by type of risk, but allowing the option of incorporating the effect of the correlation among them. This impact has been taken into consideration in BBVA estimates with a conservative approach.

 

Page 123


LOGO

 

The model of calculating capital in both Spain and Mexico incorporates factors that reflect the business environment and situation of internal control systems. Thus the calculation obtained is higher or lower according to how these factors change in anticipating the result.

As regards the aforementioned factors, current estimates do not include the mitigating effect of insurance.

The following table below shows the operational risk capital requirements broken down according to the calculation models used and by geographical area, to provide a global vision of capital consumption for this type of risk:

TABLE 74: Regulatory capital for Operational Risk

 

(Million euros)              

Regulatory capital

for operational risk

   2015      2014  

Advanced

     1,236         1,266   

Spain

     811         811   

Mexico

     425         455   

Standardized

     911         942   

Basic

     517         145   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

BBVA Group total

     2,663         2,352   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The main variations in the capital requirements for operational risk are due to:

 

    Non-advanced approaches: In the standard downhill method (36 million) due to the combined effect of the exchange rate (mainly the devaluation of the Venezuelan currency). In the basic method, increase (372 million) with the increased holding in Garanti.

CHART 26: Operational Risk: Required capital by method

 

LOGO

 

Page 124


LOGO

 

3.8.7. The Group’s Operational Risk profile

BBVA’s operational risk profile is shown below by class of risk after assessing the risks, resulting in the following distribution:

CHART 27: BBVA Group’s Operational Risk Profile

 

LOGO

The following charts illustrate the distribution of historical operational losses by risk class and country.

CHART 28: Operational Risk Profile by risk and country

 

LOGO

 

España

 

LOGO

 

México

 

Page 125


LOGO

 

 

LOGO

                                 Resto

3.8.8. Main variations in the period

TABLE 75: Variations in the period in terms of RWAs for the Operational Risk

 

(Million euros)  

Operational Risk

 

RWA´s Dec 14

     29,038   

Effects

  

Acquisitions and disposals

     6,952   

Foreign exchange movements

     -2,532   

Other

     -167   

RWA´s Dec 15

     33,291   

 

    Acquisitions and disposals: Effect of the acquisition of Catalunya Banc (1,650 million euros) and the global consolidation of Garanti (5,300 million euros).

 

    Exchange rate fluctuations: Caused mainly by the conversion of the Venezuelan currency at the closing exchange rate.

4. Leverage ratio

4.1. Leverage Ratio definition and composition

4.2. Trends in the ratio

4.3. Governance

4.4. Leverage Ratio definition and composition

The leverage ratio is a regulatory measure (not risk-based) complementing capital designed to guarantee the soundness and financial strength of institutions in terms of indebtedness.

 

Page 126


LOGO

 

In January 2014, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published the final version of the “Basel III leverage ratio framework and disclosure requirements”, which has been included through a delegated act that amends the definition of leverage ratio in the CRR regulation.

Pursuant to article 451, section 2 of the CRR, on June 15, 2015 the EBA published the final draft of the Implementing Technical Standard (ITS, leverage ratio disclosures) for breaking down the leverage ratio, which has been applied in this report.

The leverage ratio is defined as the quotient of eligible Tier 1 capital and exposure.

Described below are the elements making up the leverage ratio, in accordance with the “EBA FINAL draft Implementing Technical Standards on disclosure of the leverage ratio under Article 451(2) of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (Capital Requirements Regulation – CRR)—Second submission following the EC’s Delegated Act specifying the LR3” published by the EBA on June 15, 2015:

 

    Tier 1 capital (letter h in the above table): section 2.2. of this document presents details of the eligible capital, which has been calculated based on the criteria defined in the CRR.

 

    Exposure: as set out in article 429 of the CRR, the exposure measurement generally follows the book value subject to the following considerations:

 

    On-balance-sheet exposures other than derivatives are included net of allowances and accounting valuation adjustments.

 

    Measurement of the Group’s total exposure is composed of the total assets as per financial statements adjusted for reconciliation between the accounting perimeter and the prudential perimeter.

Total exposure for the purpose of calculating the Group’s leverage ratio is composed of the sum of the following items:

 

    On-balance asset positions: book balance of assets corresponding to the financial statements, excluding the derivative headings.

 

    Adjustments for reconciliation between the accounting perimeter and the solvency perimeter: the balance resulting from the difference between the accounting balance sheet and the regulatory balance sheet is included.

 

    Exposure in derivatives: the exposure referred to the EAD used in the measurement of capital use for counterparty risk, which includes both the replacement cost (market-to-market) and the future potential credit exposure (add-on). The cost of replacement is reported adjusted by the variation margin in cash and by effective notional amounts.

 

    Securities financing transactions (SFTs): in addition to the exposure value, an addition for counterparty risk determined as set out in article 429 of the CRR in included.

 

    Off-balance-sheet items: these correspond to risks and contingent liabilities and commitments associated with collateral, which are mainly available. A minimum floor of 10% is applied to the conversion factors (CCF), in line with article 429, section 10 a) of the CRR.

 

3  http://www.eba.europa.eu/regulation-and-policy/leverage-
ratio/draft-implementing-technical-standards-its-on-disclosure-
for-leverage-ratio/-/regulatory-activity/press-release

 

Page 127


LOGO

 

    Adjustments for intragroup exposures: The exposures of the Group’s financial institutions and insurance companies that are consolidated at accounting level but not at regulatory level were included in this line in December 2014.

 

    Tier 1 deductions: all those amounts of assets that have been deducted in the determination of the eligible Tier 1 capital are deducted, in order not to duplicate exposures. The main deductions are intangible assets, loss carry forwards and other deductions defined in article 36 of the CRR and indicated in section 2.2. of this report.

The leverage ratio trends favorably throughout the year, due mainly to limited volatility and growing development in regulatory capital offsetting the increase in exposure due to the incorporation of CX and Garanti. Additionally, the application of the solvency scope for the consolidation purposes as defined by the delegated act (in force since January 2015) entails a reduction in exposure (section f. of the table) and a consequential increase in ratio. The performance of macro variables and other external aspects has not had any relevant impacts on the exposure.

The table below shows a breakdown of the items making up the leverage ratio as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

TABLE 76: Elements comprising the leverage ratio

 

Summary table of accounting assets and leverage ratio

exposure conciliation

   12/31/2015     12/31/2015     12/31/2014     12/31/2014  
   Phase-In     Fully Loaded     Phase-In     Fully Loaded  

a)

   Total assets as per published financial statements      750,078        750,078        631,942        631,942   

b)

   Adjustment for entities which are consolidated for accounting purposes but are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation      -16,920        -16,920        5,629        5,629   

c)

   Adjustments for derivative financial instruments      -23,056        -23,056        -22,688        -22,688   

d)

   Adjustments for securities financing transactions “SFTs”      37        37        -9,539        -9,539   

e)

   Adjustment for off-balance sheet items (ie conversion to credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet exposures)      68.609 (1)      68.609 (1)      54.402 (1)      54.402 (1) 

f)

   (Adjustment for intragroup exposures excluded from the leverage ratio exposure measure in accordance with Article 429 (7) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013)      0        0        20,991        20,991   

g)

   Other adjustments      -12,159        -12,746        -9,656        -10,668   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total leverage ratio exposure

     766,589        766,001        671,081        670,069   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

h)

   Tier 1      48,554        45,796        41,831        39,037   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total leverage ratio exposures

     766,589        766,001        671,081        670,069   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Leverage ratio

        

Leverage ratio

     6.33     5.98     6.23     5.83

 

(1) This corresponds to off-balance sheet exposure after application of the conversion factors obtained in accordance with Article 429, paragraph 10 of the CRR.

As can be seen, the Group maintains a phased leverage ratio of 6.3% and a fully-loaded ratio of 6.0%, well above the minimum level required.

4.5. Trends in the ratio

The chart below shows how the ratio has remained stable throughout the year, due mainly to limited volatility and a sustainable development of both exposure and regulatory capital. In addition, the development of the macro variables and other external aspects has not originated relevant impacts on the exposure.

 

Page 128


LOGO

 

CHART 29: Trends in the leverage ratio

 

LOGO

4.6. Governance

The activities making up the Group’s regulatory reporting include the monthly measurement and control of the leverage ratio by assessing and monitoring this measurement in its more restrictive version (fully-loaded), to guarantee that leverage remains far from the minimum levels (which could be considered risk levels), without undermining the return on investment.

The estimates and the development of the leverage ratio are reported on a regular basis to different governing bodies and committees to guarantee an adequate control of the entity’s leverage levels and ongoing monitoring of the main capital indicators.

In line with the risk appetite framework and structural risk management, the Group operates by establishing limits and operational measures to achieve a sustainable development and growth of the balance sheet, maintaining at all times tolerable risk levels. This can be seen in the fact that the regulatory leverage level itself is well above the minimum required levels.

 

Page 129


LOGO

 

5. Information on remuneration

 

5.1. Information on the decision-making process for establishing the remuneration policy for the Identified Staff

 

5.2. Description of the different types of employees and executive officers included in the Identified Staff

 

5.3. Key features of the remuneration system

 

5.4. Information on the connection between the remuneration of the Identified Staff and the performance of the Group

 

5.5. Description of the criteria used for taking into consideration present and future risks in the remuneration process

 

5.6. The main parameters and reasons for any component of the possible variable remuneration plans and other non-monetary benefits, specifically, the measures adopted for the members of the Identified Staff who are responsible for control functions

 

5.7. Ratios between the fixed and variable remuneration of the Identified Staff

 

5.8. Quantitative information on the remuneration of the Identified Staff

 

Page 130


LOGO

 

As set out in article 85 of Act 10/2014, dated June 26, on the regulation, supervision and solvency of credit institutions, and in article 93 of Royal Decree 84/2015, dated February 13, which implements Act 10/2014, the entities will make available to the public and update on a regular basis (at least once a year) the information on their remuneration policy and practices set out in part 8 of Regulation 575/2013/EU in relation to those categories of staff whose professional activities may have a significant impact on their risk profile or are responsible for control functions (hereinafter the “Identified Staff”).

5.1. Information on the decision-making process for establishing the remuneration policy for the Identified Staff

As set out in BBVA’s Bylaws, the Board Regulations stipulate that one of the powers of the Board of Directors is to approve the remuneration for directors for submission to the General Meeting, for senior executives and for employees whose professional activities may have a material impact on the Entity’s risk profile and to determine directors’ remuneration, and, in the case of executive directors, the remuneration for their executive functions and other terms and conditions set out in their contracts.

The Regulations of the Board of Directors of BBVA set out the internal rules for the operation of the Board and its Committees, which provide assistance on matters within their competence. The Remuneration Committee assists the Board with matters related to remuneration as set out in the Board Regulations, ensuring compliance with the remuneration policy established.

As set out in Article 36 of the Regulations of the Bank’s Board of Directors, the Remuneration Committee performs the following functions:

 

  1. Propose to the Board of Directors, for submission to the General Meeting, the remuneration policy for directors, in terms of items and amounts, the parameters for its determination and the payment system. It will also submit its corresponding report as set out in applicable law.

 

  2. Determine the extent and amount of the individual remuneration, entitlements and other economic rewards, as well as the contractual terms and conditions, for the executive directors, submitting the relevant proposals to the Board of Directors.

 

  3. Propose on an annual basis to the Board of Directors the annual report on the remuneration of the Bank’s directors, which will be submitted to the Annual General Meeting as set out in applicable legislation.

 

  4. Propose to the Board of Directors the remuneration policy for senior executives and those employees whose professional activities may have a material impact on the Company’s risk profile.

 

  5. Propose to the Board the basic terms and conditions of the contracts of senior executives and directly supervise the remuneration of senior officers responsible for risk management and compliance functions in the Company.

 

Page 131


LOGO

 

  6. Oversee enforcement of the remuneration policy established by the Company and periodically review the remuneration policy applied to directors, senior officers and employees whose professional activities may have a material impact on the Company’s risk profile.

 

  7. Verify the information on the remuneration of directors and senior management contained in the different corporate documents, including the annual report on director remuneration.

 

  8. Any others that may have been assigned under these Regulations or conferred by a decision of the Board of Directors or by applicable legislation.

As of the date of this report, the Remuneration Committee was composed of five members, all of them non-executive directors; the majority are independent, including its chairman.

TABLE 77: Composition of the Remuneration Committee

 

Name and surname

  

Position

   Status

Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo

   Chairman    Independent

Tomás Alfaro Drake

   Member    Independent

Ignacio Ferrero Jordi

   Member    External

Ramón Bustamante y de la Mora

   Member    External

Juan Pi Llorens

   Member    Independent

In compliance with its functions, the BBVA Remuneration Committee met seven times in 2015 to deal with matters that fall under its responsibility.

The matters analyzed include the proposal to the Board for submission to the General Meeting of the Remuneration Policy for BBVA directors, in accordance with article 529 r of the Corporations Act and the proposal for the remuneration policy applicable to Identified Staff, in line with the foregoing.

The Remuneration Policy for BBVA directors, which was approved by the General Meeting held on March 13, 2015 with 95.41% of the votes and applies to the years 2015, 2016 and 2017, maintains most of the elements of the previous system for settlement and payment of variable remuneration that the Bank was already applying to the Identified Staff (such as payment of a percentage in shares, the deferment of a percentage of variable remuneration, mandatory withholding periods for the shares, malus clauses, etc.), including also elements aimed at better aligning the remuneration with the Group’s long-term profitability, recurrence, liquidity, funding and solvency goals, strengthening the principle of prudent risk management, and seeking greater correspondence between variable remuneration and the sustainability of earnings in the medium and long term, with the aim of increasing transparency. The new elements include:

 

    An increase in the number and types of indicators used to calculate variable remuneration.

 

Page 132


LOGO

 

    Greater correspondence between variable remuneration and the risk metrics, reinforcing their alignment with prudent risk management.

 

    A greater weight of the multi-year indicators in the determination of variable remuneration and the reinforcement of the assessment of long-term results.

 

    Reinforcement of the deferred period for variable remuneration payment.

 

    Increased transparency in the calculation of variable remuneration.

The text of the Remuneration Policy for BBVA directors is available on the Company’s website (www.bbva.com).

In addition, over the year the Committee has supervised the remuneration of the heads of the Risks and Compliance areas and reviewed the application of the remuneration policy for Identified Staff, including the directors and members of senior management, as set out in article 33.2 of the aforementioned Act 10/2014.

The Board of Directors of BBVA also approved on February 2, 2016, as per the proposal submitted by the Remuneration Committee, the 2015 Annual Report on Remuneration of BBVA Directors, in accordance with the new framework established by the Spanish Securities and Exchange Commission (CNMV) through Circular 4/2013, dated June 12. This Report will be put to the vote at the Annual General Meeting, as set out in article 541 of Royal Legislative Decree 1/2010, dated July 2, which approves the amended text of the Corporations Act (hereinafter the “Corporations Act”), and is available on the Company’s website (www.bbva.com) from the date of calling the General Meeting.

The Annual Report on the Remuneration of BBVA Directors includes a description of the basic principles of the Bank’s remuneration policy with respect to the members of the Board of Directors, whether executive or non-executive, as well as a detailed presentation of the different elements and amounts making up their remuneration, based on the Remuneration Policy for BBVA directors and BBVA’s Bylaws and the Board of Directors’ Regulations. The Report also includes the principles and basic elements of the Bank’s general remuneration policy. As already indicated, BBVA has a decision-making system for remuneration matters in which the Remuneration Committee plays a key role. It is responsible for determining the amount of fixed and variable remuneration for the executive directors and the remuneration policy applicable to the Identified Staff, including the members of the Group’s senior management; it then submits the corresponding proposals to the Board. To perform its functions, in 2015 the Remuneration Committee and the Board of Directors have been supported by the Bank’s internal services and the information provided by one of the leading global consultants on remuneration for board members and senior officers, Towers Watson.

The Remuneration Committee is also assisted by the Board’s Risk Committee, which in accordance with article 39 of the Board Regulations has participated in the establishment of the remuneration policy, checking that it is compatible with adequate and effective risk management and does not offer incentives for assuming risks that exceed the Company’s acceptable level.

Lastly, the decisions related to the remuneration of executive directors, when required by law, are submitted to the Bank’s Annual General Meeting for approval.

This system ensures an adequate decision-making process on questions of remuneration.

 

Page 133


LOGO

 

In 2015 the members of the Remuneration Committee received an aggregate total of €282,000 for their work on it. In addition, the Report on the Remuneration of BBVA Directors includes a breakdown of the remuneration by item for each director.

 

5.2. Description of the different types of employees and executive officers included in the Identified Staff

As set out in article 32.2 of Act 10/2014, BBVA has determined the professionals affected by this regulation (Identified Staff) following the criteria established by European Regulation 604/2014, dated March 4, of the Commission, which are grouped into two main blocks: qualitative criteria (defined around the position’s responsibility and the employee’s capacity to assume risks) and quantitative criteria (namely, having received total annual remuneration of 500,000 euros or more; being within the 0.3% with the highest total remuneration in the Group; or having received total remuneration higher than the lowest total remuneration set out in the qualitative criteria).

For these purposes, for 2015 this group includes:

 

    Members of the Board of Directors

 

    Members of senior management

 

    Professionals responsible for control functions and risk takers by function: This group is set up by functions that correspond to the qualitative criteria established in article 3 of Regulation EU 604/2014 of the European Commission, points 4 to 15 inclusive.

 

    Risk takers by remuneration: Made up of employees who meet the quantitative criteria of article 4 of Regulation EU 604/2014.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, BBVA will adapt the definition of Identified Staff, including categories of professionals as necessary, based on the requirements set out by applicable regulations.

 

5.3. Key features of the remuneration system

The remuneration system applicable to the Identified Staff in BBVA contains a series of special features as compared with the one applicable to the rest of staff, since a special variable incentive system has been established for this group, aligned with legal requirements, recommendations and best market practices, as described later.

According to BBVA’s remuneration policy, the remuneration system is made up of:

1. Fixed remuneration

Fixed remuneration in BBVA is established by taking into consideration the employee’s level of responsibility and professional career history in the Group. A benchmark salary is fixed for each function that reflects its value for the Organization. This benchmark salary is defined by analyzing what is fair internally and comparing it with the market through the advice of leading firms specializing in remuneration.

The fixed component in the employee’s total remuneration represents a sufficiently high proportion to allow maximum flexibility with respect to the variable components.

2.- Variable remuneration

BBVA’s variable remuneration represents a key element in the Bank’s remuneration policy, as it rewards the creation of value in the Group through each of the areas and units that make up BBVA. In short, it rewards individuals and teams and their combined contributions to the Group’s recurrent earnings.

 

Page 134


LOGO

 

The annual variable remuneration in BBVA for 2015 was made up of a single incentive paid in cash that is granted annually (hereinafter “Annual Variable Remuneration”). It has been designed so that it is aligned with prudent risk management and generation of long-term value.

The essential aspects of Annual Variable Remuneration in 2015 are detailed below:

2.a) Annual variable remuneration in cash.

BBVA’s annual variable remuneration model for 2015 is based on a series of value creation indicators established for each unit. The variable remuneration to be paid to the members of the unit in question depends on these indicators, and on the results for the unit’s area and those of the Group as a whole. The distribution of the remuneration between the staff members is based on individual performance, which is calculated through an individual evaluation of the indicators.

The unit indicators used are of two types: each unit’s own financial and non-financial indicators.

BBVA considers that prudent risk management is a key element within its variable remuneration policy. That is why it has established recurrent Economic Value Added (EVA) for 2015 as one of the financial indicators used to calculate the annual variable remuneration of all its workforce.

Technically, EVA is recurring economic profit minus the cost of capital used in each business or the rate of return expected by investors. Economic profit differs from accounting profit because of the use of economic criteria rather than regulatory accounting criteria in some operations.

It can therefore be said that conceptually, EVA is the recurring economic profit generated above market expectations in terms of capital remuneration.

It has also been established that indicators of the units themselves that are responsible for control functions (Internal Audit, Legal Compliance, Global Accounting & Information Management, General Secretary and Risks) should have a greater weight than the financial indicators. This is in order to make the staff who are responsible for the control functions more independent with respect to the areas supervised.

Thus, BBVA’s annual variable remuneration combines the employees’ results (financial and non-financial) with those of their Unit, the Area to which they belong and the Group as a whole; and it uses the EVA indicator, which takes into account both present and future risks, and the capital cost incurred to obtain those profits.

 

Page 135


LOGO

 

2.b) Settlement and payment system for annual variable remuneration

According to the specific settlement and payment system for annual variable remuneration in 2015 that applies to the Identified Staff:

 

  The variable remuneration in 2015 for the Identified Staff will be paid in equal proportion, in cash and in BBVA shares.

 

  Payment of 40% of the Annual Variable Remuneration –50% in the case of executive directors and members of senior management–, both in cash and in shares, will be deferred. The deferred amount will be paid at the end of the 3-year period and subject to fulfillment of the following multi-year evaluation indicators approved by the Board of Directors for the 3-year deferment period:

TABLE 78: Settlement and payment system for annual variable remuneration

 

Indicator

   Weight

Relative TSR

   10%

ROE

   10%

Economic Capital/ECaR

   30%

Cost of risk

   20%

LSCD

   30%

The deferred Annual Variable Remuneration may be reduced, and may even be zero, and under no circumstances may the application of the above indicators involve an increase.

 

  All the shares that are delivered according to the aforementioned rules may not be used for a period of six months starting from the date of their provision. This retention is applied on the net amount of the shares, after discounting the part necessary to make the tax payment for the shares received. Using the shares delivered which are unavailable and the shares pending delivery for hedging purposes is also prohibited.

 

  The deferred parts of the annual variable remuneration in 2015 will be updated as established by the Board of Directors.

 

  Lastly, the variable component of the remuneration for a year for the Identified Staff will be limited to a maximum amount of 100% of the fixed component of total remuneration, except for those positions approved by the General Meeting, which may reach up to 200%.

In addition, the parts of the annual variable remuneration that are deferred and pending payment in accordance with the above rules will not be paid to the members of the Identified Staff if one of the following circumstances occurs before the payment date (“malus clauses”):

i. If the beneficiary has not generated the right to annual variable remuneration for the year as a result of the effect on results for the year of transactions accounted for in previous years which generated the right to payment of the annual variable remuneration.

ii. If the beneficiary has been sanctioned for a serious breach of the code of conduct or other applicable internal rules, in particular related to risks.

iii. If the contractual relationship has been terminated, the beneficiaries will only be entitled to receive the deferred amounts under the same terms as if they had continued working in the event of retirement, early retirement, unfair dismissal, declaration of permanent incapacity for employment to any degree, or death, and in the event of termination by mutual agreement, where the situation will be resolved as agreed by the parties.

 

Page 136


LOGO

 

In addition, if in one year the BBVA Group had negative financial results (presented losses), not including one-off results, the beneficiaries will not receive either the Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to the year of the losses, or the deferred amounts that were payable for the year in which the annual accounts reflecting these negative results were approved.

In any event, the variable remuneration shall be paid only if it is sustainable with respect to the BBVA Group’s situation as a whole and if it is justified by its results.

As indicated earlier, the remuneration system described applies to the Identified Staff, which includes the Bank’s executive directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, BBVA’s Remuneration Policy for directors makes a distinction between the remuneration system for executive directors and the system applicable to non-executive directors, as set out in the Bank’s Bylaws.

A detailed description of the remuneration system applicable to BBVA’s non-executive directors is included in the Remuneration Policy for BBVA directors, which was approved by the General Meeting, and in the Annual Report on the Remuneration of Directors. As set out in those documents, non-executive directors do not receive variable remuneration; they receive a fixed annual amount in cash for holding the position of director and another for the members of the various Committees, with a greater weight being given to the exercise of the function of chairman of each Committee, and the amount depending on the nature of the functions attributed to each Committee.

In addition, the Bank has a remuneration system for its non-executive directors with deferred delivery of shares, approved by the Annual General Meeting, that also constitutes fixed remuneration. It consists of the annual allocation to those directors, as part of their remuneration, of a number of “theoretical shares” of the Bank that will be effectively delivered, where applicable, on the date of their termination as directors for any cause other than serious breach of their obligations. The annual number of “theoretical shares” to be allocated to each non-executive director will be equivalent to 20% of the total remuneration in cash received by each in the previous year. This is based on the average closing prices of the BBVA share during the 60 trading sessions prior to the dates of the ordinary General Meetings approving the financial statements for each year. The extension of the remuneration system with deferred distribution of shares for executive directors, is submitted to the next Annual General Meeting for approval.

 

5.4. Information on the connection between the remuneration of the Identified Staff and the performance of the Group

As specified above, in 2015 the amount of variable remuneration received by BBVA’s Identified Staff has been determined by the following factors:

 

    The Group’s financial results.

 

    The financial results and strategic projects in each business area.

 

    The financial results and the unit’s own indicators (not financial).

 

    The individual’s financial and non-financial targets.

 

Page 137


LOGO

 

The annual variable incentives in 2015 for executive directors has been determined by the Group’s earnings performance, through the following indicators: net attributable profit from ongoing operations, Economic Value Added (EVA) from ongoing operations, Efficiency Ratio, Gross Loss Absorption Capacity (operating income), and customer satisfaction (IReNe), and the assessment of the achievement of the tactical indicators in the case of the CEO and the executive director and Manager of Global Economics, Regulations & Public Affairs (GERPA), approved at the beginning of the year.

The amount of annual variable remuneration has been obtained from the level of fulfillment of the indicators shown, based on the achievement scales approved by the Board of Directors for each indicator. These scales take into account both budgetary fulfillment and the year-on-year variation of the results of each indicator with respect to the results obtained the previous year.

The Net Attributable Profit from ongoing operations has increased by 43.30% in 2015 compared to 2014, and stands above the target set for this indicator at the beginning of the year.

As regards the EVA from ongoing operations, even though its year-on-year performance has been very positive, nearly doubling the figures posted in 2014, the result is below the target set at the beginning of the year. The main reason why the target set for this indicator has not been attained is due basically to two elements. On the one hand, the strong impact of the changes in the exchange rate on the Bank’s balance sheet, with a negative performance, especially in the last months of the year. On the other, the negative variation of the unrealized capital gains as a result of the significant decline in the global markets seen in the last part of 2015.

The Efficiency Ratio and Operating Income indicators show a result close to the target set and an upward trend compared to the results obtained in 2014, which has resulted in an increase of 9.20% in the case of Operating Income.

Similarly, the annual variable incentives of senior management are linked to both the Group’s results and those of their management area.

For the rest of the members of the Identified Staff, the amount of variable remuneration depends on individual performance, results in the Area in which they provide their service, and the Group’s results overall.

In addition, as mentioned earlier, among the “malus clauses” it has been established that if in one year the BBVA Group had negative financial results (presented losses), not including one-off results, the beneficiaries will not receive neither the Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to the year of the losses, nor the deferred amounts that were payable for the year in which the financial statements reflecting these negative results were approved.

However, any variable remuneration that is pending payment will always be paid, provided that such payment is sustainable in terms of the situation of the BBVA Group as a whole.

 

5.5. Description of the criteria used for taking into consideration present and future risks in the remuneration process

As explained above, the remuneration policy for the Identified Staff is aligned with shareholders’ interests and with prudent risk management, and in 2015 includes the following elements:

 

Use of the EVA as a metric for evaluating earnings used as a base to determine annual variable remuneration. EVA considers the level of risk incurred and the cost of capital, measuring the sustained generation of value for shareholders and complying with the principle of prudent risk management.

 

Page 138


LOGO

 

  The indicator is based on the level of risk assumed and the cost of capital.

 

  EVA takes into consideration the majority of risks assumed through the calculation of Economic Capital at Risk (ECaR).

 

  ECaR reflects the minimum level of protection demanded against unexpected future losses by the different types of risk. Thus EVA not only includes the expected losses for the year, but also the risk of future losses.

 

  BBVA measures and monitors liquidity risk, which is also taken into account for incentive payments, to the extent that a premium is transferred to the income statements of the business areas that includes the liquidity cost.

 

Payment in shares of 50% of the annual variable remuneration.

 

Deferment clauses, designed to ensure that a substantial part of the variable remuneration (between 40% and 50%) is deferred for a period of 3 years, thus taking into account the economic cycle and business risks.

 

  Inclusion of multi-year evaluation indicators for the 3-year deferment period, with achievement scales which, in the event of failing to reach the goals set for each one, may reduce the deferred amount of Annual Variable Remuneration, never increase it, and may even result in the loss of the beneficiary’s entire deferred amount;

 

Obligatory withholding periods of any shares delivered as variable remuneration, so that beneficiaries may not freely dispose of them until six months after their delivery date.

 

Prohibition of hedging.

 

Clauses that prevent or limit the payment of variable remuneration (both deferred remuneration and remuneration corresponding to a year), as a result of both actions involving the individual recipient and the results of the Group as a whole (“malus clauses”).

 

Limitation of the amount of variable remuneration to a percentage of the fixed remuneration.

 

5.6. The main parameters and reasons for any component of the possible variable remuneration plans and other non-monetary benefits, specifically, the measures adopted for the members of the Identified Staff who are responsible for control functions

The main parameters and reasons for the components of the variable remuneration plans for the Identified Staff have been set out in other sections of this Report.

As already mentioned, in the case of employees who are responsible for control functions, variable remuneration will depend more firmly on the targets related to their functions, thus making them more independent of the business areas they supervise.

 

Page 139


LOGO

 

Non-financial indicators have a greater weight than financial indicators in the units that are responsible for control functions (Internal Audit, Legal Compliance, Global Accounting & Information Management, General Secretary and Risks). This is in order to make the staff who are responsible for the control functions more independent with respect to the areas supervised.

 

5.7. Ratios between the fixed and variable remuneration of the Identified Staff

One of the general principles of BBVA’s remuneration policy is that fixed remuneration should constitute a relevant amount of total remuneration.

As regards the Identified Staff, and as set out in article 34.g) of Act 10/2014, its remuneration policy establishes that the variable remuneration for these professionals be limited to the amount of their total fixed remuneration, unless the General Meeting decides to increase this limit to twice the total fixed remuneration, as the aforementioned Act envisages.

The General Meeting held in March 2014 approved that the variable component of the annual remuneration for executive directors, senior executives and certain employees who carry out professional activities that may have a material impact on the Bank’s risk profile, or who are responsible for the control functions, may reach up to 200% of the fixed component of total remuneration, in accordance with the Recommendations Report issued by the Board of Directors of BBVA on January 30, 2014. This resolution was approved by the General Meeting with 97.81% of the votes.

Moreover, and as a result of BBVA’s application of the new criteria set out in the European regulation for the identification of the members of the Identified Staff (Regulation 604/2014), which has led to an increase in the number of identified employees in the Group, a new agreement was approved by the 2015 General Meeting for increasing the group of employees who carry out professional activities that may have a material impact on the Group’s risk profile, or who are responsible for the control functions and to whom the highest level of remuneration applies, so that the maximum variable component of the remuneration for a year may reach up to 200% of the fixed component of the total remuneration of those professionals, in accordance with the Recommendations Report issued for this purpose by the Board of Directors on February 3, 2015 and made available to the shareholders from the date of calling the General Meeting. This agreement was approved by the General Meeting with 97.94% of the votes.

 

5.8. Quantitative information on the remuneration of the Identified Staff

Below is a breakdown by area of activity of the total remuneration of the Identified Staff received in 2015, whose variable component will be paid according to the settlement and payment scheme established in the above sections. Payment will be complete in 2018, subject to the aforementioned “malus clauses”:

 

Page 140


LOGO

 

TABLE 79: Remuneration of the Identified Staff in 2015 (I)

 

Remuneration for Identified Staff in 2015 (1)

   Total remuneration 2015  

Commercial Banking (2)

     106,838   

Investment Banking (3)

     57,625   

Asset Management (4)

     8,831   

Other (5)

     101,606   

Total Identified Staff

     274,900   

 

(1)  Fixed remuneration received in 2015 and variable remuneration received in 2015
(2)  Includes Retail and Commercial Banking, Corporate Banking and Insurance Activities.
(3)  Includes trading activities.
(4)  Includes Asset Management and Private Banking Activities.
(5)  Other activities, Executive and Non-executive Directors and other members of the Management Committee.

The following table gives aggregate information on the remuneration of the Identified Staff in 2015, broken down by type of employee and senior executive:

TABLE 80: Remuneration of the Identified Staff in 2015 (II)

 

Remuneration for Identified Staff in 2015 (1)

   Executive
directors
     Non-executive
directors
     Other senior
executives
     Rest of
Identified Staff
     Total for
Identified Staff
 

Total fixed remuneration paid in 2015 (2)

     4,534         3,833         11,065         149,287         168,719   

Total variable remuneration paid in 2015 (3)

     5,563         —           8,978         91,639         106,180   

In cash

     2,485         —           4,254         48,473         55,213   

In shares or related instruments

     3,078         —           4,724         43,166         50,968   

In other instruments

     —           —           —           —           —     

Outstanding deferred variable remuneration (4)

     4,499         —           6,958         53,161         64,618   

Consolidated

     —           —           —           —           —     

Not Consolidated

     4,499         —           6,958         53,161         64,618   

In cash

     2,250         —           3,478         26,842         32,570   

In shares or related instruments

     2,250         —           3,480         26,319         32,048   

In other instruments

     —           —           —           —           —     

Deferred remuneration granted and/or paid in 2015 (5)

     2,942         —           3,894         22,982         29,818   

Amount of explicit ex post performance adjustment applied in the year on remuneration paid in previous years

     —           —           —           —           —     

Number of beneficiaries

     3         12         17         377         409   

Number of employees receiving severance pay

     —           —           —           19         19   

Total severance pay paid in the year

     —           —           —           42,574         42,574   

Securitized positions

     —              —           —           —     

 

(1) Includes all the positions identified as Identified Staff in 2015. The distribution of the staff in different categories is made taking into account the position performed as of December 31, 2015
(2) Fixed remuneration, including in cash or in kind remuneration received in 2015. Moreover, In respect of provisions to cover the coverage of death and disability, they have been paid 316 thousand euros in the case of Executive Directors, and 543 thousand euros in the case of other Senior Executives. For the group Rest of Identified Staff this concept is already included in the fixed remuneration.
(3) Includes the variable remuneration paid in 2015, both the part for 2014 and the deferred and updated part for previous years (one third of the AVR 2011 deferred, one third of the AVR 2012 deferred, one third of the AVR 2013 deferred and one third of the ILP 2010-2011 deferred).
(4) Includes the deferred variable remuneration for previous years pending payment in 31-DEC-2015 (one third of the AVR 2012, two third of the AVR 2013 and deferred percentage of the AVR 2014).
(5) Includes the deferred variable remuneration for previous years paid in 2015 (one third of the AVR 2013 deferred, one third of the AVR 2012 deferred, one third of the AVR 2011 deferred and one third of the ILP 2010-2011 deferred, as well as their updates).

 

Page 141


LOGO

 

Of the total compensation paid, the highest paid to a single member amounts to €7,944 thousand. Moreover, this beneficiary has been paid the equivalent of the amounts that the Group had provisioned to meet its contractual pension obligations for the amount of €11,458 thousand.

The annual variable remuneration of the members of the Identified Staff for 2015 was determined at the close of that year.

In accordance with the settlement and payment system established for the Identified Staff’s Annual Variable Remuneration in 2015, a percentage of the annual variable remuneration for 2014 will be paid in 2016 (50% in the case of executive directors and members of the Management Committee and 60% in all other cases), with the rest being deferred to be paid in 2019, subject to the multi-year indicators described in the above sections. This results in the following amounts:

TABLE 81: Remuneration of the Identified Staff in 2015 (III)

 

Remuneration for Identified Staff corresponding to 2015 (1)

   Executive
directors
     Non-executive
directors
     Other senior
executives
     Rest of
Identified Staff
     Total for
Identified Staff
 

Amount of variable remuneration corresponding to 2015 received in 2014

     3,051         0         6,950         60,269         70,270   

In cash

     1,526         0         3,475         30,135         35,135   

In shares or related instruments

     1,526         0         3,475         30,135         35,135   

In other instruments

     0         0         0         0         0   

Amount of variable remuneration corresponding to 2015 that has been deferred (2)

     3,051         0         6,950         40,292         50,293   

In cash

     1,526         0         3,475         20,146         25,146   

In shares or related instruments

     1,526         0         3,475         20,146         25,146   

In other instruments

     0         0         0         0         0   

Number of beneficiaries

     3         12         17         377         409   

 

(1) Includes all the positions identified as Identified Staff in 2015. The distribution of the staff in different categories is made taking into account the position performed as of December 31, 2015
(2) Includes the amount corresponding to the deferred percentage of the RVA 2015 Variable remuneration best estimates included for Chile and Bolivia, where final ammounts have not been yet determined by the date of this report.

The number of employees receiving remuneration of 1 million euros or more is as follows:

 

Page 142


LOGO

 

TABLE 82: Number of people with total remuneration in excess of €1 million in 2015

 

Total remuneration in 2015 (1)

   Number of
people
 

Betwen 5 million and 6 million euros

     1   

Betwen 4,5 million and 5 million euros

     0   

Betwen 4 million and 4,5 million euros

     0   

Betwen 3,5 million and 4 million euros

     2   

Betwen 3 million and 3,5 million euros

     1   

Betwen 2,5 million and 3 million euros

     2   

Betwen 2 million and 2,5 million euros

     3   

Betwen 1,5 million and 2 million euros

     10   

Betwen 1 million and 1,5 million euros

     39   

 

(1)  Sum of the fixed remuneration for 2015 and the variable remuneration generated in 2015 Variable remuneration estimates included for Chile and Bolivia

 

Page 143


LOGO

 

3. Subsequent events

Following the fiscal year closure, a resolution referring to the issue of debentures convertible into ordinary BBVA shares with exclusion of first refusal rights was submitted to the Board of Directors for approval as provided for under the capacity delegated thereto by the General Meeting of Shareholders of the Company held on March 16, 2012 in item five of the agenda thereof.

This agreement was approved at the Board of Directors meeting held on February 2, 2016. For the purpose of articles 414, 417 and 511 of the Corporations Act, the mandatory directors report was issued, explaining the conversion bases and methods and justifying the proposed abolition of the pre-emptive subscription right, which was accompanied by a report by an auditor other than the Company’s auditor, appointed for that purpose by the Business Registry.

The payment of the interim dividend approved on December 22, 2015 was made on January 12, 2016.

 

Page 144


LOGO

 

Annexes

 

Page 145


LOGO

 

Summary Table Annexes I to IV

 

Type of company according to annex

   Consolidated Cost (Million of euros)  

Insurance companies with a stake of more than 10% that are not consolidated at solvency level (Annex I)

     3,949   

Financial institutions with a stake of more than 10% that are not consolidated at solvency level (Annex I)

     203   

Rest of companies that are consolidated at accounting level but not at solvency level (Annex II)

     484   

Rest of companies that are not consolidated at accounting or solvency level (Annex III)

     517   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

     5,154   
  

 

 

 

Type of company according to annex

   Consolidated Cost (Million of euros)  

Rest of companies that are not consolidated at accounting level but are consolidated at solvency level (Annex IV)

     202   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

     202   
  

 

 

 

 

Page 146


LOGO

 

Annex I: Insurance companies with a stake of more than 10% that are not consolidated according to the solvency criterion

 

Insurance stake >10%

  

Accounting Circular

  

Solvency Circular

  

Activity

   Consolidated
Cost
 

BBVA SEGUROS COLOMBIA, S.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    Insurance      28,341   

BBVA SEGUROS VIDA COLOMBIA, S.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    Insurance      98,969   

SEGUROS PROVINCIAL, C.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    Insurance      7,991   

BBVA SEGUROS, S.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    Insurance      2,023,865   

BBVA CONSOLIDAR SEGUROS, S.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    Insurance      32,696   

BBVA BANCOMER SEGUROS SALUD, S.A. DE C.V

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    Insurance      19,895   

BBVA RE LIMITED

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    Insurance      57,762   

CESCE

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated    Insurance      —     

BBVA SEGUROS DE VIDA, S.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    Insurance      63,103   

PENSIONES BANCOMER,S.A. DE C.V.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    Insurance      201,366   

SEGUROS BANCOMER, S.A. DE C.V.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    Insurance      610,959   

BBVA SEGUROS GENERALES SA

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    Insurance      4,039   

GARANTI EMEKLILIK VE HAYAT AS

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    Insurance      285,468   

CATALUNYACAIXA VIDA, SA

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    Insurance      463,698   

CATALUNYACAIXA ASSEGURANCES GENERALS, SA

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    Insurance      51,180   
           

 

 

 

TOTAL

              3,949,332   
           

 

 

 

Financial institutions with a stake of more than 10% that are not consolidated according to the solvency criterion

 

Financial institutions stake > 10%

  

Accounting Circular

  

Solvency Circular

   Activity      Consolidated
Cost
 

COFIDES

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method      Financial         17,159   

IMER-OTC SA - SERV. DE INFRAESTR.MDO OTC

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

BOLSA ELECT.VALORES

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

DECEVAL, S.A.

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

REDSYS SERVICIOS DE PROCESAMIENTO, S.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method      Financial         6,939   

INTERBANKING,S.A.

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

ACH 4G

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

TELEFONICA FACTORING ESPAÑA, S.A.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method      Financial         4,122   

TRANSBANK, S.A.

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

SPI

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

ROMBO COMPAÑIA FINANCIERA, S.A.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method      Financial         18,254   

TELEFONICA FACTORING MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method      Financial         762   

FINANCEIRA DO COMERCIO EXTERIOR S.A.R.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method      Financial         29   

Cons.Int.Aseg.Cdto. - CIAC

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

BRUNARA

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method      Financial         53,617   

CAJA EMISIONES

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method      Financial         19   

PROMOT.BOLSA DE BILBAO

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

TF PERU SAC

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method      Financial         1,047   

TELEFONICA FACTORING DO BRASIL

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

COMPASS INVESTMENTS, INC.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method      Financial         2   

COMPASS CUSTODIAL SERVICES, INC.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method      Financial         1   

SERVIRED SDAD ESPAÑOL. MED.PAGO, S.A

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method      Financial         92,093   

TELEFONICA FACTORING CHILE, S.A.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method      Financial         335   

REDBANC, S.A.(URUGUAY)

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method      Financial         187   

SD.ADMINISTRAD. FDOS.CESANTIA CHILE II

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method      Financial         8,648   

INNOVA 31, S.C.R., SA

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method      Financial         1   

AZUL HOLDING SCA

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

AZUL MANAGEMENT SARL

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

BANKALARARASI KART MERKEZI A.S.

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

CELERIS S.F., SA

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

FINAVES III NUEVAS INVERSIONES,S.A.

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

BUMARI, S.L.

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

SOCIETAT CATALANA INVERSIO COOP. SCR

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     

TRANS UNION DE MEXICO

   N - Not Consolidated    N - Not Consolidated      Financial         —     
           

 

 

 

TOTAL

              203,215   
           

 

 

 

 

Page 147


LOGO

 

Annex II: Other Companies that are consolidated according to accounting criteria but not according the solvency criterion

 

Company

  

Accounting Circular

  

Solvency Circular

  

Activity

   Consolidated Cost  

BBVA AUTORENTING, SA(EX-FINANZIA AUTOR.)

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 -SERVICES      32,804   

BBVA NOMINEES, LTD.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      —     

PRO-SALUD, C.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      —     

INVERSIONES P.H.R.4, C.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 -REAL ESTATE      —     

INVERSIONES ALDAMA, C.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

BBVA CONSULTORIA, S.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      4,801   

BBVA SERVICIOS, S.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    020 - COMMERCIAL      842   

PROMOTORA DE RECURSOS AGRARIOS, S.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    020 - COMMERCIAL      —     

EL ENCINAR METROPOLITANO, S.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      10,005   

ANIDA PROYECTOS INMOBILIARIOS, S.A. C.V.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      110,689   

ANIDA SERVICIOS INMOBILIARIOS, S.A. DE C

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      1,765   

MULTIASISTENCIA SERVICIOS S.A. DE C.V.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    070 - INSURANCE      730   

MULTIASISTENCIA OPERADORA S.A. DE C.V.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    070 - INSURANCE      44   

TEXTIL TEXTURA, S.L.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    020 - COMMERCIAL      8,080   

RESIDENCIAL CUMBRES DE SANTA FE, S.A. DE

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      481   

COINMODA- COMPLEMENTOS INNOVACIÓN Y MODA

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    020 - COMMERCIAL      26,806   

FIDEIC. HARES BBVA BANCOMER F/47997-2

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

BAHIA SUR RESORT, S.C.

   G- Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      1,422   

ANIDA DESARROLLOS INMOBILIARIOS, S.L.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      48,517   

SERVICIOS CORPORATIVOS DE SEGUROS, S.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      3,951   

DISTRITO CASTELLANA NORTE SA (EX DUCH SA

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      68,019   

GOBERNALIA GLOBAL NET, S.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      7,479   

FUTURO FAMILIAR, S.A. DE C.V.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      1,587   

ESTACION DE AUTOBUSES CHAMARTIN, S.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      —     

URBANIZADORA SANT LLORENC, S.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      65   

MULTIASISTENCIA, S.A. DE C.V.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    070 - INSURANCE      29,214   

ANIDA GERMANIA IMMOBILIEN ONE, GMBH

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      6,595   

BBVA SAAG(SOLUC.AV.AS.GES)-TUGESTIONLINE

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      —     

IMOBILIARIA DUQUE DE AVILA, S.A.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      10,559   

SERVICIOS TECNOLOG.SINGUL. ( SERVITECSA)

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      923   

SOLIUM MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      725   

COPROMED S.A. DE C.V.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      23   

SOLIUM OPERADORA, S.A. DE C.V.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      —     

INMESP DESARROLLADORA, S.A. DE C.V.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      38,858   

CONSORCIO DE CASAS MEXICANAS, SAPI DE CV

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      501   

F/403035 - 9 BBVA HORIZONTES RESIDENCIAL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      19   

F/253863 EL DESEO RESIDENCIAL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

MADIVA SOLUCIONES SL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      9,397   

ARRAHONA GARRAF SL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

CATALÒNIA GEBIRA, SL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

GARRAF MEDITERRANIA SA

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

HABITATGES INVERVIC, S.L.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

HABITATGES JUVIPRO, S.L.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

BBVA VIDA S.A.DE SEGUROS Y REASEGUROS

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    070 - INSURANCE      —     

MOTORACTIVE MULTISERVICES SRL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      346   

GARANTI FILO YONETIM HIZMETLERI A.S.

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      23,177   

INPAU, SA

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      5,223   

FODECOR, SL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

CERBAT, SL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      24,838   

PROCAMVASA, SA

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

S.B.D. NORD, SL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

PUERTO CIUDAD LAS PALMAS, SA

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

PROVIURE, SL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

CLUB GOLF HACIENDA EL ALAMO, SL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      315   

AREA TRES PROCAM, SL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      29   

JALE PROCAM, SL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

PROVIURE CIUTAT DE LLEIDA, SL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      167   

PROVIURE BARCELONA, SL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      333   

PROVIURE PARC D’HABITATGES, SL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      558   

CONJUNT RESIDENCIAL FREIXA, SL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

HABITAT ZENTRUM, SL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

GARANTI KULTUR AS

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      510   

TRIFOI REAL ESTATE SRL

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      880   

UNITARIA GESTION DE PATRIMONIOS INMOBILI

   G - Full consolidation    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      2,692   
           

 

 

 

TOTAL

              483,969   
           

 

 

 

 

Page 148


LOGO

 

Annex III: Other Companies that are not consolidated according to accounting and solvency criteria

 

Company

  

Accounting Circular

  

Solvency Circular

  

Activity

   Consolidated Cost  

ALMAGRARIO, S.A.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      —     

SISTARBANC S.R.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    080 - FINANCIAL      245   

FIDEIC.F/403112 - 6 ADMON DOS LAGOS

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

CAMARATE GOLF, S.A.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      1,582   

LAS PEDRAZAS GOLF,SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

AUREA, S.A.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      4,553   

PARQUE REFORMA SANTA FE, S.A. de C.V.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      531   

REAL ESTATE DEAL II

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    170 -INVESTMENT COMPANIES      4,651   

I+D MEXICO, S.A.DE C.V.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      12,988   

FIDEIC. F/402770 - 2 ALAMAR

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

FIDEIC. F 404015 - 0 BBVA BANCOM LOMAS III

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

FIDEICOMISO SCOTIABANK F100322742

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

FIDEIC F 403853 5 BBVA BANCOM SER.ZIBATA

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      2,952   

CORPORATIVO VITAMEDICA, S.A. DE C.V.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      2   

OPERADORA ZIBATA S. DE R.L. DE C.V.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      318   

SERVICIOS VITAMEDICA, S.A. DE C.V.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      105   

FERROMOVIL 3000, S.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      4,400   

FERROMOVIL 9000, S.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      3,381   

LA ESMERALDA DESARROLLOS, S.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

OCCIDENTAL HOTELES MANAGEMENT, S.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      —     

VITAMEDICA S.A. DE C.V.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    070 - INSURANCE      —     

FIDEICOM F/70191 - 2 LOMAS ANGELOPOLIS II

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

IRB RIESGO OPERACIONAL, S.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      408   

JARDINES DEL RUBIN, S.A.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      837   

COMPAÑIA MEXICANA DE PROCESAMIENTO, S.A.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      6,563   

ECUALITY E - COMMERCE QUALITY, S.A.S.P.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    020 - COMMERCIAL      1   

ADQUIRA MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    020 - COMMERCIAL      1,936   

CITIC INTERN.FINANCIAL HOLDINGS LTD CIFH

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    010 - PORTFOLIO      —     

ADQUIRA ESPAÑA, S.A.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    020 - COMMERCIAL      2,709   

CORPORACION SUICHE 7B, C.A

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    080 - FINANCIAL      17   

CAJA VENEZOLANA DE VALORES, S.A.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    080 - FINANCIAL      16   

TELEFONICA FACTORING COLOMBIA, S.A.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    080 - FINANCIAL      277   

GUP GESTION UNIFICADA DE PROYECTOS, S.A.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      —     

METROVACESA

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      351,255   

P.R.ALBIRSA, S.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      96   

OPERADORA DOS LAGOS S.A. DE C.V.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      47   

OPERADORA ALAMAR SA DE CV

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      29   

OPERADORA MIRASIERRA, S.A. DE C.V.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      —     

TENEDORA VEHICULOS, S.A. - TENEVESA

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      406   

OPERADORA HITO URBANO, S.A.DE C.V.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      95   

ALTITUDE SOFTWARE SGPS, S.A.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      8,323   

CABAL URUGUAY, S.A.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    080 - FINANCIAL      158   

FIDEICOMISO 1729 INVEX ENAJENACION DE CA

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    050 - SPECIAL- PURPOSE REAL - ESTATE COMPANIES      65,721   

VITAMEDICA ADMINISTRADORA

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      576   

CANCUN SUN & GOLF COUNTRY CLUB, SAPI CV

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      - 5,236   

BATEC MOBILITY, S.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      475   

F/100322908 FID. DOS LAGOS(SCOTIAB.INV.)

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      680   

FIDEICOMISO DE ADMON 2038 - 6

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

DESARROLLOS METROPOLITANOS DEL SUR SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      11,327   

FIDEICOMISO F/00185 FIMPE

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    080 - FINANCIAL      6,346   

BH CFC - BANK OF HANGZHOU CONSUMER FINANCE

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    000 - BANKING      21,249   

AXIACOM - CRI

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      1   

BALMA HABITAT S.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      1   

DOBIMUS SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

FRIGEL, S.L

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      —     

HABITATGES CIMIPRO, S.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      1   

HABITATGES FINVER, S.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

HABITATGES LLULL, S.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      1   

NOVA LLAR SANT JOAN SA

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

NUCLI, SA

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

PROBIS AIGUAVIVA SL (EN LIQ.)

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

PROMOCIONS CAN CATÀ SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      1   

RESIDENCIAL PEDRALBES - CARRERAS, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      15   

RESIDENCIAL SARRIA - BONANOVA SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

SABADELL CEAR, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

SDB CREIXENT, SA

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

SOLARVOLAR S.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

VIC CONVENT, S.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      33   

OSONA CIPSA S.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

LANDOMUS, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      1   

NOU MAPRO, SA

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

PROVICAT SANT ANDREU, SA

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      1   

INMOBILIARIA MONTE BOADILLA, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

EUGESA PROCAM, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      1   

ESPAIS CATALUNYA INV. IMMOB., SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      6   

NOVA TERRASSA 30, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      1   

PROMOCIONS TERRES CAVADES, SA

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

PROMOCIONES MIES DEL VALLE, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

ESPAIS CERDANYOLA, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

SANYRES SUR, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      —     

CENTROS RESIDENCIALES SANYRES SUR, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

ALZAMBRA SANYRES, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

PROMAR 21, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

PARQUE EOLICO LOS PEDREROS, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    040 - INDUSTRIAL      —     

S.C.I. MAGNAN SAINT PHILIPPE

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

TEIN CENTRO TECNOLOGICO DEL PLASTICO, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      1   

PROVIURE CZF, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      9   

EURO LENDERT, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

INICIATIVAS EOLICAS CASTELLANAS, SA

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    040 - INDUSTRIAL      —     

UNION SANYRES, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

SANIDAD Y RESIDENCIAS 21, SA

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      —     

PARC EOLIC COLL DEL MORO, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    040 - INDUSTRIAL      —     

PARC EOLIC DE TORRE MADRINA, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    040 - INDUSTRIAL      —     

PARC EOLIC DE VILALBA DELS ARCS, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    040 - INDUSTRIAL      —     

VERTIX PROCAM PATRIMONIAL, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      1   

CAPASATUS, S.L

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

SARDENYA CENTRE, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

TAGE CENTRE PROMOCIONS IMMOBILIARIES, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

FACTOR HABAST, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

CRUILLA CENTRE, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

HARMONIA BADALONA, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

IMMOCENTRE 3000, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

VISOREN CENTRE, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

KUARS CENTRE, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      1   

SENDERAN GESTION DE ACTIVOS, S.L.

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

EUROESPAI 2000, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

L’ERA DE VIC, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

OLESA BLAVA, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

AMBIT D’EQUIPAMENTS, SA

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

HARMONIA PLA DE PONENT, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

IMPULS LLOGUER, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

PROVIURE CZF PARC D’HABITATGES, SL

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    060 - REAL ESTATE      —     

AMAEF—AGRUPACION DE LA MEDIACION ASEGU

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      —     

NAVIERA ELECTRA, AIE

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      —     

NAVIERA CABO ESTAY, AIE

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      —     

SEGURIDAD Y PROTECCION BANCARIAS, S.A. D

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      804   

SERVICIOS ELECTRONICOS GLOBALES, S.A. DE

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      6,328   

SERVICIOS ON LINE USUARIOS MULT (SOLIUM)

   E - Equity method    E - Equity method    090 - SERVICES      —     
           

 

 

 

TOTAL

              517,226   
           

 

 

 

 

Page 149


LOGO

 

Annex IV: Other Companies that are not consolidated according to accounting criteria but are consolidated according the solvency criterion

 

Company

  

Accounting Circular

  

Solvency Circular

  

Activity

   Consolidated
Cost
 

INVERSIONES PLATCO, C.A.

   E - Equity method    P - Proportional consolidation    080 - FINANCIAL      2,985   

CORPORACION IBV PARTICIPACIONES EMPRESAR

   E - Equity method    P - Proportional consolidation    010 - PORTFOLIO      156,968   

ALTURA MARKETS, S.V., S.A.

   E - Equity method    P - Proportional consolidation    100 - SECURITIES FIRMS      19,961   

ATCA, AIE

   E - Equity method    P - Proportional consolidation    090 - SERVICES      —     

DESARROLLOS CATALANES DEL VIENTO, SL

   E - Equity method    P - Proportional consolidation    010 - PORTFOLIO      —     

OCYCANDEY 2006, SL

   E - Equity method    P - Proportional consolidation    010 - PORTFOLIO      —     

PSA FINANCE ARGENTINA COMPAÑIA FINANCIER

   E - Equity method    P - Proportional consolidation    000 - BANKING      22,527   
           

 

 

 

TOTAL

              202,441   
           

 

 

 

Note: The zero balances correspond to companies whose holding value is equal to zero, as well as companies that are not consolidated.

 

Page 150


LOGO

 

Annex V: Template with information on temporary capital

 

Template with information on temporary capital

   31/12/2015
Phase-in (1)
     Transitional
adjustments (2)
     31/12/2015
Fully-loaded
(3)=(1)+(2)
 

1. Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts

     27,112            27,112   

of which: Own shares

     27,112            27,112   

of which: Instrument type 2

     —              —     

of which: Instrument type 3

     —              —     

2. Retained earnings

     21,022            21,022   

3. Accumulated other comprehensive income (and any other reserves)

     (1,904         (1,904

3.a. Funds for general banking risk

     —              —     

4. Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484(3) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from CET1

     —              —     

5. Minority interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1)

     7,143         (1,308      5,835   

5.a. Independently reviewed interim profits net of any foreseeable charge or dividend

     1,456            1,456   

6. Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital before regulatory adjustments

     54,829         (1,308      53,521   

Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital: regulatory adjustments

           —     

7. Additional value adjustments (negative amount)

     (195      —           (195

8. Intangible assets (net of related tax liability) (negative amount)

     (3,902      (5,848      (9,750

9. Empty set in the EU

     —              —     

10. Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary difference (net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38(3) are met) (negative amount)

     (75      (874      (949

11. Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges

     —              —     

12. Negative amounts resulting from the calculation of expected loss amounts (equity)

     (31         (31

13. Any increase in equity that results from securitised assets (negative amount)

     —              —     

14. Gains or losses on liabilities valued at fair value resulting from changes in own credit standing

     (136         (136

15. Defined-benefit pension fund assets (negative amount)

     —              —     

16. Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments (negative amount)

     (511      (225      (736
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

17. Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)

     —              —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Page 151


LOGO

 

18. Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)

     —              —     

19. Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)

     —           —           —     

20. Empty set in the EU

     —              —     

20.a Exposure amount of the following items which qualify for a RW of 1250%, where the institution opts for the deduction alternative

     (89         (89

20.b. of which: qualifying holdings outside the financial sector (negative amount)

     —              —     

20.c of which: securitisation positions (negative amount)

     (89         (89

20.d of which: free deliveries (negative amount)

     —              —     

21. Deferred tax assets arising from temporary difference (amount above 10 % threshold , net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) are met) (negative amount)

     —              —     

22. Amount exceeding the 15% threshold (negative amount)

     —              —     

23. of which: direct and indirect holdings by the institution of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities

     —           (170      (170

24. Empty set in the EU

     —              —     

25. of which: deferred tax assets arising from temporary difference

     —           (111      (111

25.a Losses for the current financial year (negative amount)

     —              —     

25.b Foreseeable tax charges relating to CET1 items (negative amount)

     —              —     

26. Regulatory adjustments applied to Common Equity Tier 1 in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment

     (788      788         —     

26.a Regulatory adjustments relating to unrealised gains and losses pursuant to Articles 467 and 468

     (788      788         —     

26.b Amount to be deducted from or added to Common Equity Tier 1 capital with regard to additional filters and deductions required pre CRR

     —              —     

27. Qualifying AT1 deductions that exceeds the AT1 capital of the institution (negative amount)

     (549      549         —     

 

Page 152


LOGO

 

28. Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1)

     (6,275      (5,891      (12,166

29. Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital

     48,554         (7,198      41,356   

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: instruments

           —     

30.    Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts

     4,439            4,439   

31.    of which: classified as equity under applicable accounting standards

     —              —     

32.    of which: classified as liabilities under applicable accounting standards

     4,439            4,439   

33.    Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484(4) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from AT1

     863         (863      —     

34.    Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in consolidated AT1 capital (including minority interest not included in row 5) issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties

     —              —     

35.    of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase-out

     —              —     

36. Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital before regulatory adjustments

     5,302         (863      4,439   

Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital: regulatory adjustments

           —     

37.    Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own AT1 instruments (negative amount)

     —              —     

38.    Holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where those entities have reciprocal cross holdings with the institution designed to inflate artificially the own funds of the institution (negative amount)

     —              —     

39.    Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)

     —              —     

40.    Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the AT1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)

     —              —     

41.    Regulatory adjustments applied to Additional Tier 1 capital in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment and transitional treatments subject to phase-out as prescribed in Regulation (EU) No 585/2013 (ie. CRR residual amounts)

     (5,302      5,964         662   

41.a.Residual amounts deducted from Additional Tier 1 capital with regard to deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 472 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013

     (5,302      5,964         662   

41.b Residual amounts deducted from Additional Tier 1 capital with regard to deduction from Tier 2 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 475 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013

     —              —     

 

Page 153


LOGO

 

41.c Amounts to be deducted from added to Additional Tier 1 capital with regard to additional filters and deductions required pre- CRR

     —              —     

42     Qualifying T2 deductions that exceed the T2 capital of the institution (negative amount)

     —              —     

43 Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

     (5,302      5,964         662   

44 Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital

     —           5,101         5,101   

45 Tier 1 capital (T1 = CET1 + AT1)

     48,554         (2,100      46,456   

Tier 2 (T2) capital: instruments and provisions

           —     

46.    Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts

     2,005         —           2,005   

47.    Amount of qualifying items referred to in Article 484(5) and the related share premium accounts subject to phase out from T2

     429         (429      —     

48.    Qualifying own funds instruments included in consolidated T2 capital (including minority interest and AT1 instruments not included in rows 5 or 34) issued by subsidiaries and held by third party

     5,716         (99      5,617   

49.    of which: instruments issued by subsidiaries subject to phase-out

     (99      99         —     

50.    Credit risk adjustments

     3,496            3,496   

51. Tier 2 (T2) capital before regulatory adjustment

     11,646         (528      11,118   

Tier 2 (T2) capital: regulatory adjustments

           —     

52.    Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own T2 instruments and subordinated loans (negative amount)

     —              —     

53.    Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own T2 instruments and subordinated loans (negative amount)

     —              —     

54.    Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount above 10 % threshold and net of eligible short positions) (negative amount)

     —              —     

54.a Of which new holdings not subject to transitional arrangements

     —              —     

54.b Of which holdings existing before 1 January 2013 and subject to transitional arrangements

     —              —     

 

Page 154


LOGO

 

55. Direct, indirect and synthetic holdings of the T2 instruments and subordinated loans of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (net of eligible short positions) (negative amounts)

     —              —     

56. Regulatory adjustments applied to tier 2 in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment and transitional treatments subject to phase out as prescribed in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (i.e. CRR residual amounts)

     —              —     

56.a Residual amounts deducted from Tier 2 capital with regard to deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 472 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013

     —              —     

56.b Residual amounts deducted from Tier 2 capital with regard to deduction from Additional Tier 1 capital during the transitional period pursuant to article 475 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013

     —              —     

56.c Amounts to be deducted from or added to Tier 2 capital with regard to additional filters and deductions required pre- CRR

     —              —     

57 Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 (T2) capital

     —           —           —     

58. Tier 2 (T2) capital

     11,646         (528      11,118   

59. Total capital (TC = T1 + T2)

     60,200         (2,628      57,576   

59.a Risk weighted assets in respect of amounts subject to pre-CRR treatment and transitional treatments subject to phase out as prescribed in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (i.e. CRR residual amount)

     —              —     

60 Total risk-weighted assets

     401,285         (1,283      400,002   

61. Common Equity Tier 1 (as a percentage of total risk exposure amount

        

62. Tier 1 (as a percentage of total risk exposure amount

        

63. Total capital (as a percentage of total risk exposure amount

        

64. Institution specific buffer requirement (CET1 requirement in accordance with article 92(1) (a) plus capital conservation and countercyclical buffer requirements plus a systemic risk buffer, plus systemically important institution buffer expressed as a percentage of total risk exposure amount)

     —              —     

65. of which: capital conservation buffer requirement

     —              —     

66. of which: countercyclical buffer requirement

     —              —     

67. of which: systemic risk buffer requirement

     —              —     

 

Page 155


LOGO

 

67.a. of which: Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) or Other Systemically Important Institution (O-SII) buffer

     —              —     

68. Common Equity Tier 1 available to meet buffers (as a percentage of risk exposure amount)

     —              —     

Amounts below the thresholds for deduction (before risk-weighting)

           —     

72. Direct and indirect holdings of the capital of financial sector entities where the institution does not have a significant investment in those entities (amount below 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions

     2,935            2,935   

73. Direct and indirect holdings of the CET1 instruments of financial sector entities where the institution has a significant investment in those entities (amount below 10% threshold and net of eligible short positions

     3,928            3,928   

74. Empty set in the EU

     —              —     

75. Deferred tax assets arising from temporary difference (amount below 10 % threshold , net of related tax liability where the conditions in Article 38 (3) are met)

     2,812         (258      2,554   

Applicable caps on the inclusion of provisions in Tier 2

     —              —     

76. Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to standardised approach (prior to the application of the cap)

     —              —     

77. Cap on inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under standardised approach

     —              —     

78. Credit risk adjustments included in T2 in respect of exposures subject to internal rating-based approach (prior to the application of the cap)

     —              —     

79. Cap for inclusion of credit risk adjustments in T2 under internal ratings-based approach

     —              —     

80. Current cap on CET1 instruments subject to phase-out arrangements

     —              —     

81. Amount excluded from CET1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)

     —              —     

82. Current cap on AT1 instruments subject to phase-out arrangements

     —              —     

83. Amount excluded from AT1 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)

     —              —     

84. Current cap on T2 instruments subject to phase-out arrangements

     —              —     

85. Amount excluded from T2 due to cap (excess over cap after redemptions and maturities)

     —              —     

 

Page 156


LOGO

 

Annex VI. Template with information on the characteristics of the main capital instruments

 

Capital instruments
main features
template
                                                     

1. Issuer

   
 
 
Banco Bilbao
Vizcaya
Argentaria SA
  
  
  
   
 
 
Banco Bilbao
Vizcaya
Argentaria SA
  
  
  
   
 
 
Banco Bilbao
Vizcaya
Argentaria SA
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
BBVA
International
Preferred SA
Unipersonal
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
BBVA
International
Preferred SA
Unipersonal
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
BBVA
International
Preferred SA
Unipersonal
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
CaixaSabadell
Preferents S.A.
Sociedad
Unipersonal
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Caixa Terrassa
Societat de
Participacions
Preferents, S.A.
Unipersonal
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
BBVA
International
Preferred SA
Unipersonal
  
  
  
  

2. Unique identifier (eg CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement

    XS0926832907        XS1033661866        XS1190663952        US05530RAB42        XS0308305803        XS0266971745        ES0101339028        XS0225115566        XS0229864060   

3. Governing law(s) of the instrument

    Spanish        Spanish        Spanish        Spanish        Spanish        Spanish        Spanish        Spanish        Spanish   

Regulatory treatment

                 

4. Transitional CRR rules

    Additional Tier 1        Additional Tier 1        Additional Tier 1        Tier 1        Tier 1        Tier 1        Tier 1        Tier 1        Tier 1   

5. Post-transitional CRR rules

    Additional Tier 1        Additional Tier 1        Additional Tier 1        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2   

6. Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated/solo & (sub-)consolidated

   
 
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   
 
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   
 
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   
 
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   
 
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   
 
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   
 
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   
 
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   
 
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  

7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)

   
 
Contingent
Convertible
  
  
   
 
Contingent
Convertible
  
  
   
 
Contingent
Convertible
  
  
    Preferred Shares       
 
Preferred
Shares
  
  
   
 
Preferred
Shares
  
  
   
 
Preferred
Shares
  
  
   
 
Preferred
Shares
  
  
   
 
Preferred
Shares
  
  

8. Amount recognised in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)

    1,439.2        1,500.0        1,500.0        551.1        42.5        164.5        51.2        34.3        —     

9. Nominal amount of instrument

    1,500 Mill USD        1,500 Mill EUR        1,500 Mill EUR        600 Mill USD        400 Mill GBP        500 Mill EUR        90 Mill EUR        75 Mill Eur        550 Mill EUR   

9.a. Issue price

    100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00

9.b. Redemption price

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Liquidation
Preference plus,
if applicable, an
amount equal to
accrued and
unpaid
Distributions for
the then current
Distribution
Period to the
date fixed for
redemption of
the Preferred
Securities
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Liquidation
Preference plus,
if applicable, an
amount equal to
accrued and
unpaid
Distributions for
the then current
Distribution
Period to the
date fixed for
redemption of
the Preferred
Securities
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Liquidation
Preference plus,
if applicable, an
amount equal to
accrued and
unpaid
Distributions for
the then current
Distribution
Period to the
date fixed for
redemption of
the Preferred
Securities
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Liquidation
Preference plus,
if applicable, an
amount equal to
accrued and
unpaid
Distributions for
the then current
Distribution
Period to the
date fixed for
redemption of
the Preferred
Securities
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Liquidation
Preference plus,
if applicable, an
amount equal to
accrued and
unpaid
Distributions
for the then
current
Distribution
Period to the
date fixed for
redemption of
the Preferred
Securities
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Liquidation
Preference plus,
if applicable, an
amount equal to
accrued and
unpaid
Distributions
for the then
current
Distribution
Period to the
date fixed for
redemption of
the Preferred
Securities
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Liquidation
Preference plus,
if applicable, an
amount equal to
accrued and
unpaid
Distributions
for the then
current
Distribution
Period to the
date fixed for
redemption of
the Preferred
Securities
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Liquidation
Preference plus,
if applicable, an
amount equal to
accrued and
unpaid
Distributions
for the then
current
Distribution
Period to the
date fixed for
redemption of
the Preferred
Securities
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Liquidation
Preference plus,
if applicable, an
amount equal to
accrued and
unpaid
Distributions
for the then
current
Distribution
Period to the
date fixed for
redemption of
the Preferred
Securities
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

10. Accounting classification

   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  

11. Original date of issuance

    4/26/2013        2/11/2014        2/10/2015        4/18/2007        7/19/2007        9/20/2006        7/14/2006        8/10/2005        9/22/2005   

12. Perpeptual or dated

    Perpetual        Perpetual        Perpetual        Perpetual        Perpetual        Perpetual        Perpetual        Perpetual        Perpetual   

13. Original maturity date

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

14. Issuer call subjet to prior supervisory approval

    Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes   

15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount

   
 
 
 
 
Issuer call date:
09/05/2018; also
subject to both
Regulatory and
Tax call
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Issuer call date:
19/02/2019; also
subject to both
Regulatory and
Tax call
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Issuer call date:
18/02/2020; also
subject to both
Regulatory and
Tax call
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Issuer call date:
18/04/2017; also
subject to both
Regulatory and
Tax call
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Issuer call date:
19/07/2012;
also subject to
both Regulatory
and Tax call
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Issuer call date:
20/09/2016;
also subject to
both Regulatory
and Tax call
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
Issuer call date:
14/07/2016
  
  
   
 
Issuer call date:
10/08/2011
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Issuer call date:
22/09/2015;
also subject to
both Regulatory
and Tax call
  
  
  
  
  

16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable

   
 
 
At any time on
or after the first
reset date
  
  
  
   
 
 
At any time on
or after the first
reset date
  
  
  
   
 
 
At any time on
or after the first
reset date
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
At ten years
intervals
commencing on
April 18, 2017
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
On any
distribution
payment date
falling on or
after the first
call date
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
On any
distribution
payment date
falling on or
after the first
call date
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
On any
distribution
payment date
falling on or
after the first
call date
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
On any
distribution
payment date
falling on or
after the first
call date
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
On any
distribution
payment date
falling on or
after the first
call date
  
  
  
  
  
  

Coupons / dividends

                 

17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon

   
 
Fixed to floating
(since call date)
  
  
   
 
Fixed to floating
(since call date)
  
  
   
 
Fixed to floating
(since call date)
  
  
   
 
Fixed to floating
(since call date)
  
  
   
 
 
Fixed to
floating (since
call date)
  
  
  
   
 
 
Fixed to
floating (since
call date)
  
  
  
    Floating       
 
 
Fixed to
floating (since
call date)
  
  
  
   
 
 
Fixed to
floating (since
call date)
  
  
  

18. Coupon rate and any related index

   
 
9.0%; USSW5 +
8.262%
  
  
   
 
7.0%; EUSA5 +
6.155%
  
  
   
 
6.75%; EUSA +
6.604%
  
  
   
 
 
5,919% (floor);
3M US
LIBOR+0.82%
  
  
  
   
 
 
7,093%; 3M
GBP
LIBOR+0,875%
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
4,952%; 3M
EURIBOR +1%
+0,95% per
year
  
  
  
  
   
 
3M EURIBOR
+ 1,95%
  
  
   
 
 
8%; 10Y CMS
+0,10% (cap:
10%)
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
3,798%; 3M
EURIBOR +
0,65% +1% per
year
  
  
  
  

19. Existence of a dividend stopper

    No        No        No        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes   

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing

   
 
Fully
discretionary
  
  
   
 
Fully
discretionary
  
  
   
 
Fully
discretionary
  
  
    Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory   

20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)

   
 
Fully
discretionary
  
  
   
 
Fully
discretionary
  
  
   
 
Fully
discretionary
  
  
    Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory   

21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem

    No        No        No        No        No        Yes        No        No        Yes   

22. Noncumulative or cumulative

    Noncumulative        Noncumulative        Noncumulative        Noncumulative        Noncumulative        Noncumulative        Noncumulative        Noncumulative        Noncumulative   

23.Convertible or non-convertible

    Convertible        Convertible        Convertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible   

24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)

   
 
 
CET1 5.125%;
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
CET1 5.125%;
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
CET1 5.125%;
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

25. If convertible, fully or partially

    Always Fully        Always Fully        Always Fully        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

26. If convertible, conversion rate

    Floating        Floating        Floating        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion

    Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

28. If convertible, specifiy instrument type convertible into

    Tier 1        Tier 1        Tier 1        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

29. If convertible, specifiy issuer of instrument it converts into

   
 
 
Banco Bilbao
Vizcaya
Argentaria SA
  
  
  
   
 
 
Banco Bilbao
Vizcaya
Argentaria SA
  
  
  
   
 
 
Banco Bilbao
Vizcaya
Argentaria SA
  
  
  
    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

30. Write-down features

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

32. If write-down, full or partial

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

33. If write-down, permanent or temporary

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

35. Position in subordination hierachy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)

   
 
 
 
 
Senior to
common shares
and reserves and
pari passu with
preferred shares
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Senior to
common shares
and reserves and
pari passu with
preferred shares
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Senior to
common shares
and reserves and
pari passu with
preferred shares
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Senior to
common shares
and reserves and
pari passu with
preferred shares
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
common shares
and reserves
and pari passu
with Additional
Tier 1
instruments
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
common shares
and reserves
and pari passu
with Additional
Tier 1
instruments
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
common shares
and reserves
and pari passu
with Additional
Tier 1
instruments
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
common shares
and reserves
and pari passu
with Additional
Tier 1
instruments
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
common shares
and reserves
and pari passu
with Additional
Tier 1
instruments
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

36. Non-compliant transitioned features

    No        No        No        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes   

37. If yes, specifiy non-compliant features

    N/A        N/A        N/A       
 
No trigger, no
discretionary
  
  
   
 
No trigger, no
discretionary
  
  
   
 
 
No trigger, no
discretionary,
step up
  
  
  
   
 
No trigger, no
discretionary
  
  
   
 
No trigger, no
discretionary
  
  
   
 
 
No trigger, no
discretionary,
step up
  
  
  

 

(1) ‘N/A’ inserted if the question is not applicable

 

Page 157


LOGO

 

Capital
instruments main
features template
                                                     

1. Issuer

   
 
 
 
BBVA
Subordinated
Capital
Finance SAU
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
BBVA
Subordinated
Capital
Finance SAU
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
BBVA
Subordinated
Capital
Finance SAU
  
  
  
  
    BBVA, SA       
 
 
 
BBVA
Subordinated
Capital
Finance SAU
  
  
  
  
    BBVA, SA       
 
BBVA Global
Finance LTD
  
  
   
 
BBVA Global
Finance LTD
  
  
   
 
BBVA Global
Finance LTD
  
  

2. Unique identifier (eg CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement

    XS0230662628        XS1055241373        XS0376074364        ES0213211131        XS0361684391        ES0213211115        XS0137037361        XS0137317995        XS0138158281   

3. Governing law(s) of the instrument

    English        English        English        Spanish        English        Spanish        English        English        English   

Regulatory treatment

                 

4. Transitional CRR rules

    Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2   

5. Post-transitional CRR rules

    Ineligible        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Ineligible        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2   

6. Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated/solo & (sub-)consolidated

   
 
 
At solo &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At solo &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At solo &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At solo &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At solo &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   
 
 
At solo &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At solo &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At solo &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  

7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)

   
 
Subordinated
debt
  
  
   
 
Subordinated
debt
  
  
   
 
Subordinated
debt
  
  
   
 
Subordinated
debt
  
  
   
 
Subordinated
debt
  
  
    Subordinated debt       
 
Subordinated
debt
  
  
   
 
Subordinated
debt
  
  
   
 
Subordinated
debt
  
  

8. Amount recognised in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)

    —           1,500.0        8.0        99.9        50.0        124.7        —          —          —     

9. Nominal amount of instrument

   
 
150,0 Mill
EUR
  
  
   
 
1.500,0 Mill
EUR
  
  
    20,0 Mill EUR       
 
100,0 Mill
EUR
  
  
    50,0 Mill EUR        125,0 Mill EUR        40,0 Mill EUR        50,0 Mill EUR        55,0 Mill EUR   

9.a. Issue price

    99.81     100.00     100.00     99.77     100.00     99.65     100.00     100.00     100.00

9.b. Redemption price

    1        100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

10. Accounting classification

   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  

11. Original date of issuance

    10/13/2005        4/11/2014        7/22/2008        7/4/2008        5/19/2008        3/3/2008        10/10/2001        10/15/2001        11/2/2001   

12. Perpeptual or dated

    Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated   

13. Original maturity date

    10/13/2020        4/11/2024        7/22/2018        7/4/2023        5/19/2023        3/3/2033        10/10/2016        10/15/2016        11/2/2016   

14. Issuer call subjet to prior supervisory approval

    Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes   

15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount

   
 
 
 
 
Issuer call date:
13/10/2015;
Tax call (At
any time after
the 5th year)
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Issuer call date:
11/04/2019;
also subject to
both
Regulatory and
Tax call
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
No optional
call date; Tax
call
  
  
  
    No       
 
 
No optional
call date; Tax
call
  
  
  
   
 
Issuer call date:
03/03/2028
  
  
   
 
 
No optional
call date; Tax
call
  
  
  
   
 
 
No optional
call date; Tax
call
  
  
  
   
 
 
No optional
call date; Tax
call
  
  
  

16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable

   
 
 
 
 
Issuer call date
and on each
interest
payment day
thereafter
  
  
  
  
  
    No       
 
 
At any time on
or after the 5th
year
  
  
  
    NA       
 
 
At any time on
or after the 5th
year
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Issuer call date
and on each
interest payment
day thereafter
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
At any time on
or after the 5th
year
  
  
  
   
 
 
At any time on
or after the 5th
year
  
  
  
   
 
 
At any time on
or after the 5th
year
  
  
  

Coupons / dividends

                 

17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon

    Floating        Fixed        Fixed        Fixed       
 
De Fixed al
indice lincado
  
  
   
 
Fixed to floating
(since call date)
  
  
    Fixed        Floating        Floating   

18. Coupon rate and any related index

   
 
 
 
 
 
3M EURIBOR
+0,30% since
13/10/2015;
after 3M
EURIBOR
+0,80%
  
  
  
  
  
  
    3.5%        6.11%        6.20%       
 
 
4,75% first 2
years; after
linked to CPI
  
  
  
   
 
 
6,025%:, since
3/03/28 3M
EURIBOR+1,78%
  
  
  
    6.08%       
 
3M EURIBOR
+ 0,60%
  
  
   
 
3M EURIBOR
+ 0,70%
  
  

19. Existence of a dividend stopper

    No        No        No        No        No        No        No        No        No   

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing

    Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory   

20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)

    Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory   

21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem

    Yes        No        No        No        No        Yes        No        No        No   

22. Noncumulative or cumulative

    Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative   

23.Convertible or non-convertible

    Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible   

24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

25. If convertible, fully or partially

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

26. If convertible, conversion rate

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

28. If convertible, specifiy instrument type convertible into

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

29. If convertible, specifiy issuer of instrument it converts into

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

30. Write-down features

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

32. If write-down, full or partial

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

33. If write-down, permanent or temporary

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

35. Position in subordination hierachy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
preferred
shares,
Additional Tier
1 instruments
an Upper Tier
2 instruments
(perpetual)
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Senior
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Senior
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Senior
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Senior
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Senior liabilities
other than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
preferred
shares,
Additional Tier
1 instruments
an Upper Tier
2 instruments
(perpetual)
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
preferred
shares,
Additional Tier
1 instruments
an Upper Tier
2 instruments
(perpetual)
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
preferred
shares,
Additional Tier
1 instruments
an Upper Tier
2 instruments
(perpetual)
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

36. Non-compliant transitioned features

    Yes        No        No        No        No        Yes        No        No        No   

37. If yes, specifiy non-compliant features

   
 
Existence of
step-up
  
  
    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A       
 
Existence of step-
up
 
  
    N/A        N/A        N/A   

 

Page 158


LOGO

 

Capital instruments main features
template
                                               

1. Issuer

   
 
BBVA Global
Finance LTD
  
  
    BBVA, SA        BBVA, SA       
 
 
 
BBVA
Subordinated
Capital
Finance SAU
  
  
  
  
   
 
BBVA Global
Finance LTD
  
  
    Caixa Terrassa        Caixa Terrassa        Caixa Terrassa   

2. Unique identifier (eg CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement

    XS0139561467        ES0213211016        ES0213211107        XS0291892262        US055291AC24        ES0214974026        ES0214974059        ES0214974067   

3. Governing law(s) of the instrument

    English        Spanish        Spanish        English        New York        Spanish        Spanish        Spanish   

Regulatory treatment

               

4. Transitional CRR rules

    Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2   

5. Post-transitional CRR rules

    Tier 2        Tier 2        Ineligible        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Ineligible        Ineligible   

6. Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated/solo & (sub-)consolidated

   
 
 
At solo &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At solo &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At solo &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At solo &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At local &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At solo &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At solo &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At solo &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  

7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)

   
 
Subordinated
debt
  
  
   
 
Subordinated
debt
  
  
   
 
Subordinated
debt
  
  
   
 
Subordinated
debt
  
  
   
 
Subordinated
debt
  
  
   
 
 
Perpetual
subordinated
debt
  
  
  
   
 
Subordinated
debt
  
  
   
 
Subordinated
debt
  
  

8. Amount recognised in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)

    —          —          256.5        68.0        178.8        0.1        26.9        30.2   

9. Nominal amount of instrument

    56,0 Mill EUR        27,9 Mill EUR        300 Mill EUR       
 
100,0 Mill
EUR
  
  
    200,0 Mill USD        6 Mill EUR        50 Mill EUR        75 Mill EUR   

9.a. Issue price

    100.00     97.80     99.06     100.00     98.21     100.00     99.66     100.00

9.b. Redemption price

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

10. Accounting classification

   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  

11. Original date of issuance

    12/20/2001        7/5/1996        2/16/2007        4/4/2007        12/4/1995        6/30/1990        8/9/2006        8/9/2006   

12. Perpeptual or dated

    Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Perpetual        Dated        Dated   

13. Original maturity date

    12/20/2016        12/22/2016        2/16/2022        4/4/2022        12/1/2025        N/A        8/9/2021        8/9/2021   

14. Issuer call subjet to prior supervisory approval

    Yes        No        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes   

15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount

   
 
 
No optional
call date; Tax
call
  
  
  
   
 
No optional
call date
  
  
   
 
 
Issuer call
date:
16/02/2017
  
  
  
   
 
No Issuer call
date; Tax call
  
  
   
 
No Issuer call
date; Tax call
  
  
   
 
 
Issuer call
date:
03/06/2010
  
  
  
   
 
 
Issuer call
date:
09/08/2016
  
  
  
   
 
 
Issuer call
date:
09/08/2016
  
  
  

16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable

   
 
 
At any time on
or after the 5th
year
  
  
  
    N/A       
 
 
 
 
Issuer call date
and on each
interest
payment day
thereafter
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
At any time on
or after the 5th
year
  
  
  
   
 
 
At any time
after the
11/12/2000
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Issuer call date
and on each
interest
payment day
thereafter
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Issuer call date
and on each
year thereafter
  
  
  
   
 
 
Issuer call date
and on each
year thereafter
  
  
  

Coupons / dividends

               

17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon

    Floating        Fixed       
 
 
Fixed to
floating (since
call date)
  
  
  
    Floating        Fixed        Fixed       
 
 
Fixed to
floating (since
call date)
  
  
  
    Floating   

18. Coupon rate and any related index

   
 
3M EURIBOR
+ 0,70%
  
  
    9.37%       
 
 
 
4,50%; after
call date: 3M
EURIBOR +
80PBS
  
  
  
  
   
 
CMS 10YR +
0,03%
  
  
    7.00%        2.50%       
 
 
4,70%; 3M
EURIBOR +
1,08%
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
3M EURIBOR
+ 0,58%; 3M
EURIBOR +
1,08% since
the Issuer call
date
  
  
  
  
  
  

19. Existence of a dividend stopper

    No        No        No        No        No        No        No        No   

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing

    Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory   

20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)

    Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory   

21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem

    No        No        Yes        No        No        No        Yes        Yes   

22. Noncumulative or cumulative

    Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative   

23.Convertible or non-convertible

    Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible   

24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

25. If convertible, fully or partially

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

26. If convertible, conversion rate

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

28. If convertible, specifiy instrument type convertible into

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

29. If convertible, specifiy issuer of instrument it converts into

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

30. Write-down features

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

32. If write-down, full or partial

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

33. If write-down, permanent or temporary

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

35. Position in subordination hierachy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
preferred
shares,
Additional Tier
1 instruments
an Upper Tier
2 instruments
(perpetual)
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
preferred
shares,
Additional Tier
1 instruments
an Upper Tier
2 instruments
(perpetual)
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
preferred
shares,
Additional Tier
1 instruments
an Upper Tier
2 instruments
(perpetual)
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
preferred
shares,
Additional Tier
1 instruments
an Upper Tier
2 instruments
(perpetual)
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
preferred shares,
Additional Tier
1 instruments an
Upper Tier 2
instruments
(perpetual)
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Senior to
preferred
shares and
Additional Tier
1 instruments
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
preferred
shares,
Additional Tier
1 instruments
an Upper Tier
2 instruments
(perpetual)
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
preferred
shares,
Additional Tier
1 instruments
an Upper Tier
2 instruments
(perpetual)
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

36. Non-compliant transitioned features

    No        No        Yes        No        No        No        Yes        Yes   

37. If yes, specifiy non-compliant features

    N/A        N/A       
 
Existence of
step-up
  
  
    N/A        N/A        N/A       
 
Existence of
step-up
  
  
   
 
Existence of
step-up
  
  
               

 

Page 159


LOGO

 

Capital instruments main features
template
                              

1. Issuer

     Caixa Sabadell        Caixa Sabadell        Caixa Sabadell        Caixa Terrassa        Caixa Manlleu   

2. Unique identifier (eg CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement

     ES0214973051        ES0214973069        ES0214973077        ES0214974075        ES0312284005   

3. Governing law(s) of the instrument

     Spanish        Spanish        Spanish        Spanish        Spanish   

Regulatory treatment

          

4. Transitional CRR rules

     Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2   

5. Post-transitional CRR rules

     Tier 2        Tier 2        Ineligible        Ineligible        Tier 2   

6. Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated/solo & (sub-)consolidated

    
 
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   
 
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   
 
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   
 
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   
 
At solo & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  

7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)

     Subordinated debt        Subordinated debt        Subordinated debt        Perpetual subordinated debt        Perpetual subordinated debt   

8. Amount recognised in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)

     26.0        13.3        4.7        47.5        —     

9. Nominal amount of instrument

     50,0 Mill EUR        100,0 Mill EUR        35,0 Mill EUR        75,0 Mill EUR        15 Mill EUR   

9.a. Issue price

     100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00     99,90,%   

9.b. Redemption price

     100     100     100     100     100%   

10. Accounting classification

    
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
    Liability – amortised cost        Liability – amortised cost   

11. Original date of issuance

     1/28/2005        2/15/2007        6/10/2009        3/1/2007        11/8/2006   

12. Perpeptual or dated

     Dated        Dated        Dated        Perpetual        Dated   

13. Original maturity date

     1/28/2020        2/15/2017        6/10/2024        N/A        11/8/2016   

14. Issuer call subjet to prior supervisory approval

     Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes   

15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount

    
 
Issuer call date:
28/01/2015
  
  
   
 
Issuer call date:
15/02/2012
  
  
   
 
Issuer call date:
10/06/2019
  
  
    Issuer call date: 01/03/2027        Issuer call date: 08/11/2011   

16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable

    
 
 
 
Issuer call date
and on each
interest payment
day thereafter
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Issuer call date
and on each
interest payment
day thereafter
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Issuer call date and
on each interest
payment day
thereafter
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Issuer call date and on each
interest payment day
thereafter
  
  
  
   
 
Issuer call date and on each
year thereafter
  
  

Coupons / dividends

          

17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon

     Floating        Floating       
 
Fixed to floating
(since call date)
  
  
    Floating        Floating   

18. Coupon rate and any related index

    
 
 
3M EURIBOR +
0,50% desde
28/01/15
  
  
  
   
 
3M EURIBOR +
0,44%
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,50% until
09/06/11; since
10/06/11 until
09/06/19: 3M
EURIBOR +5,25%;
since 10/06/19 until
10/06/24: 3M
EURIBOR +6%
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
3M EURIBOR + 1,30%
until 01/03/2027; since
01/03/2027 3M EURIBOR
+ 2,80%
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
3M EURIBOR + 0,3575%;
since 8/02/11 3M
EURIBOR +0,8575%
  
  
  

19. Existence of a dividend stopper

     No        No        No        No        No   

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing

     Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory   

20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)

     Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory   

21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem

     No        No        Yes        Yes        Yes   

22. Noncumulative or cumulative

     Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative   

23.Convertible or non-convertible

     Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible   

24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

25. If convertible, fully or partially

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

26. If convertible, conversion rate

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

28. If convertible, specifiy instrument type convertible into

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

29. If convertible, specifiy issuer of instrument it converts into

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

30. Write-down features

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

32. If write-down, full or partial

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

33. If write-down, permanent or temporary

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

35. Position in subordination hierachy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)

    
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
preferred shares,
Additional Tier 1
instruments an
Upper Tier 2
instruments
(perpetual)
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to
preferred shares,
Additional Tier 1
instruments an
Upper Tier 2
instruments
(perpetual)
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Senior to preferred
shares, Additional
Tier 1 instruments
an Upper Tier 2
instruments
(perpetual)
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Senior to preferred shares
and Additional Tier 1
instruments
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Senior to preferred shares,
Additional Tier 1
instruments an Upper Tier
2 instruments (perpetual)
  
  
  
  

36. Non-compliant transitioned features

     No        No        Yes        Yes        No   

37. If yes, specifiy non-compliant features

     N/A        N/A        Existence of step-up        Existence of step-up        N/A   

 

Page 160


LOGO

 

Capital instruments

main features

template

                                

1. Issuer

    
 
BBVA
BANCOMER SA
  
  
   
 
BBVA
BANCOMER SA
  
  
   
 
BBVA
BANCOMER SA
  
  
  BBVA BANCOMER SA    BBVA BANCOMER SA    BBVA BANCOMER SA

2. Unique identifier (eg CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement

     US05533UAB44        US05533AAA07        US05533UAC27      US05533UAC27    US055295AB54    USP16259AL02

3. Governing law(s) of the instrument

     New York        New York        New York      New York    New York    New York

Regulatory treatment

              

4. Transitional CRR rules

     Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2      Tier 2    Tier 2    Tier 2

5. Post-transitional CRR rules

     Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2      Tier 2    Tier 2    Tier 2

6. Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated/solo & (sub-)consolidated

    
 
At local & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   
 
At local & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   
 
At local & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

   At local & (sub-) consolidated    At local & (sub-) consolidated

7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)

     Tier 2 instrument        Tier 1 instrument        Tier 2 instrument      Tier 2 instrument    Tier 1 instrument    Tier 2 instrument

8. Amount recognised in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)

     957.8        613.0        766.2      383.1    383.1    153.2

9. Nominal amount of instrument

     1.250,0 Mill USD        1.000,0 Mill USD        1.000,0 Mill USD      500,0 Mill USD    500,0 Mill USD    200,0 Mill USD

9.a. Issue price

     98.65     100.00     99.97   109,89%+accrued interest from July 19,2012 to Sep 28,2012    100.00%    99.79%

9.b. Redemption price

     100     100     100   100%    100%    100%

10. Accounting classification

    
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
  Liability – amortised cost    Liability – amortised cost    Liability – amortised cost

11. Original date of issuance

     3/10/2011        4/22/2010        7/19/2012      9/28/2012    5/17/2007    11/12/2014

12. Perpeptual or dated

     Dated        Dated        Dated      Dated    Dated    Dated

13. Original maturity date

     3/10/2021        4/22/2020        9/30/2022      9/30/2022    5/17/2022    11/12/2029

14. Issuer call subjet to prior supervisory approval

     No        No        No      No    Yes    Yes

15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount

    
 
 
 
Only subject to
both Regulatory
and Tax call (in
whole)
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Only subject to
both Regulatory
and Tax call (in
whole)
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Only subject to
both Regulatory
and Tax call (in
whole)
  
  
  
  
  Only subject to both Regulatory and Tax call (in whole)    17/05/2017 in whole or in part, also subject to both Regulatory and Tax call (only in whole)    12/11/2024 in whole or in part. (also subject to both Regulatory and Tax call, only in whole redemptiion)

16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable

     NA        NA        NA      NA    Issuer call date and on each interest payment day thereafter    No

Coupons / dividends

              

17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon

     Fixed        Fixed        Fixed      Fixed    Fixed    Fixed

18. Coupon rate and any related index

     6.5     7.25     6.75   6.75%    6.01%    5.35%

19. Existence of a dividend stopper

     Yes        Yes        Yes      Yes    Yes    Yes

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing

     Fully discretionary        Fully discretionary        Mandatory      Mandatory    Fully discretionary    Mandatory

20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)

     Fully discretionary        Fully discretionary        Mandatory      Mandatory    Fully discretionary    Mandatory

21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem

     No        No        No      No    No    No

22. Noncumulative or cumulative

     Cumulative        Noncumulative        Noncumulative      Noncumulative    Noncumulative    Noncumulative

23. Convertible or non-convertible

     Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible      Nonconvertible    Nonconvertible    Nonconvertible

24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)

     N/A        N/A        N/A      N/A    N/A    N/A

25. If convertible, fully or partially

     N/A        N/A        N/A      N/A    N/A    N/A

26. If convertible, conversion rate

     N/A        N/A        N/A      N/A    N/A    N/A

27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion

     N/A        N/A        N/A      N/A    N/A    N/A

28. If convertible, specifiy instrument type convertible into

     N/A        N/A        N/A      N/A    N/A    N/A

29. If convertible, specifiy issuer of instrument it converts into

     N/A        N/A        N/A      N/A    N/A    N/A
              

30. Write-down features

     N/A        N/A        N/A      N/A    N/A    Yes, if a trigger event occurs

31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)

     N/A        N/A        N/A      N/A    N/A    A Trigger Event will be deemed to have occurred if: (i) the CNBV publishes a determination, in its official publication of capitalization levels for Mexican banks, that the Issuer’s Capital Fundamental is equal to or below 4.5%; (ii) both (A) the CNBV notifies the Issuer that it has made a determination, pursuant to Article 29 Bis of the Mexican Banking Law and other regulations (iii) the Banking Stability Committee determines that financial assistance is required by the Issuer to avoid revocation of the Issuer’s license for its failure to comply with corrective measures

32. If write-down, full or partial

     N/A        N/A        N/A      N/A    N/A    Partialy or fully

33. If write-down, permanent or temporary

     N/A        N/A        N/A      N/A    N/A    N/A

34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism

     N/A        N/A        N/A      N/A    N/A    N/A

35. Position in subordination hierachy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)

    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subordinated
Preferred
Indebtedness and
(i) will rank junior
to all present and
future Senior
Indebtedness, (ii)
will rank
paripassu with all
other
Subordinated
Preferred
Indebtedness, and
(iii) will be senior
to Subordinated
Non-Preferred
Indebtedness and
all classes of
capital stock.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Constitute
Subordinated
Non-Preferred
Indebtedness and
will rank (1)
junior to the
Senior
Indebtedness and
Subordinated
Preferred
Indebtedness, (2)
pari passu among
themselves and
with all the other
Subordinated
Non-Preferred
Indebtedness, and
(3) senior only to
all classes of
capital stock
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Notes
constitute
subordinated
preferred
indebtedness and
(i) will rank
junior to all
present and future
senior
indebtedness, (ii)
will rank pari
passu with all
other present or
future unsecured
subordinated
preferred
indebtedness, and
(iii) will be senior
to unsecured
subordinated
non-preferred
indebtedness and
all classes of
capital stock.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  The Notes constitute subordinated preferred indebtedness and (i) will rank junior to all present and future senior indebtedness, (ii) will rank pari passu with all other present or future unsecured subordinated preferred indebtedness, and (iii) will be senior to unsecured subordinated non-preferred indebtedness and all classes of capital stock.    Constitute Subordinated Non-Preferred Indebtedness and will rank (1) junior to the Senior Indebtedness and Subordinated Preferred Indebtedness, (2) pari passu among themselves and with all the other Subordinated Non-Preferred Indebtedness, and (3) senior only to all classes of capital stock    The Notes constitute Subordinated Preferred Indebtedness, and (i) will be subordinate and junior in right of payment and in liquidation to all of the present and future Senior Indebtedness, (ii) will rank pari passu without preference among themselves and with all of the present and future other unsecured subordinated preferred indebtedness and (iii) will be senior to subordinated non-preferred indebtedness and all classes of equity or capital stock.

36. Non-compliant transitioned features

     Yes        Yes        Yes      Yes    Yes    Yes

37. If yes, specifiy non-compliant features

    
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
  Subsidiary issuance not subject by UE CRD-IV    Subsidiary issuance not subject by UE CRD-IV    Subsidiary issuance not subject by UE CRD-IV

 

(1) ‘N/A’ inserted if the question is not applicable

 

Page 161


LOGO

 

Capital instruments
main features
template
                                                     

1. Issuer

    Compass Bank        Compass Bank        Compass Bank        Compass Bank       
 
 
Phoenix Loan
Holdings REIT
Pfd (Class B)
  
  
  
   
 
TexasBanc
Capital Trust I
  
  
   
 
 

 

Texas
Regional
Statutory

Trust I

  
  
  

  

   
 
State National
Capital Trust I
  
  
   
 
 
State National
Statutory Trust
II
  
  
  

2. Unique identifier (eg CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement

    20449EBT2        20449EEE2        20449EXN1        US20453KAA34        71909W201        NA        EI4269227        EI4279275        EI4274359   

3. Governing law(s) of the instrument

    New York        New York        New York        New York        New York        New York        New York        New York        New York   

Regulatory treatment

                 

4. Transitional CRR rules

    Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2   

5. Post-transitional CRR rules

    Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2   

6. Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated/solo & (sub-)consolidated

   
 
 
At local &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At local &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At local &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
At local & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   
 
 
At local &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At local &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At local &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At local &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  
   
 
 
At local &
(sub-)
consolidated
  
  
  

7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)

   
 
Tier 2
instrument
  
  
   
 
Tier 2
instrument
  
  
   
 
Tier 2
instrument
  
  
    Tier 2 instrument       
 
 
Instrumento de
Nivel 1 (phase
out until 2018)
  
  
  
   
 
Tier 2
instrument
  
  
   
 
Tier 2
instrument
  
  
   
 
Tier 2
instrument
  
  
   
 
Tier 2
instrument
  
  

8. Amount recognised in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)

    159.4        62.2        61.2        612.2        —          —          —          —          —     

9. Nominal amount of instrument

    300 Mill USD        275 Mill USD        350,0 Mill USD        700,0 Mill USD        21 Mill USD        25 Mill USD        50 Mill USD        15 Mill USD        10 Mill USD   

9.a. Issue price

    99.82     99.67     99.94     99.02     125.00     100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00

9.b. Redemption price

    No        No        No       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Redemption
price equal to
100% of the
principal amount
of the Notes to
be redeemed,
plus accrued
interest on the
Notes to the
redemption date.
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
100% of
principal
redeemed.
  
  
  
   
 
 
100% of
principal
redeemed.
  
  
  
   
 
 
100% of
principal
redeemed.
  
  
  
   
 
 
100% of
principal
redeemed.
  
  
  
   
 
 
100% of
principal
redeemed.
  
  
  

10. Accounting classification

   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  

11. Original date of issuance

    3/21/2005        3/16/2006        9/19/2007        4/10/2015        11/28/2000        7/23/2004        2/24/2004        7/14/2003        3/17/2004   

12. Perpeptual or dated

    Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Perpetual        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated   

13. Original maturity date

    4/1/2020        4/1/2026        10/1/2017        4/10/2025       
 
Sin
Vencimiento
  
  
    7/23/2034        3/17/2034        9/30/2033        3/17/2034   

14. Issuer call subjet to prior supervisory approval

    No        No        No        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes   

15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount

    N/A        N/A        No        3/10/2025        6/15/2021        7/23/2009        3/17/2009        9/30/2008        3/17/2009   

16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable

    No        No        N/A        No       
 
 
At any time on
or after the call
date
  
  
  
    N/A        N/A       
 
 
At any time on
or after the call
date
  
  
  
   
 
 
At any time on
or after the call
date
  
  
  

Coupons / dividends

                 

17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon

    Fixed        Fixed        Fixed        Fixed        Fixed        Floating        Floating        Floating        Floating   

18. Coupon rate and any related index

    5.50     5.90     6.40     3.88     9.88     3mL+260pbs        3mL+285pbs        3mL+305pbs        3mL+279pbs   

19. Existence of a dividend stopper

    No        No        No        No        No        No        No        No        No   

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing

    Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory   

20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)

    Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory   

21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem

    No        No        No        No        No        NO        NO        NO        NO   

22. Noncumulative or cumulative

    Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Noncumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative        Cumulative   

23. Convertible or non-convertible

    Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible   

24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

25. If convertible, fully or partially

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

26. If convertible, conversion rate

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

28. If convertible, specifiy instrument type convertible into

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

29. If convertible, specifiy issuer of instrument it converts into

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

30. Write-down features

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

32. If write-down, full or partial

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

33. If write-down, permanent or temporary

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

35. Position in subordination hierachy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)

   
 
Senior
creditors
  
  
   
 
Senior
creditors
  
  
    Senior creditors        Senior creditors       
 
Senior
creditors
  
  
   
 
Senior
creditors
  
  
   
 
Senior
creditors
  
  
   
 
Senior
creditors
  
  
   
 
Senior
creditors
  
  

36. Non-compliant transitioned features

    Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes   

37. If yes, specifiy non-compliant features

   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  

 

(1) ‘N/A’ inserted if the question is not applicable

 

Page 162


LOGO

 

Capital
instruments
main features
template
                                                

1. Issuer

    
 
 
Bono
Subordinado
BBVA Chile
  
  
  
   
 
 
Bono
Subordinado
BBVA Chile
  
  
  
   
 
 
Bono
Subordinado
BBVA Chile
  
  
  
   
 
 
Bono
Subordinado
BBVA Chile
  
  
  
   
 
 
Bono
Subordinado
BBVA Chile
  
  
  
   
 
BBVA Colombia
SA
  
  
   
 
BBVA Colombia
SA
  
  
   
 
BBVA Colombia
SA
  
  

2. Unique identifier (eg CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement

     UBBV-A1203        UBHIB70397        UBHIB80397        UBBV-G0506        UBBVH90607        BBVAIP190918        BBVAIP190921        BBVAIP190926   

3. Governing law(s) of the instrument

     Chile        Chile        Chile        Chile        Chile        Colombian        Colombian        Colombian   

Regulatory treatment

                

4. Transitional CRR rules

     Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2   

5. Post-transitional CRR rules

     Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2   

6. Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated/solo & (sub-)consolidated

    
 

 

At local &
(sub-)

consolidated

  
  

  

   
 

 

At local &
(sub-)

consolidated

  
  

  

   
 

 

At local &
(sub-)

consolidated

  
  

  

   
 

 

At local &
(sub-)

consolidated

  
  

  

   
 

 

At local &
(sub-)

consolidated

  
  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)

    
 
Tier 2
instrument
  
  
   
 
Tier 2
instrument
  
  
   
 
Tier 2
instrument
  
  
   
 
Tier 2
instrument
  
  
   
 
Tier 2
instrument
  
  
    Tier 2 instrument        Tier 2 instrument        Tier 2 instrument   

8. Amount recognised in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)

     157.8        5.1        5.1        89.4        210.4        11.9        31.0        45.6   

9. Nominal amount of instrument

     6 Mill UF        0,5 Mill UF        0,5 Mill UF        3,4 Mill UF        8 Mill UF        102.000 Mill COP        106.000 Mill COP        156.000 Mill COP   

9.a. Issue price

     103.61     99.52     99.47     109.51     93.02     100.00     100.00     100.00

9.b. Redemption price

     100     100     100     100     100    
 
Bullet Bonds;
100
  
   
 
Bullet Bonds;
100
  
   
 
Bullet Bonds;
100
  

10. Accounting classification

    
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
 
Liability –
amortised
cost
  
  
  
   
 
 
Liability –
amortised
cost
  
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  

11. Original date of issuance

     4/1/2004        3/1/1997        3/1/1997        10/19/2006        6/1/2007        9/19/2011        9/19/2011        9/19/2011   

12. Perpeptual or dated

     Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated   

13. Original maturity date

     12/1/2027        3/1/2018        3/1/2018        5/1/2031        6/1/2032        9/19/2018        9/19/2021        9/19/2026   

14. Issuer call subjet to prior supervisory approval

     No        No        No        No        No        No        No        No   

15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount

     NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        N/A        N/A        N/A   

16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

Coupons / dividends

                

17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon

     Fixed        Fixed        Fixed        Fixed        Fixed        Floating        Floating        Floating   

18. Coupon rate and any related index

     0.06        0.065        0.065        0.05        0.035        CPI + 4.28     CPI + 4.45     CPI + 4.70

19. Existence of a dividend stopper

     No        No        No        No        No        No        No        No   

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory   

20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory   

21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem

     No        No        No        No        No        No        No        No   

22. Noncumulative or cumulative

     NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        Noncumulative        Noncumulative        Noncumulative   

23. Convertible or non-convertible

     Convertible        Convertible        Convertible        Convertible        Convertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible   

24. If convertible, conversion
trigger (s)

    
 
Effective
assets 8
  
   
 
Effective
assets 8
  
   
 
Effective
assets 8
  
   
 
Effective
assets 8
  
   
 
Effective
assets 8
  
    N/A        N/A        N/A   

25. If convertible, fully or partially

     Always Fully        Always Fully        Always Fully        Always Fully        Always Fully        N/A        N/A        N/A   

26. If convertible, conversion rate

     1 to 1        1 to 1        1 to 1        1 to 1        1 to 1        N/A        N/A        N/A   

27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion

     Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        N/A        N/A        N/A   

28. If convertible, specifiy instrument type convertible into

     Tier 1        Tier 1        Tier 1        Tier 1        Tier 1        N/A        N/A        N/A   

29. If convertible, specifiy issuer of instrument it converts into

     BBVA Chile        BBVA Chile        BBVA Chile        BBVA Chile        BBVA Chile        N/A        N/A        N/A   

30. Write-down features

     NO        NO        NO        NO        NO        N/A        N/A        N/A   

31. If write-down, write-down
trigger (s)

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

32. If write-down, full or partial

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

33. If write-down, permanent or temporary

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

35. Position in subordination hierachy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)

     Senior Bonds        Senior Bonds        Senior Bonds        Senior Bonds        Senior Bonds       
 
 
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  

36. Non-compliant transitioned features

     Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes   

37. If yes, specifiy non-compliant features

    
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by
UE CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by
UE CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  

 

Page 163


LOGO

 

Capital instruments
main features
template
                                               

1. Issuer

   
 
BBVA Colombia
SA
  
  
   
 
BBVA Colombia
SA
  
  
   
 
BBVA Colombia
SA
  
  
   
 
BBVA Colombia
SA
  
  
   
 
BBVA
Colombia SA
  
  
   
 
BBVA
Continental
  
  
   
 
BBVA
Continental
  
  
   
 
BBVA
Continental
  
  

2. Unique identifier (eg CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement

    BBVAIP190223        BBVAIP190228        EK6295332        COB13CBB0088        USP1024TAN92        BID Subordinado        PEP11600D011        PEP11600D029   

3. Governing law(s) of the instrument

    Colombian        Colombian        Colombian        Colombian        Colombian        New York        Peruvian        Peruvian   

Regulatory treatment

               

4. Transitional CRR rules

    Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2   

5. Post-transitional CRR rules

    Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2   

6. Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated/solo & (sub-)consolidated

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

 

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)

    Tier 2 instrument        Tier 2 instrument        Tier 2 instrument        Tier 2 instrument       
 
Tier 2
instrument
  
  
    Tier 2 instrument       
 
Tier 2
instrument
  
  
   
 
Tier 2
instrument
  
  

8. Amount recognised in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)

    58.4        48.2        46.7        26.3        367.4        1.7        11.6        5.8   

9. Nominal amount of instrument

    200.000 Mill COP        165.000 Mill COP        160.000 Mill COP        90.000 Mill COP        400 Mill USD        30 Mill USD        40 Mill PEN        20 Mill USD   

9.a. Issue price

    100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00     99.91     100.00     99.25     99.38

9.b. Redemption price

   
 
Bullet Bonds;
100%
  
  
   
 
Bullet Bonds;
100%
  
  
   
 
Bullet Bonds;
100%
  
  
   
 
Bullet Bonds;
100%
  
  
    1       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With the prior
Authorization of
the Peruvian
Banking
Regulatory
Authority and
pursuant to the
Applicable Laws
of Peru, with
prepayment fee
in each case in an
amount equal to
one and one-half
percent (1.5%) of
any and all
amounts prepaid
on the Loan;
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
There is
redemption
option with
additional paid
0%.
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
There is
redemption
option with
additional paid
0%.
  
  
  
  
  

10. Accounting classification

   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  

11. Original date of issuance

    2/19/2013        2/19/2013        11/26/2014        11/26/2014        4/21/2015        12/22/2006        5/7/2007        5/14/2007   

12. Perpeptual or dated

    Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated   

13. Original maturity date

    2/19/2023        2/19/2028        11/26/2034        11/26/2029        4/21/2025        2/15/2017        5/7/2022        5/14/2027   

14. Issuer call subjet to prior supervisory approval

    No        No        No        No        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes   

15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A       
 
21/04/2020; Tax
call
  
  
   
 
 
 
Issuer call date:
15/02/2012, also
subject to
Regulatory call.
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Issuer call date:
07/05/2017, also
subject to
Regulatory call.
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Issuer call date:
14/05/2022, also
subject to
Regulatory call.
  
  
  
  

16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A       
 
 
At any time on
or after
21/04/2020
  
  
  
   
 
At any time on or
after the call date
  
  
   
 
 
At any time on
or after the call
date
  
  
  
   
 
 
At any time on
or after the call
date
  
  
  

Coupons / dividends

               

17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon

    Floating        Floating        Floating        Floating        Fixed        Floating        Fixed        Fixed   

18. Coupon rate and any related index

    CPI + 3.60%        CPI + 3.89%        CPI + 4.38%        CPI + 4.50%        0.04875       
 
 
2.87690%
(LIBOR6M +
2.5%)
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.85% (until the
20° coupon ) -
(increase of
0.5% annually
since the 21°
coupon - call
date)
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
6% (until 30°
cupon) -
(increase of
0.5% annually
since the 31°
coupon - call
date)
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

19. Existence of a dividend stopper

    No        No        No        No        No        No        No        No   

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing

    Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        N/A        N/A        N/A   

20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)

    Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory        N/A        N/A        N/A   

21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem

    No        No        No        No        No        Yes        Yes        Yes   

22. Noncumulative or cumulative

    Noncumulative        Noncumulative        Noncumulative        Noncumulative        Noncumulative        N/A        N/A        N/A   

23.Convertible or non-convertible

    Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        Nonconvertible        N/A        N/A   

24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

25. If convertible, fully or partially

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

26. If convertible, conversion rate

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

28. If convertible, specifiy instrument type convertible into

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

29. If convertible, specifiy issuer of instrument it converts into

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

30. Write-down features

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        NO        NO        NO   

31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

32. If write-down, full or partial

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

33. If write-down, permanent or temporary

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

35. Position in subordination hierachy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)

   
 
 
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  

36. Non-compliant transitioned features

    Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes   

37. If yes, specifiy non-compliant features

   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  

 

Page 164


LOGO

 

Capital
instruments
main features
template
                                               

1. Issuer

    BBVA Continental        BBVA Continental        BBVA Continental       
 
BBVA
Continental
  
  
    BBVA Continental        BBVA Continental        BBVA Continental       
 
BBVA
Continental
  
  

2. Unique identifier (eg CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement

    PEP11600D037        PEP11600D045        PEP11600D052        PEP11600D060        PEP11600D078        PEP11600D086        PEP11600D094       
 
Credit Suisse
TIER 1
  
  

3. Governing law(s) of the instrument

    Peruvian        Peruvian        Peruvian        Peruvian        Peruvian        Peruvian        Peruvian        New York   

Regulatory treatment

               

4. Transitional CRR rules

    Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2   

5. Post-transitional CRR rules

    Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2   

6. Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated/solo & (sub-)consolidated

   
 
At local & (sub-)
consolidated
  
  
   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   
 

 

At local &
(sub-)

consolidated

  
  

  

7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)

    Tier 2 instrument        Tier 2 instrument        Tier 2 instrument       
 
Tier 2
instrument
  
  
    Tier 2 instrument        Tier 2 instrument        Tier 2 instrument       
 
Tier 1
instrument
  
  

8. Amount recognised in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)

    16.0        1.2        14.5        5.8        13.1        14.5        8.7        58.1   

9. Nominal amount of instrument

    55 Mill PEN        20 Mill USD        50 Mill PEN        20 Mill USD        45 Mill PEN        50 Mill PEN        30 Mill PEN        200 Mill USD   

9.a. Issue price

    100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00     100.00

9.b. Redemption price

    No redemption option       
 
 
There is redemption
option with additional
paid 0%.
  
  
  
    No redemption option       
 
No redemption
option
  
  
    No redemption option        No redemption option        No redemption option       
 
 
 
 
There is
redemption
option with
additional paid
0%.
  
  
  
  
  

10. Accounting classification

   
 
Liability – amortised
cost
  
  
   
 
Liability – amortised
cost
  
  
   
 
Liability – amortised
cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability – amortised
cost
  
  
   
 
Liability – amortised
cost
  
  
   
 
Liability – amortised
cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  

11. Original date of issuance

    6/18/2007        9/24/2007        11/19/2007        2/28/2008        7/8/2008        9/9/2008        12/15/2008        10/7/2010   

12. Perpeptual or dated

    Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated   

13. Original maturity date

    6/18/2032        9/24/2017        11/19/2032        2/28/2028        7/8/2023        9/9/2023        12/15/2033        10/7/2040   

14. Issuer call subjet to prior supervisory approval

    No        Yes        No        No        No        No        No        Yes   

15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount

   
 
Subject to Regulatory
call.
  
  
   
 
 
 
Issuer call date:
24/09/2012, also
subject to Regulatory
call.
  
  
  
  
   
 
Subject to Regulatory
call.
  
  
   
 
Subject to
Regulatory call.
  
  
   
 
Subject to Regulatory
call.
  
  
   
 
Subject to Regulatory
call.
  
  
   
 
Subject to Regulatory
call.
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Issuer call
date:
07/10/2020,
also subject to
Regulatory
call.
  
  
  
  
  
  

16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable

    N/A       
 
At any time on or after
the call date
  
  
    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A       
 
 
At any time on
or after the call
date
  
  
  

Coupons / dividends

               

17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon

    Floating        Floating        Floating        Fixed        Floating        Floating        Floating       
 
Fixed to
floating
  
  

18. Coupon rate and any related index

   
 
VAC(semester)/
VAC(initial)*3.4688%
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
LIBOR(6M)+2.15625%
(until 10° cupon) -
(increase of 1% since
the 11° coupon - call
date)
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
VAC(semester)/
VAC(initial)*3.5625%
 
  
    0.064688       
 
VAC(semester)/
VAC(initial)*3.0625%
 
  
   
 
VAC(semester)/
VAC(initial)*3.0938%
 
  
   
 
VAC(semester)/
VAC(initial)*4.1875%
 
  
   
 
 
 
7.375% (ten
years), L3M +
6.802% (next
ten years)
  
  
  
  

19. Existence of a dividend stopper

    No        No        No        No        No        No        No        N/A   

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem

    No        Yes        No        No        No        No        No        Yes   

22. Noncumulative or cumulative

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        Noncumulative   

23. Convertible or non-convertible

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

25. If convertible, fully or partially

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

26. If convertible, conversion rate

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

28. If convertible, specifiy instrument type convertible into

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

29. If convertible, specifiy issuer of instrument it converts into

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

30. Write-down features

    NO        NO        NO        NO        NO        NO        NO        NO   

31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

32. If write-down, full or partial

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

33. If write-down, permanent or temporary

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism

    N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

35. Position in subordination hierachy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)

   
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other than
parity securities rank
immediately senior
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subordinated liabilities
other than parity
securities rank
immediately senior
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other than
parity securities rank
immediately senior
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other than
parity securities rank
immediately senior
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other than
parity securities rank
immediately senior
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other than
parity securities rank
immediately senior
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately
senior
  
  
  
  
  
  

36. Non-compliant transitioned features

    Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes   

37. If yes, specifiy non-compliant features

   
 
 
Subsidiary issuance
not subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
   
 
Subsidiary issuance not
subject by UE CRD-IV
  
  
   
 
 
Subsidiary issuance
not subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Subsidiary issuance
not subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
   
 
 
Subsidiary issuance
not subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
   
 
 
Subsidiary issuance
not subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  

 

Page 165


LOGO

 

Capital instruments main features
template
                              

1. Issuer

     BBVA Continental        BBVA Continental       
 
Banco Bilbao Vizcaya
Argentaria Paraguay S.A.
  
  
    BBVA URUGUAY SA       
 
 
Banco Bilbao Vizcaya
Argentaria Paraguay
S.A.
  
  
  

2. Unique identifier (eg CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement

     PEP11600D102       
 
US05537GAD79-
USP16236AG98
 
  
    PYBBV01F3798        N/A        PYBBV02F5511   

3. Governing law(s) of the instrument

     Peruvian        New York        Paraguay        Uruguay        Paraguay   

Regulatory treatment

          

4. Transitional CRR rules

     Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2   

5. Post-transitional CRR rules

     Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2        Tier 2   

6. Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated/solo & (sub-)consolidated

    

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

   

 

At local & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)

     Tier 2 instrument        Tier 2 instrument        Tier 2 instrument        Tier 2 instrument        Tier 2 instrument   

8. Amount recognised in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)

     13.1        297.0        —          —          —     

9. Nominal amount of instrument

     45 Mill USD        300 Mill USD        20 Mill USD        15 Mill USD        25 Mill USD   

9.a. Issue price

     100.00     99.32     100.00     100.00     100.00

9.b. Redemption price

    
 
 
 
There is
redemption option
with additional
paid 0%.
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BBVA may, with
the prior approval
of the SBS,
redeem the Notes,
in whole or in part,
on the Reset Date,
at a redemption
price equal to
100% of the
principal amount
of the Notes being
redeemed plus any
accrued and
unpaid interest on
the principal
amount of the
Notes
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    100.00     100.00     100.00

10. Accounting classification

    
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
   
 
Liability –
amortised cost
  
  
    Liability – amortised cost       
 
Liability – amortised
cost
  
  
   
 
Liability – amortised
cost
  
  

11. Original date of issuance

     10/2/2013        9/22/2014        11/19/2014        12/19/2014        11/24/2015   

12. Perpeptual or dated

     Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated        Dated   

13. Original maturity date

     10/2/2028        9/22/2029        11/5/2021        12/19/2024        11/18/2022   

14. Issuer call subjet to prior supervisory approval

     Yes        Yes        N/A        Yes        N/A   

15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount

    
 
 
 
Issuer call date:
02/10/2023, also
subject to
Regulatory call.
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Issuer call date:
22/09/2024, also
subject to
Regulatory call.
  
  
  
  
    N/A       
 
 
 
At issuer’s discretion
after 5 years from issue
date, minimum USD
1MM
  
  
  
  
    N/A   

16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable

    
 
At any time on or
after the call date
  
  
    N/A        N/A       
 
 
 
At issuer’s discretion
after 5 years from issue
date, minimum USD
1MM
  
  
  
  
    N/A   

Coupons / dividends

          

17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon

     Fixed        Fixed        Fixed        Floating        Fixed   

18. Coupon rate and any related index

     0.0653125        0.0525        6.75     LIBOR 90d + 4,35     0.067   

19. Existence of a dividend stopper

     No        No        No        No        No   

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing

     N/A        N/A        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory   

20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)

     N/A        N/A        Mandatory        Mandatory        Mandatory   

21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem

     No        No        NO        NO        NO   

22. Noncumulative or cumulative

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

23. Convertible or non-convertible

     N/A        N/A        Convertible        No convertible        Convertible   

24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)

     N/A        N/A       
 
 
TIER 1 <8% o TIER 2
<12% or Accumulated
losses > Paid-in Capital
  
  
  
    N/A       
 
 
 
TIER 1 <8% o TIER
2 <12% or
Accumulated losses >
Paid-in Capital
  
  
  
  

25. If convertible, fully or partially

     N/A        N/A        Partially        N/A        Partially   

26. If convertible, conversion rate

     N/A        N/A        1        N/A        1   

27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion

     N/A        N/A        Mandatory        N/A        Mandatory   

28. If convertible, specifiy instrument type convertible into

     N/A        N/A        Tier 1        N/A        Tier 1   

29. If convertible, specifiy issuer of instrument it converts into

     N/A        N/A       
 
Banco Bilbao Vizcaya
Argentaria Paraguay S.A.
  
  
    N/A       
 
 
Banco Bilbao Vizcaya
Argentaria Paraguay
S.A.
  
  
  
          

30. Write-down features

     NO        NO        N/A        N/A        N/A   

31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

32. If write-down, full or partial

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

33. If write-down, permanent or temporary

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism

     N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A        N/A   

35. Position in subordination hierachy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)

    
 
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately senior
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other
than parity
securities rank
immediately senior
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subordinated liabilities
other than parity
securities rank
immediately senior
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subordinated liabilities
other than parity
securities rank
immediately senior
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subordinated
liabilities other than
parity securities rank
immediately senior
  
  
  
  

36. Non-compliant transitioned features

     Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes        Yes   

37. If yes, specifiy non-compliant features

    
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
Subsidiary
issuance not
subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  
  
   
 
Subsidiary issuance not
subject by UE CRD-IV
  
  
   
 
Subsidiary issuance not
subject by UE CRD-IV
  
  
   
 
 
Subsidiary issuance
not subject by UE
CRD-IV
  
  
  

 

Page 166


LOGO

 

Capital instruments main features template       

1. Issuer

     T. Garanti Bankasi A.Ş.   

2. Unique identifier (eg CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for private placement

     PTR101701 V   

3. Governing law(s) of the instrument

     French   

Regulatory treatment

  

4. Transitional CRR rules

     Tier 2   

5. Post-transitional CRR rules

     Tier 2   

6. Eligible at solo/(sub-)consolidated/solo & (sub-)consolidated

    

 

At solo & (sub-)

consolidated

  

  

7. Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction)

     Tier 2 instrument   

8. Amount recognised in regulatory capital (currency in million, as of most recent reporting date)

     —     

9. Nominal amount of instrument

     50 Mill EUR   

9.a. Issue price

     50.00   

9.b. Redemption price

     100.00

10. Accounting classification

     100

11. Original date of issuance

    
 
Liability – amortised
cost
  
  

12. Perpeptual or dated

     2/23/2009   

13. Original maturity date

     Dated   

14. Issuer call subjet to prior supervisory approval

     3/31/2021   

15. Optional call date, contingent call dates, and redemption amount

     Yes   

16. Subsequent call dates, if applicable

     3/31/2016   

Coupons / dividends

     N/A   

17. Fixed or floating dividend/coupon

  

18. Coupon rate and any related index

     Floating   

19. Existence of a dividend stopper

     Euribor 6M + 3.5

20.a. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of timing

    
 
Not before a
Subordination Event
  
  

20.b. Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory (in terms of amount)

     Mandatory   

21. Existence of step up or other incentive to redeem

     Mandatory   

22. Noncumulative or cumulative

     Yes   

23.Convertible or non-convertible

     Cumulative   

24. If convertible, conversion trigger (s)

     Nonconvertible   

25. If convertible, fully or partially

     N/A   

26. If convertible, conversion rate

     N/A   

27. If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion

     N/A   

28. If convertible, specifiy instrument type convertible into

     N/A   

29. If convertible, specifiy issuer of instrument it converts into

     N/A   

30. Write-down features

     N/A   

31. If write-down, write-down trigger (s)

     N/A   

32. If write-down, full or partial

     N/A   

33. If write-down, permanent or temporary

     N/A   

34. If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism

     N/A   

35. Position in subordination hierachy in liquidation (specify instrument type immediately senior to instrument)

     N/A   

36. Non-compliant transitioned features

     Senior Bonds   

37. If yes, specifiy non-compliant features

     Yes   

(1) ‘N/A’ inserted if the question is not applicable

    
 
Subsidiary issuance not
subject by UE CRD-IV
  
  

 

Page 167


LOGO

 

Annex VII. Template with information on the leverage ratio

 

(Milliones de euros)

Table disclosure of the leverage ratio

   12/31/2015
Phase-in
    12/31/2015
Fully-loaded
    12/31/2014
Phase-in
    12/31/2014
Fully-loaded
 

On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs)

        

1

   On-balance sheet items (excluding derivatives, SFTs and fiduciary assets, but including collateral)      669,866        669,866        569,268        569,268   

2

   (Asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital)      (12,159     (12,746     (9,656     (10,668

3

   Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and fiduciary assets) (sum of lines 1 and 2)      657,707        657,120        559,612        558,600   

Derivative exposures

        

4

   Replacement cost associated with all derivatives transactions (ie net of eligible cash variation margin)      11,030        11,030        13,556        13,556   

5

   Add-on amounts for PFE associated with all derivatives transactions (mark-to-market method)      14,523        14,523        12,667        12,667   

EU-5a

   Exposure determined under Original Exposure Method      —          —          —          —     

6

   Gross-up for derivatives collateral provided where deducted from the balance sheet assets pursuant to the applicable accounting framework      —          —          —          —     

7

   (Deductions of receivables assets for cash variation margin provided in derivatives transactions)      (6,097     (6,097     —          —     

8

   (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared trade exposures)      —          —          —          —     

9

   Adjusted effective notional amount of written credit derivatives      17,362        17,362        —          —     

10

   (Adjusted effective notional offsets and add-on deductions for written credit derivatives)      (13,199     (13,199     —          —     

11

   Total derivative exposures (sum of lines 4 to 10)      23,619        23,619        26,223        26,223   

Securities financing transaction exposures

        

12

   Gross SFT assets (with no recognition of netting), after adjusting for sales accounting transactions      16,616        16,616        9,854        9,854   

13

   (Netted amounts of cash payables and cash receivables of gross SFT assets)      —          —          —          —     

14

   Counterparty credit risk exposure for SFT assets      37        37        —          —     

EU-14a

   Derogation for SFTs: Counterparty credit risk exposure in accordance with Article 429b (4) and 222 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013      —          —          —          —     

15

   Agent transaction exposures      —          —          —          —     

EU-15A

   (Exempted CCP leg of client-cleared SFT exposure)      —          —          —          —     

16

   Total securities financing transaction exposures (sum of lines 12 to 15a)      16,654        16,654        9,854        9,854   

Other off-balance sheet exposures

        

17

   Off-balance sheet exposures at gross notional amount      185,864        185,864        147.510 (1)      147.510 (1) 

18

   (Adjustments for conversion to credit equivalent amounts)      (117,255     (117,255    
 
(93.107
 

(2) 
    (93.107 ) (2) 

19

   Other off-balance sheet exposures (sum of lines 17 to 18)      68,609        68,609        54,403        54,403   

Exempted exposures in accordance with CRR Article 429 (7) and (14) (on and off balance sheet)

        

EU-19a

   (Exemption of intragroup exposures (solo basis) in accordance with Article 429(7) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (on and off balance sheet))      —          —          —          —     

EU-19b

   (Exposures exempted in accordance with Article 429 (14) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (on and off balance sheet))      —          —          20,991        20,991   

Capital and total exposures

        

20

   Tier 1 capital      48,554        45,796        41,832        39,037   

21

   Total leverage ratio exposures (sum of lines 3, 11, 16, 19, EU-19a and EU-19b)      766,589        766,001        671,083        670,071   

Leverage ratio

        

22

   Leverage ratio      6.33     5.98     6.20     5.80

Choice on transitional arrangements and amount of derecognised fiduciary items

        

EU-23

   Choice on transitional arrangements for the definition of the capital measure      Transitional        Fully phased in        Transitional        Fully phased in   
           

EU-24

   Amount of derecognised fiduciary items in accordance with Article 429(11) of Regulation (EU) NO 575/2013      —          —          —          —     

 

Table LRSpl: Split-up of on balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs and

exempted exposures)

   12/31/2015
Phase-in
     12/31/2015
Fully-loaded
     12/31/2014
Phase-in
     12/31/2014
Fully-loaded
 

EU-1

   Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives, SFTs, and exempted exposures), of which:      669,866         669,866         569,268         569,268   

EU-2

   Trading book exposures      61,886         61,886         57,972         57,972   

  EU-3  

   Banking book exposures, of which:      607,980         607,980         511,296         511,296   

EU-4

   Covered bonds      839         839         605         605   

EU-5

   Exposures treated as sovereigns      143,049         143,049         101,139         101,139   

EU-6

   Exposures to regional governments, MDB, international organisations and PSE NOT treated as sovereigns      2,501         2,501         4,653         4,653   

EU-7

   Institutions      44,368         44,368         40,940         40,940   

EU-8

   Secured by mortgages of immovable properties      138,222         138,222         120,074         120,074   

EU-9

   Retail exposures      63,514         63,514         56,169         56,169   

EU-10

   Corporate      151,965         151,965         122,580         122,580   

EU-11

   Exposures in default      19,574         19,574         24,401         24,401   

EU-12

   Other exposures (eg equity, securitisations, and other non-credit obligation assets)      43,948         43,948         40,735         40,735   

 

Page 168


LOGO

 

Glossary

 

ACRONYM

  

DESCRIPTION

AdS (América del Sur)    South America
ACGR    Annual Corporate Governance Report
Act 36/2007    Act that amends Act 13/1985, dated May 25, on investment ratios, capital and reporting requirements of financial intermediaries and other financial system regulations.
AFS    Available for Sale
AIAF    Fixed - income Spanish official secondary stock market
ALCO    Assets and Liabilities Committee.
ALM (Asset-Liability Management)    Mechanism for managing structural balance sheet risk for possible imbalances between assets and liabilities and for different types of factors (interest rate, exchange rate, liquidity,etc.
AMA    Advanced method used by the entity for calculating the capital requirements, consolidated by operational risk.
AT1    Additional Tier 1
Basel III    Set of proposals for reforming banking regulation, published after December 16, 2010 and to be implemented gradually by 2019.
BBVA    Banco Bilbao Vizacaya Argentaria.
BCE / ECB    European Central Bank
BINs    Loss carry forwards
BIS    Bank for International Settlements
CCF (Credit Conversion Factor)    Conversion Factor: the ratio between the actual amount available for a commitment that could be used, and therefore, would be outstanding at the time of default, and the actual amount available for the commitment.
CDOs (Collateralized Debt Obligations)    Securitized financial instruments, usually with non-mortgage underlying assets.
CDSI    Credit Default Swap Index
CDVA    Credit and Debit Valuation Adjustment
CE    Economic Capital. Maximum unfavorable deviation in the margin of the economic value for a given confidence level and time horizon.
CER    Minimum level of protection required against unexpected future losses by the different types of risk.
CIFH    Citic International Financial Holdings Limited.
CII    Collective Investment Institutions
CLP    Chilean Peso
CNCB    China CITIC Bank Corporation.
CNMV    Spanish Securities and Exchange Commission.
CoCos    Contingent convertible bonds.
COP    Colombian Peso
CORM    Corporate Operational Risk Management.
COSO (Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission)    Voluntary committee made up of representatives from five private sector organizations in the U.S. to provide intellectual leadership in three interrelated areas: business risk management, internal control and fraud deterrence

 

Page 169


LOGO

 

CRC    Board Risk Committee
CRO    Group Risk Director.
CRR / CRD IV    Solvency Standards (EU 575/2013 Regulations).
CRR LR    Capital Requirements Regulation Leverage Ratio
CSA    Credit Support Annex
CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment)    Value adjustments for credit risk: Need for a specific or generic provision to cover losses incurred for credit risk that has been recognized in the entity’s financial statements in accordance with the applicable accounting framework.
DLGD (Downturn LGD)    Loss given default in a period of stress in the cycle.
EAD (Exposure at Default)    Risk exposure at default
EaR    Earning at Risk
EBA    European Banking Authority
EC    European Comission
ECAI    External credit rating agencies
EO    Original risk exposure
EU    European Union
EU    Europe Union
EUR    Euro
FROB    Fund for Orderly Bank Restructuring.
FTA    Fondo de Titulización de Activos.
FTD (First to Default)    Derivative whereby both parties negotiate protection against the first default by any of the entities that make up the basket.
GM    Global Market
GMRA    Global Master Repurchase Agreement
GMRU    Global Market Risk Unit.
GRM    Global Risk Management
GRMC    Global Risk Management Committee.
G-SIBs/ E-SIBs/ D-SIBs (Systemically Important Banks)    Additional capital buffers that the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision requires for belonging to a group of entities whose disorder may have a negative impact on the financial system globally.
GSII    Global Systemically Important Institutions
HK$    Hong Kong Dollars
HR    Human Resources
IAS    International Accounting Standards
ICMA    International Capital Market Association
IFRS    International Financial Reporting Standard)
IFRS (International Financial Reporting Standard)    International Financial Reporting Standards.
IRB (Internal Risk Based)    Internal models used by the Entity.
IRC (Internal Risk Charge)    Loss associated with potential migration and default events in the bond and credit derivative portfolio.
ISDA    International Swaps and Derivatives Association.
IT    Information Technology

 

Page 170


LOGO

 

ITS    Implementing Technical Standard.
LCR    Liquidity coverage ratio.
LDA (Loss Distribution Approach)    Advanced internal model that estimates the distribution of losses due to operational events.
LDP    Low default portfolios.
LGD (Loss Given Default)    Loss in the event of default: the ratio between the loss in an exposure due to default by the counterparty and the outstanding amount at the time of default.
LR    Leverage Ratio
LRLGD (Long Run Default)    Long-term loss given default.
LTD (Loan to Deposits); LtSCD    Percentage of loans financed with deposits.
LtSCD (Loan to Stable Customer Deposits)    Loan-to-stable customer deposit ratio.
LTV (Loan to Value)    Mathematical equation that measures the ratio between the amount lent and the value of the collateral.
MDB (Multilateral Development Bank)    Multilateral Development Bank
OECD    Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development
OJEU    Official Journal of the European Union
OR    Operational Risk
ORM    Operational Risk Management.
ORX (Operational Risk Exchange)    Non-profit association founded by twelve international banks in 2002 and that currently has 65 members in 18 countries.
OTC (Over-The-Counter)    Derivatives traded in over-the-counter markets.
P&L    Profit & Loss
PD (Probability of Default)    Probability of default of a counterparty during a one-year period.
PDC    Permanent Delegate Comission
PD-TTC (Through the Cycle)    Probability of default over the course of the cycle.
PEN    Peruvian Sol
PSE    Public Sector Entity
RDL    Royal Decree-Law
RWAs    Risk-Weighted Assets.
SFTs    Securities Financing Transactions
SIRO    Internal operational risk database.
SREP    Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process
S-T    Short - term
TIER I (CET 1)    First-tier capital (basic capital).
TIER II (CET 2)    Second-tier capital (second-class capital).

 

Page 171


LOGO

 

TLTRO    Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations
UBS    Union Bank Switzerland
UGLs (Unidades Gestoras de Liquidez)    Liquidity Management Units
USD    United States Dollar
VaR    Value at Risk

 

Page 172


LOGO

 

Correspondence between the sections of Pillar III and the Group’s Annual Consolidated Financial Statements

 

BLOCK

 

POINTS

 

AUDIT ANNUAL
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

 

IRP (PILAR III)

Introduction   Regulatory environment   Pag. 165   Note 31   Section 0
General informational requirements   Reconciliation of the public balance sheet from the accounting perimeter to the regulatory perimeter   Pag. 165   Note 31   Section 1.1.3
  Main changes in the Group’s scope of consolidation in 2015   Pag. 44   Note 3   Section 1.1.4
  General control and risk management model   Pag. 55   Note 7.1   Section 3.1
Information on total eligible capital   Amount of capital   Pag. 165   Note 31   Section 2.2
  Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity with regulatory capital   Pag. 165   Note 31   Section 2.2
Credit risk   Exposure to credit risk   Pag. 63   Note 7.3.1   Section 3.2.3.1
  Distribution by geographical area   Pag. 66   Note 7.3.4   Section 3.2.3.3
  Value adjustments for impairment losses and allowances for contingent risks and commitments   Pag. 81   Note 7.3.8   Section 3.2.3.6
  Total impairment losses for the period   Pag. 183   Note 46   Section 3.2.3.7
  Structure of internal rating systems and relationship between internal and external ratings   Pag. 72   Note 7.3.5   Section 3.2.5.1.2
  Definition and estimation of risk parameters   Pag. 20   Note 2.2   Section 3.2.5.1.7
  Amounts of counterparty risk   Pag. 108   Note 10.4   Section 3.2.6.2
  Credit risk. Capital requirements by Credit Valuation Adjustments (CVA)   Pag. 97   Note 8.1.1   Section 3.2.6.3
  Variations in terms of RWAs of CVA   Pag. 100   Note 8.1.1   Section 3.2.6.3
  Balance of specific, generic and country risk allowances for losses, by exposure category   Pag. 148   Note 23   Section 3.2.4.3
  Assets and liabilities subject to contractual netting rights   Pag. 65   Note 7.3.3   Section 3.2.4.3
Market risk in trading book activities   Scope of application of the internal models   Pag. 84   Note 7.4.1   Section 3.3.4.1
  Market risk development   Pag. 84   Note 7.4.1   Section 3.3.4.2.1
  Variaciones en términos de APRs de Riesgo de Mercado   Pag. 84   Note 7.4   Section 3.3.3
  Variaciones en términos de APRs de Riesgo de tipo de cambio   Pag. 84   Note 7.4   Section 3.5.1
  VaR by model type   Pag. 84   Note 7.4.1   Section 3.3.4.2.1
  VaR without smoothing by risk factors for the Group   Pag. 84   Note 7.4.1   Section 3.3.4.2
Investments in capital instruments not included in the trading book   Value of equity investments   Pag. 126   Note 16   Section 3.4.4

 

Page 173


LOGO

 

Interest rate risk   Variations in interest rates. Impact on margin interest   Pag. 88   Note 7.4.2   Section 3.6
  Variations in interest rates. Impact on economic value   Pag. 88   Note 7.4.2   Section 3.6
Liquidity and funding risk   Liquidity and funding prospects   Pag. 91   Note 7.5   Section 3.7.4
  Assets committed in finance transactions   Pag. 94   Note 7.6   Section 3.7.5
  Types and amounts of instruments included in the liquidity fund of the most significant units   Pag. 91   Note 7.5   Section 3.7.3
  Liquidity inflows   Pag. 91   Note 7.5   Section 3.7.3
  Liquidity outflows   Pag. 91   Note 7.5   Section 3.7.3
  Collateral committed or potentially committed   Pag. 94   Note 7.6   Section 3.7.5
Operational risk   Operational risk definition   Pag. 95   Note 7.7   Section 3.8.2
  Variations in terms of RWAs of operational risk   Pag. 95   Note 7.7   Section 3.8.9
  Operational risk management principles   Pag. 95   Note 7.7   Section 3.8.5
Remuneration   Variable share-based remuneration system   Pag. 178   Note 43.1.1   Section 5
Subsequent events   Subsequent events   Pag. 195   Note 55   Section 6

 

(1) The column refers to the number of page where the note begins in the Annual Financial Statements

 

Page 174


LOGO

 

Index of tables

 

TABLE

  

DESCRIPTION

Table 1    Calculation of the Capital Base according to CRD IV
Table 2    Reconciliation of the Public Balance Sheet from the accounting perimeter to the regulatory perimeter
Table 3    Main sources of the differences between original exposure and the book balance
Table 4    Opening of the headings of the Public Balance Sheet for EO, EAD and RWAs
Table 5    Amount of capital
Table 6    Reconciliation of the Public Balance Sheet from the accounting perimeter to the regulatory perimeter
Table 7    Capital requirements by risk type
Table 8    Exposure to credit risk
Table 9    Average value of the exposures throughout 2014 and 2015
Table 10    Distribution by geographical area of exposure to credit risk
Table 11    Distribution by geographical area of the book balances of the non-performing and impaired exposures of financial assets and contingent liabilities
Table 12    Distribution by geographical area of the book balances of the value adjustments for impairment of financial assets and contingent liabilities
Table 13    Distribution by sector of exposure to credit risk
Table 14    Distribution by sector of the book balances of the non-performing and impaired exposures of financial assets and contingent liabilities
Table 15    Distribution by sector of the book balances of the value adjustments for impairment of financial assets and contingent liabilities
Table 16    Distribution by residual maturity of exposure to credit risk
Table 17    Value adjustments for impairment losses and allowances for contingent risks and commitments
Table 18    Total impairment losses for the period
Table 19    Standardized approach: Exposure values before the application of credit risk mitigation techniques
Table 20    Standardized approach: Exposure values after the application of credit risk mitigation techniques
Table 21    Variations in the period in terms of RWAs for the Credit Risk standardized approach
Table 22    Balance of specific, generic and country risk allowances for losses, by exposure category (Standarized approach)
Table 23    Models authorized by the supervisor for the purpose of their use in the calculation of capital requirements
Table 24    Master Scale of BBVA’s rating

 

Page 175


LOGO

 

Table 25    Advanced measurement approach: Exposure values by category and obligor grade
Table 26    Variations in the period in terms of RWAs for the Credit Risk advanced measurement approach
Table 27    Balance of specific, generic and country risk allowances for losses, by exposure category (Avanced approach)
Table 28    Exposures assigned to each one of the risk weightings of the specialized lending exposures
Table 29    Exposures assigned to each one of the risk weightings of the equity exposures
Table 30    Counterparty risk. EAD derivatives by product and risk
Table 31    Assets and liabilities subject to contractual netting rights
Table 32    Positions subject to counterparty risk in terms of EO, EAD and RWAs
Table 33    Amounts of counterparty risk in the trading book
Table 34    Counterparty risk. Exposure in derivatives. Netting effect and collateral
Table 35    Counterparty risk. Transactions with credit derivatives used in intermediation activities
Table 36    Credit risk. Capital requirements by Credit Valuation Adjustments (CVA)
Table 37    Variations in terms of RWAs of CVA
Table 38    Amounts in terms of EAD of investment and retained securitization positions
Table 39    Distribution of securitizations subject to risk weighting and deducted from capital
Table 40    Variations in terms of RWAs of investment and retained securitizations
Table 41    Breakdown of securitized balances by type of asset
Table 42    Outstanding balance corresponding to the underlying assets of the Group’s originated securitizations, in which risk transfer criteria are not fulfilled
Table 43    Exposure covered with financial collateral and other collateral calculated using the standardized approach
Table 44    Exposure covered by personal guarantees. Standardized and advanced approach
Table 45    Breakdown of RWAs density by geographical area and approach
Table 46    Variations in terms of RWAs for the Market Risk
Table 47    Trading Book. Items on the balance sheet subject to market risk under internal model
Table 48    VaR by model types
Table 49    Trading Book. VaR without smoothing by risk factors

 

Page 176


LOGO

 

Table 50    Trading Book. Market risk. Regulatory capital
Table 51    Trading Book. Impact on earnings in Lehman scenario
Table 52    Trading Book. Stress resampling
Table 53    Breakdown of book value, EAD and RWAs of equity investments and capital instruments
Table 54    Exposure in equity investments and capital instruments
Table 55    Realized profit and loss from sales and settlements of equity investments and capital instruments
Table 56    Valuation adjustments for latent revaluation of equity investments and capital instruments
Table 57    Breakdown of RWAs, equity investments and capital instruments by applicable approach
Table 58    Variation in RWAs for Equity Risk
Table 59    Variations in interest rates. Impact on net interest income and economic value
Table 60    Loan To Stable Customer Deposits (LtSCD)
Table 61    Types and amounts of instruments included in the liquidity fund of the most significant units
Table 62    Liquidity inflows
Table 63    Liquidity outflows
Table 64    Maturity of wholesale issues of BBVA Group by nature
Table 65    Maturity of wholesale issues of Balance Euro by nature
Table 66    Maturity of wholesale issues of Bancomer by nature
Table 67    Maturity of wholesale issues of Compass by nature
Table 68    Maturity of wholesale issues of Garanti by nature
Table 69    Maturity of wholesale issues of South America by nature
Table 70    Assets committed or unencumbered
Table 71    Collateral committed or potentially committed
Table 72    Committed assets/collateral assigned and associated liabilities
Table 73    Characteristics of the Operational Risk management model
Table 74    Regulatory capital for Operational Risk
Table 75    Variations in the period in terms of RWAs for the Operational Risk

 

Page 177


LOGO

 

Table 76    Elements comprising the leverage ratio
Table 77    Composition of the Remuneration Committee
Table 78    Settlement and payment system for annual variable remuneration
Table 79    Remuneration of the Identified Staff in 2015 (I)
Table 80    Remuneration of the Identified Staff in 2015 (II)
Table 81    Remuneration of the Identified Staff in 2015 (III)
Table 82    Number of people with total remuneration in excess of €1 million in 2015

 

Page 178


LOGO

 

LOGO

Index of charts

 

CHART

  

DESCRIPTION

Gráfico 1    RWAs distribution by risk type
Gráfico 2    BBVA Group’s risk management government and organization
Gráfico 3    Risk Appetite
Gráfico 4    Distribution by geographical area of exposure to credit risk
Gráfico 5    Advanced measurement approach. EAD by obligor category
Gráfico 6    Advanced measurement approach. Average weighted PD by EAD
Gráfico 7    Advanced measurement approach. Average weighted DLGD by EAD
Gráfico 8    Advanced measurement approach. Average weighted risk by EAD
Gráfico 9    Comparative analysis of expected and incurred loss: Retail mortgages
Gráfico 10    Comparative analysis of expected and incurred loss: Consumer finance
Gráfico 11    Comparative analysis of expected and incurred loss: Credit cards
Gráfico 12    Comparative analysis of expected and incurred loss: Automobiles
Gráfico 13    Comparative analysis of expected and incurred loss: SMEs and Developers
Gráfico 14    Comparative analysis of expected and incurred loss: SMEs and Developers PD
Gráfico 15    Comparative analysis of expected and incurred loss: Mexico Credit Cards
Gráfico 16    Comparative analysis of expected and incurred loss: Mexico Corporates
Gráfico 17    EAD for derivatives broken down by risk
Gráfico 18    Functions performed in the securitization process and Group’s involvement level
Gráfico 19    Trading Book. Trends in VaR without smoothing

 

Page 179


LOGO

 

Gráfico 20    Trading Book. Validation of the Market Risk Measurement model for BBVA S.A. Hypothetical backtesting
Gráfico 21    Trading Book. Validation of the Market Risk Measurement model for BBVA S.A. Real backtesting
Gráfico 22    Trading Book. Validation of the Market Risk Measurement model for BBVA Bancomer. Hypothetical backtesting
Gráfico 23    Trading Book. Validation of the Market Risk Measurement model for BBVA Bancomer. Real backtesting
Gráfico 24    Trends in the main currencies compromising the Group’s exposure to structural exchange-rate risk
Gráfico 25    Operational risk management framework: Three lines of defense
Gráfico 26    Operational Risk: Required capital by method
Gráfico 27    BBVA Group’s Operational Risk Profile
Gráfico 28    Operational Risk Profile by risk and country
Gráfico 29    Trends in the leverage ratio

 

Page 180


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

      Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.
Date: March 14, 2016       By:   

/s/ Maria Angeles Peláez Morón

      Name: Maria Angeles Peláez Morón
      Title: Authorized representative